Skip to main content

Roofing & Siding

Black & Decker The Complete Guide to Roofing Siding & Trim - How to Protect and Beautify the Exterior of Your Home

Source: Black & Decker The Complete Guide to Roofing Siding & Trim - How to Protect and Beautify the Exterior of Your Home.pdf

Source file: Black & Decker The Complete Guide to Roofing Siding & Trim - How to Protect and Beautify the Exterior of Your Home.pdf

t

SIDING & TRIM

          (j
 MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA
    www.creiltivepub.cnnl

(j

Copyright © 2008, 2011 PresidenUCEO: Ken Fund Creative Publishing international, Inc. VP for Sales & Marketing: Kevin Hamric 400 First Avenue North, Suite 300 Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401 Home Improvement Group 1-800-328-0590 lJVIN’.N.creativepub.com Publisher. Bryan Trandem All rights reserved Managing Editor: Tracy Stanley Senior Editor. Mark Johanson Printed in China Editor: Jennifer Gehlhar 10987654321 Creative Director. Michele Lanci-Altomare Digital edition: 978-1-61673-917-1 Senior Design Managers: Jon Simpson, Brad Springer Design Manager: James Kegley Library of congress Cataloging-in-publication Data Lead Photographer: Steve Galvin The complete guide to roofing, siding & trim I created by: the editors Photo Coordinator: Joanne Wawra of Creative Publishing International, Inc., in cooperation with Black & Decker. — Updated 2nd ed. Shop Manager: Bryan McLain p.em. Shop Assistant: Cesar Fernandez Rodriguez At head of title: Black & Decker. Rev. ed. of: The complete guide to roofing & siding. 2004 Production Managers: Linda Halls, Laura Hokkanen Includes index. summary: “Provides all the information homeowners need in order to maintain, repair, and install all types of roofing, siding and Contributing Editor: Chris Marshall trim” —Provided by publisher. ISBN-13: 978-1-58923-418-5 (soft cover) Page Layout Artist: Danielle Smith ISBN-10: 1-58923-418-9 (soft cover)

  1. Roofing—Handbooks, manuals, etc. 2. Photographer: Andrea Rugg Roofing— Installation—Handbooks, manuals, etc. 3. Roofs—Maintenance Shop Help: Charlie Boldt, David Hartley and repair—Handbooks, manuals, etc. 4. Siding (Building materials)—Handbooks, manuals, etc, I. Creative Publishing Cover photo courtesy of Alcoa Home Exteriors, Inc. International. II. Black & Decker Corporation (Towson, Md.) III. Complete guide to roofing & siding. IV. Title: Roofing, siding & trim www.alcoahomes.com V. Title: Complete guide to roofing. siding, and trim. TH2431 ,C66 2008 695—dc22 2008026823

The Complete Guide to Roofing, Siding & Trim Created by: The Editors of Creative Publishing international, Inc., in cooperation with Black & Decker”. Black & Decker is a trademark of The Black & Decker Corporation and is used under license.

NOTICE TO READERS For safety, use caution, care, and good judgment when following the procedures described in this book. The publisher and Black & Decker cannot assume responsibility for any damage to property or injury to persons as a result of misuse of the information provided . The techniques shown in this book are genera l techniques for va rious applications. In some instances, additional techniques not shown in this book may be required. Always follow manufacturers’ instructions included with products, since deviating from the directions may void warranties. The projects in this book vary widely as to skill levels required: some may not be appropriate for all do-it-yourselfers, and some may require professional help. Consult your local building department for information on building permits, codes, and other laws as they apply to your project.

Contents The Complete Guide to Roofing, Siding & Trim

Introduction . … . … … 4 Inspiration Gallery . … 6

Planning for New Roofing & Siding … … .. . 14 Evaluating You r Needs … … … .. 16

Choosing Roofing & Siding … … … 20 Estimating Roofing & Siding … 46 Vinyl Siding … . … … . ..... 11 8 Decorative Trim . … .. … . 204 WorKing safely … . … 48 Lap siding … 128 Custom Shutters … . … 206 Setting Up Scaffolding … … … . 54 Wood ShaKes & Shingles. … 134 Painting Pump·Jack Scaffolding … … … . . 56 Board & Batten Siding … … … . 140 & Staining siding . … . 210 Installing Roof Jacks … . … 58 Log Cabin Siding . … . … 146 Tools & Materials … … … … . 212 Installing Roofing . … . 60 Identifying Exterior Paint Problems . . 214 Finishing Walls Anatomy of a ROOf. … … ...... 62 with Masonry . … . 152 preparing to paint … 216 Tools & Materials . … 64 Masonry Tools & Materials … . … . 154 Applying paint & Primer … . 220 Completing the Tear Off. .. .. 66 BricK . … … … … … … . 156 Using Paint-Spraying Equipment … 226 Replacing Sheathing … . .. 68 Veneer Stone … … … … … 162 Staining Siding … … … … … 230 underlayment… . ......... 70 Mortarless Brick Veneer. · … 166 Roofing & Siding Repairs . . .232 Drip Edge … . … . … . … 72 Stucco … . … 172 Inspecting & Repairi ng a Roof … . . 234 Flashing … … 74 Surface-bonding Cement … … … 178 Cleaning Roofs. .. … 245 Asphalt Shingles … … … … . . 76 Installing Exterior Evaluating siding & Trim … .. 246 Ridge Vents … . … . … 86 Trim Details . … 180 Repairing Siding … … … … . . 248 shingling Over an Old Roof … 88 Soffits & Vents … … … … . 182 Repairi ng Masonry Walls … … . . 252 Cedar ShaKes … … … … . . 90 Aluminum Soffits . … 184 Repairing Stucco Walls . … . 254 Roll Roofing … … … … … . 96 Aluminum Fascia . … . … . 188 Repairing Wood Fascia & soffits … 256 EPDM Rubber Roofi ng … … . .... 100 Wood Soffits … … … … … … . . 190 Repairing Gutters … … … … . 258 Tile Roofing … … 104 NewVents … … · … 192 Repairi ng Trim … … … . . 262 Installing Siding . … … 108 Vinyl Gutters … .. . · … 194 Conversion Charts . … . 264 siding Tools & Materials … 11 0 seamless Gutters . … . 196 Removing Siding … … … … . . 112 Wrapping Posts & Beams … … … 198 Resources … 266 Replacing Wall Sheathing … … .. . 11 4 Finishing Cornice & Gable … … . 200 Photography Credits … . 267 Housewrap … . … . … 116 BricKmold … . … . … . … . 202 Index .. … … . 268

I Introduction Y our ho me’s roo f, sidi ng, and trim form a protective envelope aga inst the e lements, but the ir va lue exte nds beyo nd t hat cruc ia l goa l of keep ing you dry. W hen selected carefully and installed properly, these t hree systems create a n importa nt curb impressio n that adds va lue to you r prope rty, im proves t he neig hborhood , a nd ma kes YOLI feel proud of yo ur ho me. So, vvhether yo u need to rep lace your aging shi ngles out of necessity or decide to update faded sid ing just to sp ruce th e p lace u p, yo ur efforts usually pay d ividen ds bot h fun ctionally an d aest hetica ll y. It’s ha rd to go \·vrong embar kin g on a roofing, sid ing, or exte rior trim project ,vit h the right gu ida nce. Contrary to what you may t hi nk, you do n’t have to hi re a co ntracto r to tackle a roof replacement, install fibe r cement siding, o r hang a new soffi t system. If you’ve got a sp irit of adve nture and co nsider yourself to be a moderate to experie nced do-it-yourselfer, you have what it takes to get t hese projects do ne effectively. By do ing the work yourself, you save a bundle of mo ney in t he process- and that’s a n entic ing prospect for a ny ho meowner o n a budget. Thi n k you’re up for the c halle nge? T hen this book, 771e Complete Guide to Roofing, Siding & Trim., is the perfect guide to get yo u started a nd walk yo u thro ugh every step of t he process. T he first section of t he boo k ope ns \vith <111 insp iratio nal ga lle ry of roofing <:In d siding prod ucts installed on a va riety of contem po ra ry homes so you can begin to d ream abo ut the possi b iliti es. The next sectio n, Pla n ning for New Roofing & Siding, he lps you t urn those drea ms into real ity as you p lan yo ur roofi ng, siding, o r trim projec ts. T he sect ion explains how to eva lua te your needs and identify curre nt proble ms with you r home’s ex te ri or. The n, you ge t an exhaustive cras h cou rse on th e latest products ava ilable to you. Options fo r roofing, sid ing, a nd tri m

hClve neve r bee n greCite r, gree ne r, and more Dry friendly t hCl n they Clre now. With CI little time spe nt in this sectio n of th e book, you wi ll get the loo k, performa nc e, and val ue yo u demand. vVe a lso show yo u how to estimate yo ur p rojects acc urately as we ll as how to wo rk safe ly a t he ights- a necessity for most roofing, siding, an d trim projec ts. T he following sectio ns focus on installing roofing, s iding, masonry, a nd exterior trim. The th oroug h step-by-step in struction s a nd in sig htful photography s how professional in sta llation tec hn iques for nearly eve ry roofing, siding, ve ntila ti on, and trim product available: asp ha lt s hin gles, metal roofing, wood s ha kes and shingles, tile a nd rolled roofing; and s iding of all kind s, includi ng stucco, veneered sto ne, a nd ceme nt. \t\le t hen exp lain how to install important roof a nd soffit ventilation and gutters. Fi nall y, t he important fi nal tOLlches are revealed, sLlc h as hm’ to com ple te yo ur ho me’s exte ri or \·vith window a nd doo r b ri ckmo ld, build and hang s hutters, Clnd add ot her decorative trim details to ga bles, beams , and cornices . Once your new exterio r is comp lete, we’ ll shO.v you how to exte nd its life a nd maximize your in ves tm ent. In these fi nal secti ons of th e book, you learn how to clean, pain t, a nd sta in prope rl y as we ll as hm-v to ca rry ou t ot he r essential repairs for roofing, siding, fl ash ing, gutte rs, trim, an d maso nry surfaces . Eve n if these jobs won’t be necessary for years to come, you’ ll be prepared to take action whe n they arc. T hank yo u for c hoosing Ti,e CO/nplete Guide to Roofing, Siding & Trim. We hope it wili be an esse nt ia l reference gU ide for all of your exterior home improvement project needs.

I Inspiration Gallery n impressive exte ri or is a co m b inat ion of beautiful A si ding, attract ive roofing, and com pl ementa ry t rim. —1ell -c hose n exterio r produc ts \v ill wor k toget he r to e nhan ce th e loo k a nd appeal of your ho me , and kee p th e hOll se \vatertight. The “perfect” sidin g gives th e ho me its pe rsona lity. For exa mpl e, bric k siding looks impos in g and robust, wh ile vin yl siding offers a co nte mporary loo k an d fecI. Hoofing a lso affects th e c haracter of a home. Monoto ne as ph a lt s hi ngJes, for examp le, make a house less imposing, vvhile a colorful metal roof can become a majo r decorat ive feature. Th e in spirin g photos in thi s sec tion fe<:lture a w ide ran ge of roofin g a nd sidin g types, styles, a nd m ateri a ls . They’re Sli fe to gen e ra te new ideas a n d he lp The clay tile roof and stucco siding complement each other yo u ma ke pract ica l dec ision s when choos ing roofing on thiS Mediterranean-style house. The parallel lines on the an d s id in g. roof are offset by the solid surface of the walls.

Standing seam metal roofing is a lightweight, long-lasting option that stands up well to hail, snowloads, and high winds. Despite
the misconceptions you may have heard, metal roofing won't attract lightn ing or make your attic hotter In summer.

6 • T H E CO~!IP LETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SID I NG & TBIM

                                                                                  Brightly colored siding and shutters,
                                                                                  combined with white window trim and a
                                                                                  light-gray asphalt roof, give this expansive
                                                                                  home a cheery and welcoming presence. Be
                                                                                  sure to take your home's size and style into
                                                                                  account when choosing a color scheme for
                                                                                  your next siding or roofing project.

Simulated cedar vinyl shakes offer the performance of A few eye-catching exterior trim details offer one way vinyl lap siding with Improved appearance. They provide the to make your home stand out on the block. Accentuate your look of hand-split cedar without the maintenance of real wood . windows and siding with custom shutters, den til trim, and other archictectural details. These features will add shape, texture, and color to your siding scheme.

                                                                                                                Illfrodu clioll   •   7

                                                                                  Mortarless brick siding adds the
                                                                                  stately beauty of brick to your home
                                                                                  without requiring you to hire a mason.
                                                                                  The system shown here uses a stacked,
                                                                                  tongue-and-groove locking system that
                                                                                  fastens to exterior walls with screws.

A splash of manufactured veneer stone, with its various colors, tones, and shapes, can set your home apart from many of
today's cookie-cutter house designs. You may be the only one who knows it's not the real thing.

8 • T H E C O~!IP LETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SIDING & TB1M

Concrete exterior home covering might seem like a log cabin siding adds rustic charm to modern structures. It monochromatic choice, but it actually harmonizes quite well can be found at most home improvement centers and is well with the exposed beams, large windows, and open styling of sUited for DIY installations. this home.

Clay tile roofing will stand up to brutal summer heat or hurricane winds beautifully. Its proven track record and attractive appearance make it one of the preferred choices for premium roofing on southern and coastal homes.

                                                                                                                   Illfroduclioll   •   9

                                                                                              A blend of plastics, wood fibers, and
                                                                                              tire-derived rubber combine to create
                                                                                              these simulated cedar shakes (see
                                                                                              Resources, page 266). In addition to being
                                                                                              environmentally friendlier than some other
                                                                                              roofing options, they look great on both
                                                                                              rustic and suburban homes.

 A slate roof will last a century or more, but it is costly, heavy, and difficult to install yourself Now, you can enJoy the look of slate
 without its usual drawbacks if you insta ll a simulated slate roof on your home. The tiles shown here are made of polymer molded
 with natural edges and deep shadow lines to mimic natural slate (see Resources).

10 • T H E CO~!I PL ETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SID I NG & TB1M

Aluminum siding has been a popular and cost-effective A tile roof, dark trim, and manufactured stone work to option for more than 50 years. It is available In a spectrum good effect here, giving this home a sense of permanence and of attractive colors and several surface textures. If you’re a security without detracting from the view beyond. competent dO-It-yourselfer, you can probably install it yourself for even more savings.

The next time you replace your home’s siding, consider a synthetic stone product. It will impart the old-world charm of European cottages, and the material costs much less than natural stone.

                                                                                                              Illfroduclioll   •   11

 There are several alternatives to cedar shakes among today's Innovative siding options. Here, galvanized steel takes on the
 texture and look of wood. Steel shakes are lightweight, and you'll never need to paint them. They install with ordinary hand tools.

                                                                                          Soffits and fascia seal the ends and
                                                                                          underside of your roof from wind-driven
                                                                                          rain and animal pests while providing an
                                                                                          important form of roof ventilation . Soffit
                                                                                          systems are available for all types of vinyl
                                                                                          and metal siding, and wood siding often
                                                                                          features wood soffits built from standard
                                                                                          lumber or sheet stock. Any full-scale
                                                                                          siding project should also include soffit
                                                                                          and fascia treatments. See pages 180 to
                                                                                          192 for more information on soffits, fascia
                                                                                          and venting.

12 • T H E CO~!IP LETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SID I NG & TB1M

A combination of ornate trim details, siding textures, and, of course, splendid architecture, makes this Queen Anne Victorian timeless. Here was the heyday of exterior home detailing with wood shingle siding, contrasting diagonal siding used around windows and on gable ends, and a variety of cast on spindling and detai ling. You can stili see many of these design details incorporated Into today’s homes of a more modest scale. In the classic Queen Anne, the design goal was to avoid any flat wall surfaces, and such a project would represent a DIY masterpiece.

Roofing, siding, and trim are the outer layer of an Integrated protective system that seals your house. Not only do they function as a working network, they should blend together nicely in style, color, and scale. The exterior treatment on this house is a good example of a well-executed exterior system, where styles of roofing, siding and trim present an attractive modern version of a classic farmhouse style.

                          Illfroduclioll   •   13

I

Planning for New Roofing & Siding R oofino 0’ sidi nu 0’ and exterior ’ trim detail s crcute the outer e nvelope of you r home, safegua rd ing it fro m t he ele me nts . As ide fro m th eir protec tive purposes, t hese three systems sho uld also blend toget he r aest he ti call y to improve yo ur ho rn e’s a ppea ran ce. Roofi ng and siding repl acement, in parti c ular, <:Ire among th e more costly projects yo u’ll face as a ho meowner, an d gene ra lly t hey’re in vest me nts yo u’ll ma ke only every few decades o r so . Fo r t hese reaso ns, it’s wise to pla n you r projects ca refu ll y, so you can keep a ll the relevant factors in mind before you begin . Th is c hap ter \; 11 help you get started on th e ri ght foo t. You’ ll begin th e planning process by eva luating yo ur needs and es timating both price a nd material quan tities required fo r t he job. The n, yo u’ll take a more in-depth look at the wide variety of product op tions ava ilable. New for ms a nd styles of roofing and siding co ntin ue to come to market, an d th e re may be some you sim pl y a ren’t aware of ye t. A roofing, sid ing, or trim project wil l usuall y require at least some \vork at heights. You’ ll learn im porta nt tips for vm rlUng safely, hov,r to set up scaffolds, a nd hm’ to pre pare your job s ite to mi nimi ze damClge, manage debr is, an d vvork efficien tly.

In this chapter: • Evaluating Your Needs • Choosing Roofing & Siding • Estimating Roofing & Siding • Working Safely • Setting Up Scaffolding • Pump-Jack Scaffolding • Installing Roof Jacks

                                                           • 15

I Evaluating Your Needs T here are many good reasons to rep lace roofing or si din g- it may be lealzjng, reaching the en d of its life span , or look so re ly out of date. These reaso ns wi ll yo ur roofing in a few years, plan now fo r a siding that will compleme nt the new roof. If yo u’re instal ling a new soffi t an d fasc ia sys te m, it’s a good time to insta ll probab ly change as yo ur roofing a nd sidin g age. Or, t he gutters yo u’ve al ways needed. It’s often easie r you may just dec ide one day t hat you r home need s a to replace all materials at once rather t han doing face lift, and YOLI want to replace the roofing or sid ing it piecemeal. w ith so me thin g morc li vely. In some cases , you may not need to replace your Before jumping ri ght into a replacement project, roofing o r siding to ach ieve your goa ls. Add ing shu tters e nsure that your new roo fi ng o r si din g w ill mee t all of or painting your trim a vibra nt co lor ca n brighten up your o bjecti ves. If yo u like the look a nd style of your your exterior. Some basic maintenance can in crease shin gles but th ey’ re getting old, it’s a s imple ma tter t he life spa n of your roofing a nd Siding. If you not ice to repl<:lce t hem w ith a ne\ve r ve rsion . O n t he other leaks o n you r ce ilings or wa lls, don ‘t automaticall y ha nd , if you’re t ire d o f maintainin g your siding, you’ll ass um e the roofing or sidin g needs replaCing. wa nt a product t hat looks ni ce but does n’t require Sometimes, tl ashing or ca ulkin g is a ll th at’s needed. constant atte nti on . The fo ll O,ving pages show common exterior Also consider you r future needs. If you’re proble ms. If some of these look fam iliar, eva luate your replac ing yo ur siding no w and wi ll need to rep lace house to de termi ne what’s needed to fi x the problem.

 Your roofing and siding should meet the two fundamental needs of making your home look attractive and protecting it from
 the elements.

16 • T H E CO~!IP LETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SIDI NG & TBIM

I Identifying Roofing and Siding Problems

ceiling stains show up on interior surfaces, but they’re When shingles start to cup or show signs of widespread usually caused by leaks In the roof, damage they need to be replaced,

Loose flashing can be caused by external forces, such Damaged and deteriorated flashing can cause roof as high winds, or by the failure of the sealant or fasteners, The leaks, The damaged piece or pieces need to be removed flashing can usually be repaired or replaced without replacing and replaced, the shingles,

                                                                                                                       (continued)

                                                                                            P/alllliHg for New Hoofillg &- Sidillg •   17

 ,,

 Blistering or peeling paint can be scraped off, then the        Damaged panels of siding can be removed and replaced;
 wood can be painted.                                            you don't need to replace the entire siding. The new panels are
                                                                 then painted to match the surrounding ones.

 Manufactured siding buckles when it's nailed incorrectly or     surface damage to metal siding is difficult to repair,
 when the expansion gaps are too small to allow for adequate     and cosmetic repairs often look worse than the damage. If the
 movement. The siding needs to be removed and either             damage IS widespread, the siding will need to be replaced.
 renailed or trimmed to the proper size, then reinstalled .

18 • T H E CO~!I P LE T E GU ID E TO BOO FI NG, SIDI NG & T B1 M

                                                     .)

Rot and pest damage are the primary enemies of soffits. Rotten fascia IS easy to spot from the ground on homes Small spots of damage can be repaired by replacing the without a gutter system. If your house has gutters, check damaged area. Widespread damage will require a new behind them for rot, especially if the gutters are sagging. soffit system .

Leaking gutters usually result from holes or separated jOints. Damaged gutter sections should be patched or replaced . If Leaky jOints can be caulked and reassembled, and holes can the damage is widespread, replace the entire gutter system. be patched.

                                                                                           P/mllliHg jor New Hoofillg &- Sidillg •   19

I Choosing Roofing & Siding W ith so many options, c hoo s in g a roofing or siding material for yo ur hom e ca n seem like a daunting task. A ppearance, cost, ease of ins tcdl at io n , a diamond saw blade. Fo r brick or stu cco siding, maso n’s tools a re ne ed ed. S hi pp in g an d deli very c hmges, a nd spec ial-order costs G ill a lso impact yo ur life s pan , valu e, and mainte nanc e all play a rol e. budget. Find out about these costs befo re settl in g o n Prioritize w ha t factors arc important to you , a nd a prod uc t. m a ke yo ur d ec isions accordingly. Are yo u w illing S la te, clay, a nd copper are gene ra ll y th e most to pay morc for a ceda r sha ke roof, or \vill yo u expensive roofin g produ c ts, follo we d by metal , be content with a less-expens ive aspha lt shi ngle ceda r s ha ke s a nd sh ingles, organic as pha lt , that imitates s hakes? A re you \villing to paint yo ur fib erglass as phalt , an d then rol l roofing. Bri c k wood siding every 7 to ] 0 years, or do you prefer a a nd stone a re at th e hi g h end of the s idin g price m ai nten an ce- free ex terior? sca le, fo llo wed by st ucco, fibe r ce me nt , “vood Even after yo u’ve narrowed you r dec ision dovvn sh a kes a nd shingl es, wood lap , a nd vinyl , in to a type of mate ri a l, yo u’ ll still need to c hoo se that order. a style and colo r. For exa mpl e, as pha lt roofin g is If yo u’re marri e d to a particular look but ca n’t available in a see min gly e ndl ess number of colors afford th e rea l thin g, cons ide r less expe n sive and styles, from re d sca llops to gree n dimen s iona l su bstitutes. The look and fe atu re s of m a ny to g ray three-tab shin gles . Vin yl s iding co lors a re pre mium roofing a nd s iding produ c t s a re no\v cons tan tl y changi ng, and the styles range from re plicate d in other mate rial s . Some metal roofs Dutc h lap to doubl e 3” c lapboard, to shakes, to mimi c t he more ex pe n sive sla te, and some asphalt board and batten. s h ingles look like the hi ghe r pri ced \lood shakes. Architectural feature s on th e house , a nd For s id ing, o ne of t h e least-ex pensive products- eve n other ma teri a ls a lready installed on th e viny l-i s now des ig ne d to imita te ,v oo d la p , woo d house, ca n he lp in yo ur dec is ion making. Stucco s hin gles, o r wood sca llops . In so m e cases, just siding an d c lay roofing are a natural fit. Brick cha nging the s pecies of wood can save a s ign ificant siding an d me tal roofing c ompl e m e nt ea c h cos t. For example, log cabi n s idin g in pine is other. Vin yl s iding and a s phalt sh ingles are a mu c h more affordable th a n th e sa me ca bin sidin g populm com binatio n. in cedar. Beca u se mos t roof and sidin g m aterial s la st It’s impo rtan t to sho p arou nd and co mp are prices. fo r decades, you’ ll be livin g w ith yo ur dec is io n Visi t di stribution cen te rs, lum be rya rds, an d home for a ve ry lon g tim e . Ta ke you r time looking at improvement stores to find the best dea ls. diffe rent produ c ts, we ig hing th e ir advantages and a ny di sadvan tages, before finali z in g your d ecision. Price: Fo r most ho meowners , th e c ost of Price Comparison ~ mate rial s is one of the decid ing fa ctors in selec tin g roofi ng or s idin g . Roofing Siding Prices are as va ri e d as th e produ c ts Most Expensive Slate Britk th emse lves an d can diffe r from regio n to regio n. Cloy Stone ~/hen adding up th e costs for yo ur projec t, co nside r Copper Stucco everything you’ ll need to comp lete th e job- not Least Expensive Metal Fiber cement just th e main roofing or sidi ng materia ls. [n most Cedar shakes/shingles Wood shakes cases, you’ ll also nee d to purchase flash in g, trim, Asphalt Wood shingles and fas te ners. Roll roofing Wood lop De pe nding on yo ur too l a rse nal , you m<:ly need Vinyl to bu y new tool s . Some in sta ll at io n processes req uire specialty tools that yo u probably wou ldn ‘t otherwise have. [f yo u’re installing clay roofin g, yo u’ll need

20 • T H E C O~!IP LETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SID I NG & TBIM

Cost is only one aspect of choosing new roofing or siding. Be sure to keep the other relevant factors of ease of installation, life span, maintenance, and of course, appearance, in mind, too.

                                                                                     Color and texture should complement
                                                                                     one another when you choose siding and
                                                                                     roofing materials. This does not mean
                                                                                     that they need to match exactly. In fact,
                                                                                     the most successful pairings offer some
                                                                                     contrast Here, natural cedar shingles are
                                                                                     installed on the walls and finished with a
                                                                                     warm semi-transparent wood stain . This
                                                                                     blends well with the architectural shingles
                                                                                     and their gradations of brown tones.
                                                                                     Even the addition of a third element,
                                                                                     the natural brick veneer on the steps and
                                                                                     foundation, succeeds because it shares
                                                                                     a palette with both the roofing and siding
                                                                                     and has a textural similarity to the asphalt
                                                                                     roof shingles.

                                                                                               P/mllliHgjor New Hoofillg &- Sidillg •   21

I Maintenance Considerations T he a mou nt of mainte na nce eac h product requ ires is anot her impo rtant factor when choos ing roofing and siding materia ls. Some products are virtually maintena nce free , wh ile others requ ire regula r upkeep. Dec ide hovv muc h time and effort you’re will ing to invest in mainta ining you r roofing and sid ing, and pu rc hase materia ls that meet yo u r criteria. Main te na nce te nd s to be more of a factor for siding than for roofing. T he t hought of hav ing to pa int t he exterior every 7 to 10 years turns a lot of homeowners away from wood siding products. Fo r ot hers, pa in t ing is an oppo rtu n ity to c ha nge the color of t he house every decade or so. T he amou nt of ma in tena nce a s id ing req u ires is not necessmily reflected in its cost, si nce prod ucts at both e n ds of the price scale- brick at t he hi gh e nd a nd vinyl at th e Imv e nd- need littl e or no ma in tena nce. O lde r types of stucco we re knovvn to chip a nd crack and t hey needed regula r maintenance. Today’s stucco products use epoxy, e li minat ing the c hi pp ing and cracking. If t he final coat of stucco is t inted to the color you want, you won’t even have to pa int it. Once it’s insta lled, stucco ra re ly needs an y mainte na nce. Brick a nd stone sidi ngs also requ ire little ma intenance, alt hough t he morta r join ts may eve ntua ll y need to be filled \vit h new mortar. Like\vise, viny l sid ing is ma intena nce free , which is part of its appeaL Wood sid ing products need the most atte n tion. A coa t of pa int, sta in, or sea ler is USua ll y needed Vinyl siding and asphalt shingles require very little every 7 to 10 yea rs, a nd that task involves a lot of maintenance. They can be used on any type of home, Including preparat ion wo rk, suc h as sc rap ing and sand ing. Fiber this VictOrian. cement siding also need s to be re pain ted , bu t not as ofte n. T he sta nda rd tim e frame be twee n pain t jobs is 15 years. In general, ma intenance fo r roofing materials is Siding Maintenance ~ fa irly m inima l. Jr’s us ually the res ult of damage to Material Mainte nance Type of roofi ng compone n ts, suc h as torn or cracked shingles, (Siding) Maintenance or a break in t he metal flashing. fvle tal, t ile, and clay Vinyl lo. Occasional cleaning roofs will probab ly never need a ny m ai ntenance. I nd ividual asphalt shingles a nd ,vooden sha kes a nd Brick lo. Filling mortor joints shingles periodica lly beco me loosc , in which case Stone lo. Filling mortor joints they can simp ly be renailed . Roll roofing ca n develop Stucco lo. Fix crocks/chips bl isters or smal l holes, w hich ca n be repaired with Fiber cement Medium Pointing roofi ng cement a nd patc hes of ro ll roofing. Wood shokes Medium Pointing/stoining Al l roofing and sid ing products ca n bene fit from Wood shingles Medium Pointing/staining an occasio nal clea nin g. T h is he lps keep the exte ri or looking its best and enables yo u to ident ify potential Wood lop High Pointing trouble areas .

22 • T H E CO~!IP LETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SIDING & TBIM

I Durability Consider t he life spa n of the products that yo u wa nt to install o n you r roof or exterio r wa ll s . Some materials are extreme ly durable and guaranteed to last 50 years or more, wh ile ot hers need to be replaced in as few as 12 years. T he longevity of some prod ucts is infl uenced by your geogmphic locat io n . Scdt ai r ulo ng the coasts has bee n notoriously da maging to wood s id ing prod uc ts, an d areas subjected to high .vinds are prone to roofing and sidi ng materia ls b lowi ng off. T he way you care for your exterio r also impacts its longevity. If you regular ly paint your wood siding, im mediate ly repair a ny roofing or s id ing damage, an d [ollmv the manufacturer’s guidel ines for each product, the l11C1terials \vi ll last lo nger. R oofin g : Slate, conc re te, a nd c lay t ile are the most d urable roofi ng produc ts. T hey’ re heavie r t ha n ot her ma te ri a ls, and usua ll y have a lifetime warra nty. Some s late and clay roofs have been known to last Asphalt shingles and vinyl siding are a popular hu ndreds of years. Metal roofs, desp ite t heir light combination due to their low cost and good durability. Both -veig ht, are remarkab ly durab le. \t’arranties vary by products last 20 to 50 years. product and manufacturer, but warranties of 50 years or more are becoming st<J nda rd. Since wood sh<Jkes a re <Jvailable in d iffe re nt grades, their d urab ility a lso differs. Top-qua li ty sha kes ca rry 50-year wa rranties, while the lower~en d shakes last a bout 30 years. The life spa n of aspha lt shingles also wide ly varies. T hey sho u ld last a mini mu m of 20 years, \l ith t he thic ker, more d urubl e architect u ral shingles gua ranteed for up to 50 years. Ho ll roofing has t he shortest life spa n, lasting betwee n 6 and 12 years. Siding: Brick is genera lly co nside red t he most du rab le product, and it can ca rry a warra nty of more than 100 years. Stone a nd stucco sidings are also noted for thei r du rabil ity, and they generally carry 50-year wurra nties. St<Jndard v,‘arrant ies for fiber ce me nt sid ing are 50 years, too. Al though t he life spa n of \·\lood s id ing varies, de pend ing o n th e species of wood , clima te cond iti ons, an d amount of homeowne r mai ntenance it receives, you s hould expect wood sid ing to last a m ini m u m of 20 years. Some wood s id ings ca n last we ll over 50 years. Viny l siding is ava ila bl e in differe nt th icknesses, from 0.035” to 0.055” , w it h t he t hi cker sid ing be ing the more d urable a nd carrying li fet ime \varra nties. The lighter-we ight viny l sidings a re usua ll y guma nteed to Brick is the most durable siding, and it can last over last between 30 a nd 50 yea rs. 100 years with little or no maintenance.

                                                                                            P/mllliHg jor New Hoojillg &- Sidillg •   23

 I Asphalt Three-Tab Shingles
 Asphalt three-tab roof shingles cons ist of a s<:Inciwich       on the quality of the shingle. Insta ll ing or repairing
 of asp halt a nd fiberglass or fe lt layers covered by          aspha lt shin gles isn't d iffi c u lt; in fact, it 's t he most
 min e ral granule s. For severa l important reasons t hey've    approacha ble roofi ng materia l fo r do-i t-yourselfe rs or
 been t he dom ina nt roofing optio n in the United States       any qua lified roofing insta lle r. Ease of insta ll at ion also
 for mo re t han a ce nt ury. \Neighi ng 2 to 3 pou nds per      he lps keep costs dovm. Once instct ll e d , high -q uctlity
 sq uare foot, asphu \t s h ingles are relative ly lightweight   aspha lt s ingles me relct t ivel y rn ctintenance free a nd
 compa red to s late, clay, or cement tile. Any pitc hed         offer good fire ct nd \·v ind resistance. T hey corne in
 roof t hat's s u itab le for shingling (a 4-in-12 slope o r     a wi de range of colo rs to b lend in nicely with a ny
 greater) and prope rl y co nstructed ca n accept asp ha lt      sid ing an d t rim color sc heme. If yo u live in a damp
 shingles w it hou t furt her reinforce me nt.                   or coastal en viron ment, you ca n also fin d aspha lt
     Asphal t th ree- tabs a rc reaso nab ly priced , a nd you   shingles imp regnated wi t h a lgacc idcs to prevent
 can expect t hem to last fro m 8 to 30 years, de pendi ng       uns ightl y sta ini ng.

 The most common roof covering by far, asphalt threNab shingles are inexpensive, lightweight, and available in a wide range
 of colors and styles. They are also easy to install.

24 • T H E CO~!IP L E TE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SIDI NG & TBIM

Asphalt Shingle Types ~

Shadow-line
shingles

Asphalt shingles are usually rated by life span, with 20-, 25-, and 40-year ratings the most common (although some now claim to be 50-year shingles). Functionally, these ratings should be used for comparison purposes only. In fact, the average life span of an asphalt shingle roof in the United States is 8 to 10 years. The term “multltab shingle” refers to any asphalt shingle manufactured with stamped cutouts to mimic the shapes of slate tile or wood shakes. Multitab cutouts are made and installed in single-thickness, 3-ft strips, so these tabbed reveals show up. The ubiquitous term for them IS “three-tab,” but two- and four-tab styles are also available. Generally, the tabs are spaced evenly along each sheet of shingle to provide a uniform appearance and a stepped, bricklaid pattern on the roof However, some manufacturers also offer styles with shaped corners or randomly spaced tabs trimmed to different heights for a more unique look.

                                                                                            P/mllliHg jor New Hoofill g &- Sidillg •   25

I Laminated Asphalt Shingles
Lamin ated asphalt shingles are an increasi ngly popular           met hod s app ly. T he ra nd om pattern ca n eve n reduce
option for new homes or roofing replaceme nts .                    overa ll installation \vaste heca use t he patte rn is more
You may also hear them referred to as "dimensiona l,"              visua lly fo rgivin g than t he uniform des ign of t hree~ tah
"a rc hitectural," or "rnu ltithickness" sh ingles.                shingles . Section s of s hin gle th at would otherwise
Essentially, la minated asphal t shingles have the same            in te rru pt a th ree- ta b pattern ca n still be use d in a
mate ri al compositio n as rnulti ta b cutout shi ngles- a         lam inated shingle installation.
sand\vic h of as phalt, base sheeting of felt or fiberglass,             The added shingle layer makes lam inClted shingles
and granu la r coa tin gs. However, th e im po rtant               heavier t ha n sta nd a rd three-tab sh ingles , but th e
diffe rence is th at instead of a single shi ngle layer,           \A/eig ht diffe rence isn't c riti cal; any pitched roof can
two layers arc bonded together to create a                         accept th em without spec ial stru ctu ral reinforce ment.
three-dimensional appearance. The top layer has wide ,             Laminated shin gles a re also th ic ke r th an mu ltitab
randomly sized notches, and it overlays a staggered,               shingles, whi c h gives them improved \vind resistance
un notc hed bottom layer. The effec t of this laminat ion          and durabi lity. As you mi ght expect, t hey're more
treat ment helps mim ic th e nat u ra l incons istencies of CI     ex pe nsive th an t hree-tab shingles. The adde d
cedar shake or sbte roof.                                          t hi ckness enables manufacturers to offer longer
      Lamina ted shin gles a re no more diffi c u lt to install    30~ to 50-year warra nti es, w hi c h can make th e m a
than three~ tah sh ingles, an d th e sa me installation            better investment than three-tah shin gles over th e life
                                                                   of your roof.

Architectural shingles (also called laminated and dimensional) are Installed very similarly to regular three-tab asphalt shingles,
but they offer a more sophisticated appearance with greater Visual depth. They also come with longer warranties than comparable
three-tab shingles.

26 • T H E CO~!IP LETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SID I NG & TB IM

I Asphalt Roll Roofing For low- pitc hed roofs , or in cases vvhere budgetary co rrec tl y. H oweve r, it ge nera ll y does not last as long co nce rn s arc morc importan t tha n appearan ce, ro lled as shi ngles . T he fact that fev,ler na ils are u sed during roofi ng mi g ht be the pe rfec t c hoice for your si tu at ion. insta llation ma kes it mo re prone to blowing off in hi gh Roll roofin g is a lso a good option if you need to cover a winds, an d it does n’t respond to thermal expan sion roof for an extended period but plan to install th e fi nal an d contrac tion as wel l as shi ng les . An d , for most roofi ng at a later date. viewers, it lacks the pl easi ng c urb appeal of Think of asp halt-a nd-gm l1ule roll roofing as a shingl ed roo f. co nt inu ous strip s of asp ha lt sh in gles ,v ithollt th e tab cutouts. Roll asp ha lt roofin g is in stall e d in overlap ping laye rs just like asphalt shingles, but th c amou nt of exposu re from one laye r to th e next is much greate r Self-adhesive ice membrane ~ tha n it is with ro ll shi ngles. De pending o n th e product, asp halt roll roofin g will either be enti rely covered with granul es a nd insta ll ed to provide a single laye r of coverage, Of only half the sheet will be cove re d in a gra nul e laye r. The un coa te d hal f (ca ll ed a se lvedge e dge) a nd ha lf of the shingle layer above it a re cove re d wi th roofin g ce me nt for an improved sea l. T he w ider ove rl ap provide d by th e se lvedge e dge le nd s a doubl e-cove rage e ffec t. ( Doubl e-cove rage roofing is rapidly becoming rare.) S ingle-coverage roll roofing may a lso have a se lved ge e dge for cemen t , b ut it w ill be o nl y a fev,l in c h es w ide . S in gle- and do ubl e-cove ra ge styles Roll roofing is essentially building paper with a granular surface coating. Single-coverage roll roofing is typically are sec ure d ,v it h roo fi ng na il s a ro und the e dges. installed in a perimeter bond application with an overlap of Both types a re suitab le for do- it-yo u rsel f roofin g . about 6” . Self-adhesive ice membrane is a roll roof product Asp halt ro ll roofing ca n prove to be more that can be used for a full roof or as a preventer of Ice dams “leakproof’ than co nventi onal shin gles if it’s insta ll ed in shingled roofs.

                                                                                      Asphalt roll roofing is one of the most
                                                                                      inexpensive roof covering materials and
                                                                                      when fully bonded, it's one of the very
                                                                                      few options available for covenng roofs
                                                                                      with a low slope between 2-ln-12 and
                                                                                      4-in-12. It cannot be used on perfectly
                                                                                      level roofs, though . Roll roofing is a
                                                                                      common choice for the roof of porches,
                                                                                      sheds, and garages.

                                                                                                P/mllliHgjor New Hoojillg &- Sidillg •   27

 I EPDM Rubber Roofing
 Rubber membra ne roofing, a lso kno\vn as e thyle ne                        T he me mb ra ne is avuila b le in 10- Of
 propylene diene monomer (E PDM ) roofi ng, is installed                2 0-ft .-wi de ro ll s to help redu ce th e t ota l n u m ber
 in \vide sheets using a s pecia li zed latex bo ndi ng adhes ive,      of seam s. In re ce n t yea rs, EPD M me m bra ne
 but it is not nailed in place. Often, rubber roofs are fu lly          has bec om e more do- it-yours el f f r iend ly, and it's
 bonded to th e roof dec k with ce men t, a nd the ubse nce             ava il a bl e to c ons u m e rs t h ro ug h roof ing s u p pliers
 of nails makes it an eve n be tter c hoice fo r low- pi tc h roofs     a nd so me ho rn e ce n te rs . It is co m para b ly
 that <:Ire s usce pti ble to lectks. Yo u met)' choose to insta ll a   priced to q uality as pha lt shingles. H o vve ver.
 ru bber me mbran e on a pitche d rooF sim ply beca use it is           EPD iVl's b lack c o lo r \,von 't \,v in a ny bea uty
 seam less and easy to insta ll, requiring on ly a pe rime ter          co ntes t s, and it w ill be th e hotte st roof aro u nd
 bond if YO LI arc mec han ica lly faste nin g strips.                  in m id -s umm e r's hea t.

 Rubber membrane roofs used to be installed exclusively in commercial situations, but DIY-friendly versions have become
 common in recent years. They're an excellent choice for flat or near-flat roofs.

28 • T H E C O ~!IP L E T E GUID E TO BOOFI NG, SIDI NG & TBI M

I Slate Shingles Slate roofing has bee n aroLlnd fo r ce ntu ries, and aspha lt shingles. A conventio nally framed Of truss roof it’s one of the most wea th er-resistan t and beautiful may requ ire add itional framing before it’s suitab le for options you can put on your roof. It is quarried and sla te shingles . C hec k w ith a stru c tural e nginee r to see cut into thin individua l s hingl es and installed wit h if yo ur hom e’s roof will sup port s late. IlCli ls. Natured va riutions in color, pattern , and edge Install in g slate shin gles invo lves t he use o f sha pe give slate a n o rga ni c unci tact ile qua lity th ut’s special ized c uttin g too ls a nd skills, which makes it sim p ly unmatch ed by other sy ntheti c roofing products. extremely complicated to install for do-it-you rse lfers as !-IO.v eve r, despite its visua l ap peal a nd long-lasting we ll as ma ny roofers . O nce install ed, sla te’s d urabil ity perfo rmance-more than 100 yea rs in many cases- to th e e leme nts doesn’t exte nd to foot tra ffic, T he a numbe r of impo rtant factors may make slate shingles are br ittle and can break if they a re ste pped unfeasible for you r home. Fo r one, s late is heavy, on . Rep lacing broken sh ingles involves insta ll ing extra weig hin g about twice as much as asphalt singles per staging and ladde rs to prevent further damage, and sguare foot. It’s also about tripl e the cos t of premium removing indi vid ual shingles is a complicated process.

Slate roofs are expensive and not DIY-friendly, but for overall attractiveness and durability, they’re hard to beat.

                                                                                                 P/mllliHg jor New Hoojillg &- Sidillg •   29

I Clay Tile
C lay t il e roofs a re common o n so uth e rn a nd coas tal                 D epend ing on th e region YO LI li ve in, t here
ho mes, w here intense hea t a nd high wind s a rc a                    may be ma ny qualifie d roofers w ho ca n install it
co nce rn . Since clay is a manufactu red product, roofing              prope rly. \"forking wit h clay t ile req uires c utting w ith
t il es a re ava ilabl e in a wide ra nge of sha pes, sizes, a nd       a diamond-b lade saw, and it may not be s uita bl e for
colors. Clay ti les offe r excellent durabili ty and fire               complex roof deSigns. It is also relatively fragile and
resistance. However, clay is slightly heavier tha n slate,              can not be vva lked o n , so re puirs C<1n be difficu lt. The
and installing it ove r typ ica l roof framing may req uire             instal led cost of clay ti les is com parabl e to slate. O n
adding stru c tural reinfo rce m e nt s. Of co urse, t hi s ad ds       a ll but th e mos t bas ic roof designs, clay til e is not
to th e project costs .                                                 do~ i t~yo u rse lf fri endly.

Clay tile roofs have a distinctive regional appearance, but they can be installed in practically any climate. They're heavy and
relatively expensive. Most clay tiles have a half~pipe shape and ter ra~cotta color, but With a little research you can find a rather
wide range of colors and styles.

30 • T H E CO~!IP LETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SID I NG & TB IM

I Concrete Tile Over the past few decades, concrete has co ntinued As YO LI might expect, concrete shakes <:Ire heavy. to gain mo men tum in the roofin g field . It wca th ers They’ re sl ightly heavier th an sla te an d aboll t t he sa me well; offers excellent wi nd , hail , a nd fire resistance; \Ieight as clay til e. I-! O.veve r, th e re a re also co ncrete and instal ls similar ly to c lay tile and slate. Concrete is shakes that are fortified with wood fibers and po lymers typically fo rm e d into Rat shakes instead of contoured to c ut dO\·v n on ove ra ll \ve ight withou t co mprom ising tiles, like cby, but YOLI can spec ial-o rd er contou red durability. Co mpared “‘.li th clay or slate, co nc rete sha pes made from cement. Some man ufa cturers offer offers sim ilar performa nce c ha racteristics “l it h a 100”ler co nc re te shakes th at mimi c th e color an d tex ture overall installatio n cost: it’s about half th e price of of wood. sla te or clay.

                                          -

Fiber cement is growing quickly as a concrete roofing tile matenal, much as it is for lap siding. It offers a Singular package of durability, low maintenance, beauty, and reasonable cost. cement tiles and fiber-cement tiles usually have a simulated wood grain appearance to resemble wood shingles, but concrete tiles can be ordered in many other configurations that are less well known.

                                                                                              P/mllliHgjor New Hoojillg &- Sidillg •   31

I Metal Roofing Metal roofing has proven its du rabi li ty as a res ide ntial roofing ma terial for centu ri es in Europe, but until Prefab Panels ~ recent ly it was more commo n to see a metal roof on an agricultural or commercia l bui ldi ng than on a home here in the States. That trend is qu ickly chc:lngin g. Adva nces in meta l-form ing tec hn iques a nd improvements in coatings have created a \v ide variety of styles a nd colo rs to choose fro m, makjng metal roofing a morc e ntici ng option for homeowners. In fact, meta l roofi ng is th e fastest growing segment of the resident ial roofing products market for severa l reasons . For o ne, meta l is the lightest-weight roofing material made. At around I to 2 pounds per square foot, any sta ndard-framed roof ca n easi ly suppo rt m etClI roofing. Provided t he shingles me in sound co ndit ion an d local bu ildi ng codes perm it it, metal roofing ca n even be installed ove r a layer or t-vo of asp halt shin gles. This saves on th e cost a nd effort in vo lved wit h a tearofE. Metal offers excelle nt wi nd and fi re resista nce, Prefabricated panels made of metal, fiberglass, a nd im proveme nts in rust-i nhibitive coatings make or clear polycarbonate come in standard widths it weat her we ll for ma ny decades. It resists peeli ng, and lengths and are usually installed over a system of purlins. Historically, they have been used most chalking, and fading from UV light. Metal roofs are quite often to roof outbuildings and shelters, but the metal common in coastClI a reas thClt are subjected to tropical versions are becoming more popular for whole storms a nd h igh ,\rinds. It also performs favorab ly when houses and room additions. subjected to heavy snowfa ll or ice acc um ulations.

Standing-seam steel roofs are lightweight, very durable, and only moderately expensive. Typically, they are fabricated on-site by pros, but some prefabricated panel systems are DIY friendly.

32 • T H E CO~!IP LETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SIDING & TBIM

A copper roof has all the advantages of steel but will not rust Copper oxidizes over time and can corrode, but it is generally a superior exterior metal.

   Un like wood or as pha lt roofing, me tal will not             sea ms c rimped o r c li pped togeth e r alo ng both long

rot , c rack, or pro mote a lgae growth , so it is large ly edges a re the most co m mo n style of metal roofin g. mainte nan ce free. Light-co lored me tal roofs, v,lhi c h The me tal pa nels can be formed on loca t io n \·v it h re fl ec t sunligh t inste<Jd of absorb it, offe r e ne rgy-sav ing com mo n me tal worlzjng too ls. They’re also avail a ble in be nefit s as we ll. Atti cs stay coo le r in SLImm er mont hs, prefa bri cated pa ne ls . Co pper is most ofte n insta lled whi c h re duces e ne rgy cos ts . G ive n its dura bility, in pa ne l form an d left unfi n ished to . .‘ea th e r to a warrant ies in t he 30- to SO-year range arc commo n for gree n pa tin a. It is t he most exp e nsive op ti on . Steel pro fess iona ll y ins ta lled meta l roofing systems . [n terms or a luminu m roofi ng come in a spect rum of co lors to of cos t, me ta l is more expensive th a n premi um asp halt suit a ny siding colo r sc heme . sh ingles bu t c hea per th a n slate or clay. There a re a few d rawbac ks to meta l roofi ng wo rt h Hes iden ti al me ta l roofing is ava ilable in stee l, noting. It is slippery whe n \vet an d it ca n be den ted or a luminu m, O f co ppe r. It is e mbossed in severed sc ratc hed . Me ta l ca n be di ffic ult to ada pt to co m plex su rface tex tures to s imula te clay til es, wood s ha kes, roof styles. Eve n ttwll y steel roofing will need to be or as pha lt s hi ngles. Some produ cts a re coa ted .v ith re painted to preve nt co rros io n. gran ul es to e nh a nce th e ir tex ture. Em bossed me tal Although it sho ul d n’t be diffi c ult to fi nd roofi ng comes in e it he r ho rizon ta l pan el s with seve ra l qua lified ins ta lle rs in mos t regions, yo u need specia l shi ng les form ed on eac h panel or as ind ividu al s ha ke me talwo rking skill s to tack le most reside nti a l meta l o r til e s hapes. Eac h p iece has flanges t hat c lip to roofing products yo u rse lf. Do-it-you rself insta llat io n th e to p an d botto m of adjacent pieces or nai l-down may also void th e ma nufac ture r’s warra nly, so th is is c lips alo ng th e edges. Smooth pa nels w ith sta ndin g a p rojec t bette r le ft to t he pros.

                                                                                                P/mllliHgjor New Hoojillg &- Sidillg •   33

 I Environmentally Friendly Roofs
 A little- knovm but nev\' breed of environ menta ll y               a c once rn. So me o f th ese a lte rn ati ve roofing produ c ts
 frie nd ly roofing p rodu c ts is now ava ila ble for               are made from recycled materi als, s Llc h as llsed car
 res identi al appli ca tion s. I f you like th e look of slate,     tires o r pos t-indu stria l \vaste, a nd th e roofin g may be
 t ile, or wood sha kes, yo u ca n no w buy t hem made               e ntire ly recyc la b le when it wea rs ou t .
 fro m blends of polymers, sawdust, rub ber, vinyl, and                     Polym e r or rubbe r c om pos ite roo fing mate ria ls
 fiberglass . These compos ite shi ngles are quite fl exible,        a re heavie r t han me ta l but th ey are <:Ibo Ll t th e sa me
 so they CCi n withstcllld high winds, ha il da mage, or             \\Ie ight as la m in<:lte d aspha lt shi ngles. iVlos t co me
 foot traffi c without sp litting, rottin g, o r brea king.          with 5 0~yea r warra nt ies t ha t ca n be tra nsfe rred from
 F ire re ta rd e rs a nd UV in hi b ito rs a re ad ded to make      one home owne r to t he nex t. T hey insta ll eas ily wit h
 th em as d u rab le as co nvent iona l roofin g option s. In        na il s ove r typica l felt und erlayme nt, just like aspha lt
 polymer-based shingles, th e color is blended th rough              sh ingles . You may be a ble to in sta ll a com posite roof
 t he mate ri a l, so sc ra tc hes won't s how a nd peelin g isn't   yourse lf, dependi ng on the product.

                                                                     Green products on the roof, as in every other part of
                                                                     the house, are beginning to flood the market. This welcome
                                                                     occurrence IS creating a whole new category of options for
                                                                     homeowners with pro-enVIronment priorities. Most of the
                                                                     newer products, like those seen above, are made with recycled
                                                                     materials using composite technologies. Others, however, feature
                                                                     slightly older technology (see Living Roofs, next page). Local tile
                                                                     materials (from within a 500-mile project radius) manufactured
                                                                     with indigenous materials and postindustrial recycled content,
                                                                     including fly ash and slag, are shown here. These criteria
                                                                     contribute toward third party certification and possible leadership
                                                                     in energy and evironmental design (LEED) credits.

34 • T H E CO~!I P LE T E GUID E TO BOO FI NG, SIDI NG & T BI M

Living Roofs ~ The living roof covered with plants and planting media There are three primary methods of achieving a (also called a green rooD is a rapidly advancing technology green roof. The first is to hire a deslgn-and-build firm that that IS making a lot of news in commercial architecture, specializes in the Installation of living roofs. The second is to but hasn’t qUite found its place around the house- at build one yourself using a proprietary kit-type system. Lastly, least not In North America. Recently, some enterprising you can make one almost exclusively from products you can folks have begun to make great strides In adapting the purchase at bUilding and garden centers. technology to the home, including the most-frequently flat Here are some planning tips to consider if you’re residential roof: the garage. contemplating adding a green roof on your property: The benefits of a green roof are many: o Avoid slopes greater than 2-ln-12. lt is not impossible o Properly maintained, they are rated to last 50 years. to create a green roof on a steeper pitch, but it is o Green roofs reduce the amount of stormwater much more complicated. runoff, which takes pressure off sewage o Consult with your local building department and a treatment plants. structural engineer to make sure your roof structure o If the roof covers a heated and cooled space, a green is adequate to support the weight. A green roof will roof adds insulation in the winter and can reduce add from 10 to 100 pounds of weight per square foot, your cooling costs by as much as 25 percent. depending on how the roof is constructed and used. o Green roofs improve air quality: a two-car garage with o Unless your current roof covering is a waterproof a green roof will create enough oxygen annually to membrane such as EPDM rubber or bonded PVC supply 25 people for a year. sheets, you will need to reroof with one of these o They add natural beau ty to your property and materials (rubber is preferred). may even support certain types of o Depending on what plantings you choose, you will food gardening. need to do occasional maintenance such as weeding o A green roof can provide habitat for wil dlife in an and watering. If you are not comfortable working at urban setllng. heights, you probably should avoid green roofs.

Houses with a green roof are more common in Europe than In North America, but the many benefits they offer are spurring interest worldwide. The number of houses or garages with a living roof is growing quickly In the United states and Canada.

                                                                                            P/mllliHg jor New Hoofill g &- Sidillg •   35

I vinyl & Metal Siding
Vinyl, aluminum , and steel siding \·vere developed in                 A va ri ety of s pec ia l d eta iling com pone nts for \vrapping
the 1950s and 1960s and have been mass-produced                        \vindows, doo rs, an d fa uce ts or outl e ts are w ide ly
for residential housing ever since. Cha nces are,                      ava ila bl e at home centers.
most of t he homes in your neighborhood are covered                          Of th e three types, vi nyl s iding dominates th e
in o ne of t hese three types of siding. Cons ide r th e               res idential sid in g mar ke t for seve ra l reaso ns. It is
performullce characteri stics of eac h type w hen                      mClnu fac tured in hun d re ds of co lors, so finding the
c hoos in g nevv siding for yo ur ho me.                               "perfect" color fo r your home should be easy. The co lor
     Since siding is sllch a competitive mar ket, th e                 is blended through th e plastic, so scuffs o r scratches
price of vinyl o r metal siding is abo ut the sa me . A ll             \vill not leave noti ceab le bl e mi shes . Vin yl is also
three siding types a rc na iled in place a lo ng the top               mo lded in man y su rface textu res and styles, incl udin g
e dge, w ith sections interlocking from one row to the                 traditional or Dutch lap, sca llops, shi ngles, fish sca le,
next. Viny l, a luminum , a nd steel ca n be instal led                shakes, and various beaded designs. Th is d ivers ity
by a do- it-yo urselfer, but both aluminum a nd steel                  a llows vin yl sidin g to comp leme nt hi storica l homes
siding requ ire t he lise of meted bra kes an d other                  an d to provide design optio ns for traditional a nd even
sheet-metal tools to cut Clnd for m the siding correctly.              eclect ic homes. Vin yl is impe rvious to in sects, rot,
lVlost homeovmers find th at installin g metal siding                  an d fun ga l o r algal growth , an d it sta nds up we ll to
is difficult to acco mpli sh w ith acce ptab le resu lts.              mode ra te impact. It does not req uire rou tin e c leaning
Vin yl is much more DIY friendly. It can be c ut eas il y              or paint ing, a nd replacing sections of da maged vi nyl is
w ith ordi nary snips, c irc ular saws, a nd utility kn ives.          a fa irl y sim p le process.

vinyl siding is very popular because it is inexpensive, low ma intenance, easy to insta ll, and widely ava ilab le in many styles and
colors (usua lly on the lighter side of the color spectruml.

36 • T H E C O~!IP LETE GUIDE TO BOOFING, SID I NG & TB IM

Metal siding is usually made of steel these days, but In the past aluminum and tin have been common materials. Typically, it has a baked enamel finish.

 T he main drawbac k to vin yl is that it expands                wa ll length s to avoi d the staggered seam a ppearance

and con trac ts v./ith c ha nges in te mpe ra ture more than of vinyl. other materia ls. If it’s improperly nailed or installed There are a few d rawbac ks to meta l s iding. \vithout co rrect expa nsio n ga ps, th e s iding may buckle Unl ike vin yl, w hi c h is reasona bl y flex ible a nd resi li e nt Of S<1g. Vinyl also shows end seams from one piece to impacts, both steel a nd a luminum siding ca n be to th e next- a nd these can be unsightly, making de nted by th e ,vaywa rd baseball, roc k, or fa lling tree a ho u se look pl ast ic ize d. Still , for dura bi lity and bra nc h . S ince th e surface of steel and a luminum is appea ra nce ‘s sa ke , vinyl is hard to bea t. Most va ri e tie s coa te d an d th e co lor does not permeate the me ta l, it of top-qua lity vin yl co me w it h life tim e, transferable is not resista nt to scratc hes . Stee l siding ca n rust if warran tie s (allow ing the wa rran ty to tran sfe r from one its c ut edges are exposed to mois tu re . Sunl ight can homeowner to th e next). degrade th e pa inted finish on a luminum siding over A lumin u m and stee l s idin g are ma n ufactured time, whi c h leaves a c halky residue that occasiona ll y in la p styles as we ll as seve ral e mbossed surface needs was hin g. Both a luminum a nd stee l siding may patte rn s . Me ta l sidin g has <1 facto ry-u pplied , be pain ted , a nd you ca n repaint as neede d ,vithout hi g h-pe rforman ce coating availab le in man y c olors. specia l preparation tec h n iq ues. Steel si din g is a lso ga lvan ized for grea ter protectio n iV1e ta i siding is a relative ly gree n c hoice among th e against corros io n. The ri gidity of steel an d a luminum siding opti ons. A percentage of th e me ta l in most new siding ensures a stre ngth th at vin yl can not matc h : steel or a lu minum siding co mes from recycled materia l steel and a luminum will not buck le, sag, or disto rt. an d , depending on th e fini sh coating, the s iding Some man ufacture rs now offe r sea ml ess steel and may be recyc la ble w he n you rep lace it. Your su pplier <.d uminu m sidin g, whi c h is ma c hi ne-ex truded by t he sho uld be ab le to provide yo u wit h t hi s information insta lle r on loca ti o n. Each pa ne l ca n be c usto m fit to before you buy.

                                                                                                 P/mllliHgjor New Hoojillg &- Sidillg •   37

 I Wood Siding
 Wood sidi ng is a nothe r viable optio n fo r yo u r ho me.       lu m ber; it's arra nge d ve rt ically \\l ith a na rrower vvoo d
 C lapboa rd o r sh iplap s id ing is typica ll y milled           stri p t hat overla ps the seams between the boards .
 from cedar, cypress, redwood, or treated sout hern                \"food s id ing \v ill gene ra ll y cost more than vin yl
 p ine, A ll offer exce ll e n t resistance to decay a ncl         or metal , a nd it's prone to the same prob lems as
 insec t s. C lapboCird s id ing is usucdl y ma nu facture d       \\Iood sh ing les a nd shakes. Pro longed \ve tn ess v,lill
 w it h a tapered edge to creute t he proper overlap,              eventually lead to decay, a nd t h e wood will fade to
 a ncl it's insta ll e d ho rizontally, Board-a nd-batten          gray u n less you're diligent abo ut pa inti ng or staini ng
 wood s idi ng can be acco m plis hed w it h o rd inary            eve ry Few years .

 wood lap siding is stili a popular chOice for homes, though vinyl, wood, aluminum, steel and fiber cement reproductions are
 increasingly used,

38 • T H E C O~!IP LETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SIDING & TBIM

I Shingles & Shakes Wood shingles an d shakes on you r roof or on yo ur Shi ngles are manufactured to specific sizes an d walls add a wa rm , natural look. Wood has been thicknesses, and they have a tapered edge . They a re never used this \vay for centuries with excell ent success. hand spli t. Sh ingles can be ordered with sanded, smooth T hese days, sh ingles an d shakes are made from surfaces or left with the natural woodgra in texture. va ri ous species of cedar and cypress; vv hite oak; and A co mpetent do-it-yourselfer ca n install shakes or pressure-treated ye llow sou th ern pine. The wood is shingles without spec ial skills, and t he materiul ca n graded in No. I and premium gra des, based on cbrity be cu t unci inst<:llled wi th ordinary s hop tools. “lood and cu t. Premium is th e highest grade. I t costs slightly can be ,valke d on, is abrasion resis ta nt, an d easy to more than pre mium laminated asphalt shingles. re pair. However, the natu ra l color wi ll fade to gray over T he principal difference between \load shakes time unless it is painted. Shingles and shakes must be an d shingles is how th ey arc cut and processed. ke pt clean and dry to deter fungal or alga l growth and Shakes are more rustic th a n shingles. They’re sawn insect pes ts. Woodpeckers and squirrels can wreak or hand split in va rying thicknesses a nd le ngt hs . havoc with shingles and shakes whe n t hey’ re looking These irregularities give shakes an o rgcllli c appeal, but for a q ui ck mea l or a wa rm pluce to spe nd the ,.., inter. they increase the c han ces for ,va te r infiltra tio n if the For a ll these reasons, you should expect to c<:Irry out wall and roo F shea thin g is not properly fl as he d an d more maintenance tasks on ,..,ood shi ngles a nd s ha kes wra ppe d. than me tal, vinyl, or ot he r synth e ti c option s.

wood shingles and shakes can be used on the walls of your horne as well as on roofs. Shakes have a more rustic appearance than shingles because they are Irregular Widths.

                                                                                           P/mllliHg jor New Hoojillg &- Sidillg •   39

I Board & Batten Siding For a tradit iona l look, a boa rd and batten appeara nce can and edges remain dry. It also needs a protect ive be recrea ted vvi th 4 x 8 sheets of exte rio r-ra ted p ly\vood topcoa t of pai nt or sta in to preven t d eteriorat ion from that have a textured surface and a pattern of grooves to moist ure or su n ligh t. As the pa nels age, it’s common simulate the look of indi vidual boards (called Tl - l l ). for t he laminated layers to begin to separate. But , Grooves are spaced either 4 or 8 inches apa rt. The edges \·v hen t he sheets eve ntu<:IlIy \vear out, they’re easy of the sheets have overlapping tongues th at hide the to rep l”ce. seClm$ and help keep \Iater out. Insta llation is easy for <J You can a lso ac h ieve the board a nd batte n look compete nt homeowner with basic wQodv,‘orki ng skills, by attac hin g narrow strips of .vood, suc h as I X 2, a nd the materia l costs a re abo llt the same as vinyl siding. vertica lly over sea ms betwee n shee ts of textu red Board and batte n paneling must be careful ly paneli ng, a nd a lso at regular interva ls in t he ficld ins ta lled and prope rl y flas hed so t he back surfaces a rea of the pane ls .

Board and batten siding was traditionally made up of T1-11 paneling approximates the look of traditional board wide, solid wood boards attached In a vertical configuration and batten siding, it is easy to install, and It is inexpensive. This with narrow wood StliPS attached to conceal the gaps paneling is still used for home siding, but you’ll see it more between boards. Today, thiS look is frequently recreated often on sheds and outbUildings these days. with plywood panels.

40 • T H E C O~!I PLETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SIDING & TBIM

I Log Cabin Siding Log ca bin s idin g is yet a nother wood siding alternat ive. to rea lize t hat \va ll s aren ‘t made of who le logs . Any Typ ica lly, white pine o r ceda r logs a rc stripped of compete nt do-it-yourse lfer ca n sLiccessfu ll y ins ta ll bark, and the n sa\ved into th in lengths of s id ing \vith log cabin sid ing w it h com mon hand a nd power tools , the curvature of the log’s surface left in tact. T he and repai rs are easy to make. Log cabin s id in g needs curvatu re can also be created at the m ill by mcK h ines. a top coat li ke ot he r \vood sidin g optio ns to exte nd its T he sid ing is in stu lled with nails over bui lding fe lt or serviceab le life. Of co u rse , log sid in g is also pro ne to housewra p, j ust like othe r s iding opt ions. T he resu lts degrada t ion fro m insects , o th er <mi med pes ts , Cl nci rot. a re s urp risingly convin c ing. It takes close in spec ti on It’s priced compa rably to wood s ha kes or s hi ngles.

YOU don’t have to be a lumberjack to live in a log cabin home. Here, the rustic look of hewn logs and interlocking log-ta il corners belies the fact that it is actually wood siding Installed with a hammer and nails. It’S a perfect do-it-yourself invitation to alpine living.

                                                                                                    P/alllliHg for New Hoofillg &- Sidillg •   41

I Masonry, Stone & Stucco Var iolls cement-based products give yo u m uny mOfe a ceme nt itious plaster. Bonding cement is often applied options for durable , long- lasting siding. You ‘re probably in a smooth layer to hide cinder block or brick foundation a lre ady famil iar w ith stucco, which is a mixture of surfaces. Because it isn’t e nhanced with color or texture, Portland and masonry cements, sand, and water. it’s used sparingly to detail other forms of sid ing. Stucco is instcdled in success ive COClts over a base lVlorta red-in-place natural stone or full bricks are of fe lt “nd metal lath. It ca n be appl ied to either other attract ive siding treatments to co nsider. Both wood-s hcClt hed or masonry \v3 I1 s. A var iety of colonmts are heavy Clnd may require reinforced wCl lls. The costs can be added to the finish coat. Alternatively, stucco of quarrying a nd transporting natura l stone make it can be painted with spec ia lly formulated elastomeric expe nsive, but it’s hard to a rgue aga inst its beauty. pa ints . Texturing is a lso a common practice , offering a Natural stone can be used sparingly to en hance blended, morc natural appearance. foundation wal ls or pillars. It is common to combine When properl y installed, stucco will last for rock with other forms of siding to he lp limit costs. decades with only an occas ional restorative coat. It can Conventional bricks provide a rugged or refined cfumble or crack as a ho use settles, bu t stucco generally elega nce, depending on the style yo u choose. proves to be a tough , low- maintenance exte rior finish. They are durable, immune to insect damClge, a nd It may be used to coat enti re exte ri or wa lls or for fireproof. Brick repairs are considerably difficult, a nd limited areas in conj un ction with othe r sid ing materials. creat ing nev,1 ope nin gs for windmvs or doors ca n be Removing stucco or c reating ne w openings for windows labor- intens ive . \t\lhen insta lled correctly, stone and and so forth is possible but labor-inte nsive. brick will last th e lifetime of your home . Bonding ce ment can a lso be used to cover exterior If you want the look of stone or brick on you r wall s. Essentially, it is a blend of Portland cement, sand, house \vithout the rigors of cutting and moving heavy and fiberglass combined ,~th an acryli c fort ifier to create materials, cons ider using manufactured stone and

Stucco has a long tradition as a home siding material, Brick veneer lends a stately appearance to ordinary-looking especially in areas of the country where wood products are in homes. It does help keep the elements out. but it does not scarce supply. It is a very durable siding material, but it does have any structural value. require some maintenance.

42 • T H E CO~!IP LETE GUIDE TO BOOFING, SIDING & TBIM

                                                                                   stone veneer is a home design element
                                                                                   that IS on the rise in popularity. Today,
                                                                                   more likely than not, the veneer you see
                                                                                   is a lightweight, manufactured product
                                                                                   rather than genuine stone.

                                                                                   Mortarless stone veneer siding is
                                                                                   affixed to the facade of a house using
                                                                                   only mechanical fasteners and supports.
                                                                                   It provides the beauty of real masonry
                                                                                   Without the trouble of mixing and
                                                                               -   tooling mortar.

bric k ve neer. T hese products are made of ceme nt (ca lled fibe r cemen t). The s idi ng is insta lled s imilar ly that’s cas t into naturaJ stone forms or brick s hapes. to wood, vin yl, or metal lap sid ing usi ng nail s dri ven A mu ltitude of s imulated sto ne styles are into wa ll fmming. Fiber cement is relat ively lightweight ava ilable, including round, flat, textured, a nd smooth. when compared to oth er ceme nt-based s idi ng products. Color options va ry wide ly as we ll. Venee red ston e J t is reaso nab ly fl exible; \·vi ll not rot, split, wa rp, or is fixed in place .vith mortar over a base of fe lt and s\ve ll ; offers good impact an d \·vater resista nce; an d is wire mes h. It .veighs a fractio n of real stone, is mo re fire proof. Although co lor is not mixed in wit h siding affordab le, and th e end res ult is velY co nvin cing. planks, fibe r cement is ava ilable primed or prepainted. A mo rtClrless system of brick veneer is often a It comes in various width s, thi c knesses, an d su rface better c ho ice for dO- it-you rselfers. Bric ks si mpl y stack textu res- inc luding smooth, wood grain, and beaded . in interlocking co urses o n the surface of a sheathed Stucco, ve neered stone, and mortarl ess brick an d wrapped wall . The re is no mortar because every can be in stalled .vith moderate masonry skills and fourth co urse is fas tened wi th sc rews to furr ing strips. some speciali zed tools . Fiber ce men t sid ing is a lso Even lap-style s iding can be ach ieved using an user-friend ly, but you’ ll need elec tri c s hea rs a nd ca rbid e in novative material composed of Portland cement, blades on other tools. Hire a profess ional mason to sand , an d cell ulose fi be r form ed into 12-foot p la nks insta ll mortared , na tural stone, or fu ll brick.

                                                                                             P/mllliHg jor New Hoojillg &- Sidillg •   43

 I Trim Materials
 T he trim system in your hOLl se d raws from esse nt ia ll y          O ne drawback to insta ll ing a fu ll system of th ese
 the same poo l of mate ri als as sid in g: wood, vinyl,               compone nts is that you' ll e nd u p with ma ny jo in ts a nd
 metal, or composites. W here possible, try and use like               sea ms t hat need to be sealed to preve nt lea ks . If you're
 mate rials throughout.                                                in the marke t for a comp lete gutter replacement, you
      Soffits CU ll im prove the appema nce of o pe n eave             muy wu nt to cons ider havin g the work pe rformed
 spaces by boxing t hese areas in. You C<:I n buy ve nted              by a gu tte r inst<:l ll <:lt ion compa ny. T hey ca n fabr icate
 or unvented soffit pClIlels to serve thi s pu rpose. If your          g utter sectio ns to uny le ngt h o n s ite usin g a luminu m
 ho me a lready has boxed- in soffits, YO LI can retrofit              coil stoc k an d an extrus ion mach ine. T hi s drast ica lly
 them wi t h roll nd or co nt inu o us soffit ve n ts , w hi c h are   red uces t he num ber of seams in the syste m a nd
 widely ava ilab le at home ce nters. Venting soffit a reas            creates a neater ove rall appearance .
 is a good v·,ray to prevent icc-damm ing problems in                       If you live in a hi storica l home, your gutters may
 cold cli mates.                                                       be made of copper. Copper gutters a re lo ng last ing
      Gutter systems are esse ntia l for movi ng water                 and can even be an attractive ex terio r de ta il , but most
 off a roof and keeping fo un dat ions and wa lbvays                   ho me ce nte rs do not cany rep lacem e n t parts for them.
 dry. You"11 find a v<Jriety of vin yl and al um inum gutte r          Generally, you'll need to order these p"rts from a
 co mpo ne nt s in t he roofing sec ti on of a ny home center.         roofing supplier or I nte rn et gu tter su pp ly sou rce.

                                                                                           The parts of the trim package on your
                                                                                           home include soffits (a) and fascia (b),
                                                                                           corner trim (e), window trim (d), cornices
                                                                                           {el, gable trim (not seen), vent covers W,
                                                                                           and gutters (g) with downspouts (h).

                                                                                           A low-maintenance track and panel
                                                                                           kit made of aluminum or steel is an easy
                                                                                           way to Insta ll a new soffit system with
                                                                                           professional-looking results. Tracks and
                                                                                           ventilated soffit segments are cut and fit
                                                                                           with snap-together Simplicity.

44 • T H E CO~!IP LETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SIDING & TBIM

Gutter systems are available in vinyl, enameled steel and aluminum at any home center. The troughs and downspouts are sold in 10-ft. lengths, and the individual connectors, caps, and fittings are sold separately. Gutter systems made from other materials, such as copper, can be purchased from roof material suppliers and through the Internet.

                                                               Roof boot

 Composite                                                                                                      Roof vent
 trim stock

Architectural millwork / Primed wood

                                                                                     /    Composite stock

                                                                             c4!!"---

Exterior trim pieces include both raw materials for making custom trim and prefabricated parts made from wood, wood composite, or molded plastiCS. Plastic or composite products typically come in white only, but many of them are paintable.

                                                                                               P/mllliHgjor New Hoofillg &- Sidillg •   45

I Estimating Roofing & Siding I Ordering Roofing Materials Hoofing materi a ls are ordered in sq ua res, \l it h one To determine how mu c h tlashi ng yo u’ll nee d , square equal ing 100 sq uare feet. To de te rmine meas ure the length of th e va lley to figure va lley how many squa res a rc needed, first figu re out the fl ashing, the lengths of th e caves a nd rakes to figure square footage of you r roof. The easiest way to drip edge, and the number and size of ve nt pipes to make this ca lculation is to multip ly the length by figure vent fl ashing. the wid th of each section of roof, and then add the num bers toge ther. For steep roofs a nd th ose wi th co m plex designs, do yo ur measuring from th e grou nd a nd multip ly by a number based on the s lope of you r roof. Measure t he length and wi dth of your house, include the overhangs, then mu ltip ly the numbers together to determ ine th e overall sq uare footage. Using th e c hart at the lower right, Illul tip ly the square footage by a num be r based on the roof’s s lope. Add 10 percent fo r waste, th en di vide th e tota l sq ua re footage by 100 to dete rmine th e numbe r of sq ua res you need. Don’t spe nd time calculat ing and subtractin g the a reas t hat won’t be cove red, suc h as skylights and c himn eys. They’re usually small enough that th ey don’t impact th e Asphalt shingles come in packaged bundles weighing numbe r of squares yo u need. Besides, it’s good to have around 65 pounds each. For typical three-tab shingles, three extra ma teria ls for vvaste, m istakes, a nd later repai rs. bundles will cover one square (100 sq. ft.) of roof.

                                                                                    Calculate the roof's surface by
                                                                                    multiplying the height of the roof by the
                                                                                    width. Do this for each section, then add
                                                                                    the totals together. Divide that number by
                                                                                    100, add 10 percent for waste, and that's
                                                                                    the number of squares of roofing materials
                                                                                    you need.

                                                                                      Conversion Chart
                                                                                      Slope     Multiply by   Slope      Multiply by
                                                                                      2 in 12   1.02          8 in 12    1.20
                                                                                      3 in 12   1.03          9 in 12    1.25
                                                                                      4 in 12   1.06          lOin 12    1.30
                                                                                      5 in 12   1.08          II in 12   1.36
                                                                                      6 in 12   1.12          12 in 12   1.41
                                                                                      7 in 12   1.16

46 • T H E C O~!IP LETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SID I NG & TBIM

I Ordering Siding Materials Sid i ng is so ld by the lin ea r foot, sq uare foot , board c ha nn e ls, corne r posts, a nd trim yo u’ll need. Kee p foot , or square, depe ndin g on th e type of materia l. in mind yo u’ll probab ly a lso need to apply trim or To determine t he amount of si ding materia ls c ha nn e ls aro und a ll of your doo rs an d windm·vs. you’ll need, ca lculate th e sq uare footage of eac h Depend in g on th e sidin g materia l you’ re orderin g, w<1 l1 , t he n add the m toget he r to ge t yo ur tota l yo u may need ex tra material to allow for ove rl a p. For surface <:trce!. eX<:lmple, if yo u \ya nt to install 10” lap s iding with an To figure th e sq uare footage for a \va ll , mul tip ly 8” exposure , yo u’ll need to Clcco un t fo r a 211 overlap the lengt h of the wa ll by the height. Calc ulate the for eac h board. Likewise, th e exposu re rate For wood area on t he gabl e end of a wa ll by using th e formula sha kes or shin gles will de term ine how many sq ua res for t ria ngles, \v h ich is one-ha lf th e le ngt h of th e base yo u’ll need . De pendin g on th e exposu re rate, one multipli ed by t he he ight of th e tri a ngle. You won ‘t sq uare of shi ngles co uld cover 80 sq . ft, 100 sq. ft , need to subtract fo r areas cove red by windmvs and or even J 20 sq. ft. Most ma n ufacture rs have charts doors, and yo u wo n’t need to a dd an ext ra 10 percent t hat s hmv how much mater ia l is needed to cover a for was te. The \vinciow a nd doo r areas are ro ughl y spec ifie d numbe r of sq uare feet a t va rious rates of equa l to th e a mo un t of waste you’ ll need. ex posu re. If yo u hClve tro ubl e estimating hov\1 mu c h Use your he ight a nd le ngt h meas ure m e nts from material you need to purc hase, ask you r suppli e r the \va ll s to de termin e hO\v ma ny fee t of sta rte r strip , for help.

Estimate the amount of siding you’ll need by calculating the square footage of each wall, then adding the numbers together. To determine the square footage of a wall, multiply the wall length by its height Subtract the square footage of all windows and doors, and then add 10 percent for waste to get square footage. Don’t forget about carner trim, J-channel and other tr im pieces.

                                                                                             P/mllliHgjor New Hoojillg &- Sidillg •   47

I Working Safely W orld n g on th e exte rior of a ho use prese nts c ha ll e nges not faced in the interior, suc h as dea ling with th e wea th e r, \vorki ng a t he ights, Don’t use tool s or work at he ights after cons umin g alcoho l. [f you’ re takin g medications, read the [abel an d follov,l th e reco mm e ndati ons regarding th e use of and staying clea r of powe r lines . By takin g a few too ls a nd eq uip ment. co m mo nse nse saFe ty preca utions, YO LI ca n pe rform When using ladders, extend the top of th e ladder exte rior wo rk safel y. 3 feet above th e roof edge for greater stability. C limb on Dress approp riatci y for th e job and wea ther. an d off th e lad de r a t a poin t as close to the ground as Avoid wor kin g in extreme temperatures, hot or possible. Usc ca ution and kee p yo ur ce nter of gravity low cold, a nd neve r \lark outd oo rs du ring a sto rm or when movi ng from a ladder onto a roof. Kee p your hips hi gh win ds. bet\vee n th e side ra ils \vhen reaching over the side of a \Nark with a helper whenever possi ble-especially ladde r, a nd be careful not to extend yo urself too far or it “vhe n \forking a t he ights. If YO LI must wo rk alon e, tel l could throw off your balance. Move the [adder as often a fa mil y me m be r Of fr ie nd so the pe rso n ca n c hec k in as necessary to avo id ove rreachi ng. Finall y, do n’t exceed wit h yo u periodically. Kee p you cell phone han dy at the wo rkload rating for your [adder. Read and follow the all ti mes. load limits and safe ty instruc tions listed on th e label.

 wear appropriate clothing and safety equipment whenever working high above ground. Eye protection and hearing
 protection are very important when uSing power tools or pneumatic tools. And if you'll be climbing on a roof, wear tennis shoes or
 any sturdy shoe with a soft sole designed for gripping. When roofing, always avoid hard ~ so[ed shoes or boots, which can damage
 shingles and are prone to slipping.

48 • T H E C O~!IP LETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SID I NG & TBIM

Safety Tips ~

use a GFCI extension cord when working outdoors. use cordless tools to eliminate the hazards of extension GFCls (ground-fault circUit-interrupters) shut off power if a cords, especially when working from ladders. short circUit occurs.

Use fiberglass or wood ladders when working Never climb a ladder with a loaded air nailer near power cables. Exercise extreme caution around attached to a pressurized air hose. Even with trigger these cables, and only work near them when safeties, air guns pose a serious danger to the operator absolutely necessary as well as anyone who may be standing near the ladder.

                                                                                         P/mllliHgjor New Hoofillg &- Sidillg •   49

I Fall-Arresting Gear Even if YOLI co nside r yourself dexteroLls a nd are Most re n tal ce nters w ill not carry fall -arresti ng co mfortable working in high places, a ll it takes is o ne gea r, and a comp le te sys te m will cost seve ral misstep on a roof to lead to a tragic fall. D espite th e hund red dollars. When compa red w ith th e loss fac t that man y profess iona l roofers never don safety of li fe or limb, howeve r, your re a l invest men t is harn esses, YOLI should seriously cons ider investing in small. Better ye t, yo u’ll have it ava ilable any tim e persol1<:1i f<:l ll-arresting gear if you pbn to reroof your yo u need to get on t he roo f for c lea nin g tasks or to home. Fall-a rresting gear consists of several components. make re pairs. You wea r a webbed body harn ess that spreads th e impact of a fall over yo ur shoulders, thi ghs, a nd bac k to redu ce inju ry. Harnesses a rc made to fit ave rage adu lt builds. Th e harn ess conn ec ts to a shock absorber and a lanyard around 6 feet in length. A self-loc king, Tools & Materials ~ rope-grab mec ha ni sm a ttach es the lan ya rd to a life line that mll st be fa ste ned sec urely to a ridge anchor Pry bar Rope grab screwed to roof framing. In the eve nt that YO Ll slip or Drill /d ri ver Synthetic fiber li fe line fall, th e rope grab w ill limit yo ur fa ll to th e length of Harness Hidge anc hor the la nya rd beca use it will not move down th e lifeline La nya rd un less you ove rride th e locking mec ha nism by hand .

                                                                                        Personal fall-arresting gear consists of
                                                                                        a lifeline IA) with mechanical rope grab (8)
                                                                                        and lanyard Ie); a metal ridge anchor (0);
                                                                                        and a body harness IE).

A metal ridge anchor must be secured with screws to the          The rope-grab mechanism allows you to move up a roof
roof framing . Follow the manufacturer's recommendations for     along the lifeline without interference. To move down the
proper screw sizing, and make sure your attachment pOints go     roof, you'll need to override the grab by hand. AS soon as you
beyond the roof sheathing into the roof trusses or rafters.      release it, the lock engages again.

50 • T H E CO~!IP LETE GUID E TO BOOFI NG, SIDI NG & TBIM

I Lifting & Staging Shingles Ca rrying bundles of asp halt shi ngles up a ladder doze n bun dles or less to he lp di st ri bute the we ight. If and onto a roof deck is a gruel ing job, espec ia ll y if poss ible, place t he bun dles at a po int \v he re t\VO roofs yo u have as many as 50 bundles to haul. With each in tersect fo r adde d stab ili ty. Dis tribute yo ur stacks bund le weighing 65 to 75 pounds , you nee d to be eve nl y alo ng th e le ngth of the roof ridge so they are co ncerned uboll t two issues: your sctfety and how to reCldi ly ava ilab le vvherever you ‘re “vorking CIS the job stage the material fo r effic ie nt ins tallation. T he easiest prog resses. Si nce t he ridge is the last a rea shi ngled, so lut io n is to s impl y have yo ur roofing suppl ie r unl oad mos t of you r supp ly s hould be used a nd out of the way the shingles d irectly to your roof wi t h a boom tru c k by t he time you reac h t he peak. or conveyor belt. T hi s w ill cost a nomina l fee , but For s malle r johs, you may elect to simp ly carry the p hys ica l exe rtion you ‘ll avoid may be \ve ll \vorth t he bundles up to the roof yourself. In t his situation, the cost. wea r a bac k suppo rt brace to p reve nt bac k strain, and If yo u must manual ly un load the bund les from carry one bund le at a ti me over your s hou lder so you yo ur supplier w h ile on t he roof, p lace th e first bu nd le can keep one hand on a ladder rung at all times. Hand Of two flat on the roof to se rve as a belse, the n stCick off eClch bu nd le to CI helper wClit in g for YO Ll o n t he subsequent bu ndles pa rtiall y 0 11 t he first two Cl nd roof. Switc h jobs before you get t ired to co nserve you r partia lly on t he roof dec k. Limit yo ur stack sizes to a e ne rgy a nd s hare the really hard work.

I How to Stage Shingles -----

When you must carry bundles up a ladder, wear a lumbar Build stable stacks of a dozen bundles of shingles near the support brace to prevent back strain. Take your time carrying roof ridge. Create stacks by placing two bundles flat on the each bundle, and rest often . Make sure the bundle IS well roof, then adding more bundles that straddle both the first two balanced before you ascend the ladder. If you feel the weight and the roof deck. When possible, stack bundles where two of the bundle start to shift, drop the bundle Immediately for roof areas meet. your safety Have a helper waiting for you when you reach the roof deck so you don’t have to unload bundles near the eave or risk a fall.

                                                                                             P/mllliHgjor New Hoofillg &- Sidillg •   51

     Ladder Safety Tips ~

     Use plywood blocking to level and stabilize the legs           Use an extension ladder when making quick repairs to
     of the scaffolding or ladder. If the scaffolding has wheels,   gutters, fascia, and soffits, and for gaining access to roofs.
     lock them securely with the hand brakes.

     Stabilize your ladder with stakes driven into the              Make sure both fly hooks are secure before climbing
     ground, behind each ladder foot. Install sturdy blocking       an extension ladder. The open ends of the hooks should
     under the legs of the ladder if the ground is uneven.          grip a rung on the lower fly extension.

52 • T H E CO~!I P LE T E GU ID E TO BOO FI NG, SIDI NG & T B1 M

                           Ladder boots

Ladder stabilizer

Attach an adjustable ladder stabilizer to your ladder Anchor an extension ladder by tying the top to a to minimize the chance of slipping. Rest the feet of the secure area, such as a chimney, or a securely mounted stabilizer against broad, flat, stable surfaces. screw eye.

Attach a ladder jack to your ladder by slipping the set the plank in place on the platform arm. Adjust the rung mounts over the ladder rungs. Level the platform arm’s end stop to hold the plank in place. body arm, and lock it into place.

                                                                                   P/mllliHgjor New Hoojillg &- Sidillg •   53

I Setting Up Scaffolding set of ladders and roof jacks may be all th e s upport A you need for roofing projects, but rep lac in g siding hi g her than the first floor of you r horne ,v ill req uire so m e type of platform -style scaffoldin g. It isn’t safe to s lide a plank be tween two ladders a nd ca ll it good ; th e set up lacks sta bility a nd protec ti on fro m swayin g. A broad platform is more he lpful for staging materials an d too ls and moving around freely. Steel tubular scaffolding is ava il ab le from an y ren tal cen ter for daily, wee kl y, or monthly rates. It shou ld co me vvith a complete set of inst ructions for how to asse mbl e the pieces correctly. Begin by setting up the scaffolding o n flat ground , free from mud and co nst ruc tio n debris. If yo u have to adjust th e first level fo r un eve n terrain , foll ow th e instructions ca refull y. Do not lise stacks of board s or cinder blocks to create a level surface. Each stage of scaffolding cons ists of two end frames , several cro ss braces, and planlUng th at makes up the p latform. Set up th e first leve l of sca ffoldin g on steel base plates, if yo ur eq uipm ent has them, or on wide wood base su pports. Use stri ng lines and bubble leve ls to make sure the end frames arc leve l and plumb. If the sca ffoldin g ha s screw jac k adjusters , use t hem to level t he structure. Make su re all the compo ne nts are fu ll y seated in Renting scaffolding is an excellent investment if you are their joints, t hen add the planki ng to crea te th e first painting or installing siding. You eaSily recoup the cost in time platform . The platform shou ldn ‘t sway. Platform planks savings and safety. should line up even ly to preve nt trippin g haza rds. Kee p ga ps hetween th e planks to I inch or less. Once the first level of staging is sec ure, repeat the process to bu ild th e seco nd stage of scaffold . Ma ke s ure any Securing Scaffolding ~ co nn ective loclUng pins are securely e ngaged from one stage to the next. If yo u need to build scaffoldin g more tha n 16 feet hi gh , lise wa ll bmckets that c lamp to the scaffo ld a nd bolt them into solid wall framing fo r added stability. No matter how high you r scaffold beco mes, it must remain as stabl e as the first stage. Add any guard ra ils, end rails, or toe boards t hat may be required.

      Tools & Materials ~                                                Sections of scaffolding are connected with
                                                                         locking cotter pins that fit through holes aligned in
                                                                         the tubular legs. The cotter pins feature clips that
      Scaffoldi ng components       S hove l                             snap around both ends to keep them from slipping
      String line                      (fo r leve ling th e              out of the tubular legs. Even with these locking pins
      Levels                           insta llation area)               it's always a good idea to test the connections daily
                                                                         before using your scaffolding.

54 • T H E C O~!IP LETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SID I NG & TBIM

I How to Set Up Scaffolding

Clear the setup area of debris, and then assemble the first Use string lines and levels to check end frames for level two end frames and crossbraces to create the bottom stage of and plumb. Adjust the structure using screw Jacks mounted scaffold framing. to the frame legs, or by a leveling technique recommended by the manufacturer. The end-frame legs should rest firmly on wood or steel base plates. Never use stacks of boards or cinder blocks for leveling purposes. Lay the planks in position to form the bottom platform .

                                                                      \
                                                                  4

Assemble the parts for the second stage on top of the first For extreme heights that require more than two stages, you stage. Make sure all joints and connective locking pins are fully need to secure the scaffolding to the house with chains or wall engaged from one stage to the next (see tip, previous page). tie-in brackets that clamp to the scaffolding. Make sure to fasten to wall framing- not to sheathing only.

                                                                                              P/mllliHg jor New Hoofillg &- Sidillg •   55

I Pump-Jack Scaffolding OW and then yo u may see professio na l siding N c rews using an a lternative form of scaffold ing ca ll ed pump-jack scaffoldin g. Pump jacks cons ist of lo ng wood O f alum inu m suppo rt posts that extend from th e ground to th e roof line. A foot~o pera ted jac k mounts on each pole and supports wooden or a luminum wa lk planks . Some des igns also inc lude a secondary platform th at ca n be use d as a wo rkbench or serve as a guard rail. T he adva ntage to using pump jacks over staged scaffold ing is adjustab ility. By pump ing t he foot lever o n eac h mo untin g post, “vurkers can ra ise th e p la tfo rm in 6-inc h inte rvals. Pump jac ks are partic ula rl y wel l suited for sid ing an d paint ing project s, .v hi c h req u ire movin g lip t he wa ll s in c re mentall y. Staged scaffoldin g offe rs a la rger platform, but it’s se t at a fixed height. Pump jac ks a re less common than staged scaffolding at renta l centers. Siding contrac tors le nd them out during t he off-seaso n as we ll. ‘VVith some research, you can find th e m for $ 150 a pa ir. W hi le pump jacks a rc stab le an d versat ile, th ey don ‘t offer the sa me level of fa ll protection as a fu ll framewor k of scaffolding, and you wo n’t have a great deal of roo m to place extra project ma teria ls and too ls. [f yo u have access to fall -arresting gear, wea r it.

    Tools & Materials ~
    Ham me r                 Wood su pport posts
    16d nails                   (if ap plica ble)
    Pu mp jac k              Fall-arresting gear
       co mpo nents             (highly recommended)

                                                                  Pump jacks are a convenient alternative to scaffolding. They
                                                                  offer greater foot space and hence are safer than ladders. The
                                                                  steel jacks that support a cross-plank are raised and lowered
                                                                  on a pole or post by foot operation.

56 • T H E CO~!IP LETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SID I NG & TBIM

I How to Use pump-Jack Scaffolding

                    Braces

Assemble the components, you’ll need a pair of foot· Build the support posts, Depending on the pump jacks operated pumps that raise a work platform along wood or you use, you may need to first bUild the posts from common aluminum poles. The components assemble quickly and 2 x 4s and 16d nails. Wood posts can be made up to 30 ft. provide more flexibility than standard scaffolding for working tall, provided the joints are staggered and mending plates are at varying heights. They’re ideal for siding installation . nailed over every Joint.

Secure the posts to the framing members of the exterior Install the platform and adjust the height as needed. wall using triangular pump jack post brackets. Two operators can raise or lower the work platform quickly, but only one person can operate one pump at a time, Plan your matenal quantities and tool requirements carefully before raising the platform, Space is more restricted on the platform, so it must be lowered down to replenish tools and materials.

                                                                                           P/mllliHgjor New Hoofillg &- Sidillg •   57

I Installing Roof Jacks S ure footing isn’t an issue w hen you ‘re wo rkin g on a low- pitche d roof, but it becomes a real safety concern for roofs with 7- in - 12 or steeper pitc hes. In these situatio ns, you need to in sta ll roof jac ks to create a stah le wo rk area an d naviga te th e roof safe ly. Roof jacks are steel braces th at nai l temporarily to roof deckin g to s upport a 2 x 8 o r 2 X 10 pe rc h. In addit ion to im proving your foo ting, roof jacks a lso provide a fl atte r s urface to sta nd o n, w hi c h can he lp re duce a nkle st rain . Roof jac ks s hou ld be in sta ll ed every 4 feet of pl a nk lengt h w ith 16d nai ls. They’ re in expe nsive and ava ilable w herever roo fin g produc ts a re sold.

      Tools & Materials ~
      Pry bar
      Ham me r
      16d nail s
      Hoof jac ks                                                     Roof jacks are steel braces that you nail to the roof deck.
      2 X 8 or 2 X 10 lumber                                          Installed In pairs, they support a dimensional board (usually a
                                                                      2 x 81 to create a sturdy work platform on a sloped roof.

 I How to Install Roof Jacks

 Nail roof jacks to the roof at the fourth     Shingle over the tops of the roof             When the project is complete,
 or fifth course. Drive 16d nails into the     jacks. Rest a 2 x 8 or 2 x 10 board on        remove the boards and jacks. Position
 overlap, or dead area, where they won't       the lacks. Fasten the board with a nail       the end of a flat pry bar over each nail
 be exposed. Install one lack every 4 ft.,     driven through the hole in the lip of         and drive in the nail by rapping the
 with a 6" to 12" overhang at the ends of      each roof jack.                               shank with a hammer.
 the boards.

58 • T H E C O~!IP LETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SID I NG & TBIM

I preparing the Job Site

Cover external air conditioning units, appliances, and other Remove exterior shutters and decorative trim to protect structures near the house. Make sure the power is tumed off them from damage and make it easier to paint. before covering them, and don’t use them while they’re covered.

Rent a dumpster and have it on-site during the demolition Create a tool platform with sawhorses and a piece of phase of the project. This allows you to immediately dispose plywood. Too ls spread on the ground are a safety hazard and of waste, making the job site safer and cleaner. moisture can damage them. It’s safer and more efficient to organize your too ls so they’re dry and easy to find.

I

Installing Roofing W het her YOll plan to re move all the old shingles on your roof and replace them , shingle over the ex isting layer, or sim ply make some nccessalY repai rs to a few shingles or lea ky va llcy Ras hing, your primary goal in any roofin g project is to make the roof \va tCrlight. A ll oth er con siderations arc secondary to movin g water off th e roof a nd keeping it ou t of yo ur home’s interior. Without a clea r unde rstan ding of how to in sta ll underlayment, Flashings, and shingles properly, a leak is not on ly poss ible but probably unavoidable . Th e good news is that in sta lling roofin g materi als co rrec tl y isn’t diffic ult: to lea rn , and thi s c hap ter w ill show yo u how. Asp halt shingles, wood shakes, or shingles and EPDi\·1 membrane roofing make excellent do- it-you rself projects. YO LI not only save th e money YOLI wo uld have paid a profess iona l roofe r to do th e

job, but you also have th e satisfac ti on of knowi ng YO LI did the job wel l. The boasting righ ts will be all you rs.

In this chapter: • Anatomy of a Roof • Tools & Materials • Completing the Tear Off • Replacing Sheathing • Underlayment • Drip Edge • Flashing • Asphalt Shingles • Ridge Vents • Shingling Over an Old Roof • Cedar Shakes • Roll Roofing • EPDM Ruhber Roofing • Tile Roofing

                                                                   • 61

I Anatomy of a Roof T he elements of a roof system wo rk together to provide she lter, drainage, and vent ilation. The roof covering is composed of sheat hi ng, fe lt pape r, and shingles. Meta l flashing is attac hed in valleys Roof vents and arollnd c hi mneys, vent p ipes, and other roof elemen ts to seal out -va ter. Soffits cover an d protect the caves area below t he roof over hang. Fascia, usua ll y attac hed at thc e nds of the rafters, supports soffit panels as wel l as a gutter and downspout system. Soffit vents and roof vents keep fres h air circ ulatin g throughout the roof system.

        Rak e edge

62 • T H E CO~!I PL E TE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SIDING & TBIM

Valley flashing

               Counter flashing

                        Ridge

                                  Soffit vents

                      Soffit panel

Gutters

                          IllS/aI/jug Roofillg •   63

I Tools & Materials W orking condition s on a ro of ca n be arduou s, so make th e jo b as easy as poss ibl e by gat hering th e ri ght tools and equ ipm ent before Some of these too ls, such as a pneumatic naile r an d roofer’s hatc het, are spec ific to roofing projects. If YO LI don’t have th em an d don’t want to bu y them, YO LI

YO LI begin.                                                        can re nt them fro m a re ntal cente r.

                                                                                       Specialty roofing tools include roof
                                                                                       jacks (A) for use on steep roofs (page
                                                                                       58), roofing shovel (8) for tearoff work,
                                                                                       pneumatic nailer leI. utility knife With
                                                                                       hooked blade ID) for trimming shingles,
                                                                                       roofing hammer with alignment guides
                                                                                       and hatchet blade IE) for shingle
                                                                                       installation, and a release magnet for
                                                                                       site cleanup IF).

Use roof jacks on steep roofs. Nail the supports at the             For more secure footing, fashion a roofing ladder by nailing
fou rth or fifth course of shingles, and add the widest board the   wood strips across a pair of 2 x 4S. secure the ladder to the
supports will hold.                                                 roof jacks, and use it to maintain your footing.

64 • T H E C O ~!IP L E TE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SID I NG & TBIM

                                                                        Drip edge

                      Vent pipe flashing                           Step flashing blanks

Roof flashing can be hand cut or purchased in preformed shapes and sizes. Long pieces of valley flashing, base flashing, top saddles, and other nonstandard pieces can be cut from rolled flashing matenal using aviation snips. Step flashing blanks can be bought in standard sizes and bent to fit Drip edge and vent pipe flashing are available preformed. Skylight flashing usually comes as a kit with the window. Complicated flashings, such as chimney crickets, can be custom fabricated by a metalworker.

Different fasteners are speCially developed for different Common roofing materials include 30# felt paper for use as jobs. Use galvanized roofing nails to hand nail shingles; use underlayment; ice-guard membrane for use as underlayment aluminum nails for aluminum flashing; use rubber gasket nails for in cold climates; and tubes of roofing cement for sealing small galvanized metal flashing; and use nail calls for pneumatic nailers. holes, cracks, and jOints.

                                                                                                                  IllS/aI/jug Roofillg •   65

I Completing the Tear Off R e moving shi ngles, common ly re ferred to in th e roofing trade as t he tear off, can be done rat her quiclJy. This makes it one of the more s<Jtisfying parts of a Tools & Materials ~ res hi ngli ng project. If YOLI ca n’t resh ingle your en tire roof Hamme r Hake in one day, tear off one section of roofing at a time, roof C hi se l T in snips that section, then move on to th e next part of the roof. Pry bar Rec iprocatin g saw The tear off produces a lot of debris and waste. A few Ut ility kni fe Dril l pre paratory steps make c leanup much easier (sec page 59). Roofin g shovel or Protect ive gea r Lay tarps on the grou nd and lean sheets of pl)‘\vood against pitch fork Tarps the house to protect shrub bety and the siding. Broom vVhec lba rrO\vo r If rent ing a dump ster isn’t prac ti cal, set Release magne t Dumpster vvheelbarrows on ta rp s as a n alternat ive for ca tching debri s. However, yo u’ll st ill be responsib le for di sposing of th e old roof, whi ch will proba bly req uire seve ra l trip s to the landfill. To wo rk e ffi cien tl y, have ano th e r perso n deal wi th the debris on th e ground as yo u work on t he roof.

Rent a dumpster from a waste disposal company or your local waste management department. If you are re-roofing, position
the dumpster directly below the roof edge, so when you're tearing off the old roofing materials, the debris can be dumped from
the roof directly into the dumpster.

66 • T H E CO~!IP LETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SID I NG & TB IM

I How to Tear Off Old Shingles

Remove the ridge cap uSing a flat Working downward from the peak, unless flashing is in exceptional pry bar. Pry up the cap shingles at the tear off the felt paper and old shingles condition, remove it by slicing through nail locations. with a roofing shovel or pitchfork. the roofing cement that attaches it to the shingles. You may be able to salvage flashing pieces, such as chimney saddles and crickets, and reuse them.

After removing the shingles, felt paper, and flashing from If an unexpected delay keeps you from finishing a section the entire tear-off section, pry out any remaining nails and before nightfall, cover any unshingled seclions using tarps sweep the roof with a broom . weighted down with shingle bundles.

                                                                                                           IllS/aI/jug Roofillg •   67

I Replacing Sheathing O nce the tear off is complete, inspect t he roof decki ng for damage. If there are a ny soft spots on the roof, or if a portion of the sheath ing is damaged, it’ll need to roof make sure you don’t repeat any mistakes. If you are making only localized repairs, be s ure that yo u ide ntify and correct the so urc e of t he mo isture t hat’s be rep laced. Most older roofs are constructed wit h board ca used the deteriorat ion. If the damage is located near sheat hi ng, usually I X 65, \vhile nev.rer rooFs typ ically t he eave a nd is not caused by a flas hin g problem o r a use 4 x 8-ft. sheets of plywood or o ri en ted stra nd hoard lea k in the roof cove rin g, it is proba bl y caused by an (OSB). Eve n if your roof has board sheathin g, you can icc dam (sec page 234). make t he repairs with plywood, as \vc’rc doing here. Make sure the plywood is the same thickness as yo ur current sheathing and rated for exte rior use. Before cuttin g into you r roof, c heck unde r the Tools & Materials ~ shea thing fo r wires. T he re may be telephone wires or te lev ision ca ble hidden in the roof, and yo u do n’t \va nt C ircu lar saw Sheath in g to cu t through th em . Avoid wa lking on the damaged Reciproca tin g saw 2 x 4 nai ling strips shea thing. If yo u have access from the unders ide, it Tape measure 3”,2/’4” deck screws may be safer to re move th e s heathin g from below. C ha lk lille Pl ywood Damage to the roof s heath ing normally occurs Flat pry bar Sd ring-shank because there is a violation of th e roof seal, typica lly D ril l sid in g nails occurring around a chimney, roof ve nt, skylight or ano th er flas he d objec t. If you will be reflash ing th e

 inspect for damaged sheathing after tear off is completed. Replace damaged roof deck, making sure the new seams fall over
 rafters. Also replace trim boards In the repair area If they have become damaged.

68 • T H E CO~!IP LETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SID I NG & TBIM

I How to Replace Damaged Sheathing

use a reciprocating saw to cut next to the rafters in an area Attach 2 x 4 nailing striPS to the inside edges of the rafters that extends well beyond the damaged area. Pry out uSing 3” deck screws the damaged sections uSing a pry bar.

Use exterior grade plywood to make a patch. Measure Option: If your existing roof deck IS made of boards (1 x 6 the cutout area, allow for a %” gap on all sides for expansion, was common before plywood took over the market), it IS and cut the patch to size. Attach the patch to the rafters perfectly acceptable to use plywood when replacing a section and nailing strips using 2%” deck screws or 3d ring-shank of the deck. The plywood should be the same thickness as the siding nails. boards, generally, %”.

                                                                                                             IllS/aI/jug Roofillg •   69

I Underlayment F elt paper, a lso called bu ild ing paper, is installed on roof decks as ins urance in case leaks develop in shi ng les Of flas hin g. It’s sold in seve ral we ights, If you apply the fe lt paper stra ight, you can use t he lines on th e pape r as references w hen insta ll ing t he roofing materia ls. Thi s ,vill help keep you r rows but heavie r 30# pape r is a good c hoice fo r LI se under of sh ingles runnin g in a straig ht line. shingles, an d may be req uired by code. In co ld c limates, codes ofte n require a n additi onal un dcrlaymc nt ca ll ed “icc a nd wa te r s hi e ld” or “icc gua rd ” t hat’s used in stead of sta nd a rd fe lt pape r Tools & Materials ~ for th e first o ne or t\VO courses of u nderlayment, \vhic h is \vhat we’re s howi ng here. In cold cl imates, C ha lk line Ca ul k gun a ppl y CIS many co urses of ice an d wa te r shield as it Hamme r stapler 30# felt pa per takes to cover 24 in ches past th e roof overhclIlg. An F lat pry bar Ice and wa ter shiel d adh es ive mem bra ne, the ice gua rd bond s ,v it h th e roof Utility kni fe Stap les sheathing to create a barrie r aga inst \vater backing lip Tape measure Hoofing ceme nt from ice dams.

For optimum roof protection, apply ice and water shield in valleys, along the eaves, and along the rake edges of the roof. Apply
30# felt paper over the remainder of the roof.

70 • T H E CO~!IP LETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SID I NG & TBIM

I How to Install Underlayment

Snap a chalk line 35%” up from Measuring up from the eaves, make At valleys, roll felt paper across from the eaves, so the first course of the a mark 32” above the top of the last both sides, overlapping the ends by 36”. 36”-wide membrane will overhang the row of underlayment, and snap another Install felt paper up to the ridge- ruled eaves by %” . Install a course of ice chalk line. Roll out the next course of felt side up- snapping horizontal lines and water shield, uSing the chalk line paper (or ice guard, if required) along the every two or three rows to check as a reference, and peeling back the chalk line, overlapping the first course alignment Overlap horizontal seams by protective backing as you unroll It. by 4”. Tip: Drive staples every 6 to 12” 4”, vertical seams by 12”, and hips and along the edges of felt paper, and one ridges by 6”. Trim the courses flush with staple per sq. ft. in the field area. the rake edges.

Apply felt paper up to an obstruction, then resume laYing At the bottom of dormers and sidewalls, tuck the felt the course on the opposite side (make sure to maintain the paper under the siding where It Intersects with the roof. line). Cut a patch that overlaps the felt paper by 12” on all Carefully pry up the siding and tuck at least 2” of paper under sides. Make a crosshatch cutout for the obstruction. Position it Also tuck the paper under counter flashing or siding on the patch over the obstruction, staple it in place, then caulk the chimneys and skylights. Leave the siding or counter flashing seams with roofing cement. or siding unfastened until after you install the step flashing.

                                                                                                                 IllS/aI/jug Roofillg •   71

I Drip Edge rip edge is a flashing that’s insta lled along the There are t\VO basic styles of drip edge. O ne is D eaves a nd rake edges of the roof to direct water the C-style drip edge that doesn’t have a n overhang, away fro m the roof decking. Alt hough its job is to an d the other, much more co mm on, type is the deflect \vater, it also gives the edges of the roof an ex tended-profile drip edge that has a hemmed attractive fini sh. A corrosio n ~ res i stant ma terial, drip overha ng along th e edges. edge won’t stain your roofing materials or fascia. T he flashing is insta lled along th e caves before the felt paper is attac hed to al lm·v wa te r to run off th e roof in t he event it gets un de r th e sh ingles. Drip edge Tools & Materials ~ is installed at the rake edges after the fe lt paper has been attClched to keep w i nd-driven f<:l i n from getting H<:I mme r Roofing n<:li ls under t he paper. Tape measure C irc u la r saw Drip edge is always nailed directly to t he roof Aviat ion sni ps 30# felt paper decking, rat he r th an to th e fasc ia or rake board s. The Drip edge Ice and wa ter shie ld nai l heads a re later covered by roofing ma terials.

Drip edge flashing prevents water from working its way under the roofing materials along the eaves and rake edges of the roof.

72 • T H E CO~!IP LETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SIDI NG & TBIM

I How to Install Drip Edge 1 2 Eave

!

Cut a 45 0 miter at one end of the drip edge using aviation Overlap pieces of drip edge by 2”. Install drip edge snips. Place the drip edge along the eaves end of the roof, across the entire eaves, ending with a mitered cut on the aligning the mitered end with the rake edge. Na il the drip opposite corner. edge in place every 12”.

Apply felt paper, and Ice guard if needed, to the roof, Cut a 45 0 miter in a piece of drip edge and install it along the overhanging the eaves by %” (see pages 70 to 71). rake edge, forming a miter jOint with the drip edge along the eaves. Overlap pieces by 2”, making sure the higher piece IS on top at the overlap. Apply drip edge all the way to the peak. Install drip edge along the other rake edges the same way.

                                                                                                         IllS/aI/jug Roofillg •   73

I Flashing F las hing is a metal or rubbe r barri er used to protect th e seams arou nd roof elements or between adjoin ing roof s urfaces. Me tal flashings are made of Wh e n insta llin g fl ash in g aro und roof elements, the fl as hi ng should be secured to one surface o nl y- us ua ll y th e roof deck. Use on ly roofing ceme nt to ei th er ga lvan ized steel , coppe r, o r aluminu m . vVhatever bond t he fl as h in g to t he roof ele m e nts. T he fl ash in g metal YO LI c hoose, li se nai ls made of th e same mate ria l. mu st be a ble to fl ex as the roof eleme nt a nd th e roof Mix in g metals ca n ca use co rros io n a nd di scolo rat ion . deck expan d an d con tract. If th e fl as hing is faste ne d Flash in g’s primary job is to c han ne l water off the to both th e roof dec k a nd roof c le me nt, it w ill tear roof and away from sca ms. It’s in sta ll ed in a reas whe re or loosen. shin gles ca n’t: be app li ed and wo u ld otherwise be prone to leaks. So me flashing, suc h as the valley flashing shown o n th e opposite page, is install ed over t he underlay rn ent, prior to the in st<:l ll at ion of t he s h ingles. Tools & Materials ~ Othe r flash ing, slich as flas hi ng for ve nt pipes, is insta lle d in conj un ctio n with th e shin gles, and is shovm Avia ti o n sni ps Ga lva ni zed metal as part of the roofi ng seque nces througho ut thi s c ha pter. Cau lk gun va ll ey flashi ng vVhi lc most flas hing is preforme d, you’ll sometim es Flat pry ba r Roofing cement ne ed to bend yo ur own. This is espcciall y tru c for Roofi ng ham mer Roofing na il s o r flash ing around roof e leme nts, suc h as c himn eys and Tape meas ure rubbe r gas ket nai ls dorm e rs, that often need to be c usto m fit. Building a Trowe l Scrap wood be nding jig, as show n on the op pos ite page, allows YOll C lamp Screws to eas ily bend fl ashing to fit your needs .

Flashing is a critical component of roofs that helps keep the structure watertight. Most roofs have flashing In the valleys and
around dormers. This roof uses several valley flashings as well as flashing around the window and around the bump-out in the roof.

74 • T H E CO~!IP LETE GUID E TO BOOFI NG, SIDI NG & TB IM

I How to Bend Flashing

To bend flashing, make a bending Jig by driving screws Into use the old flashing as a template for making replacement a piece of wood, creating a space one-half the width of the pieces. This is especially useful for reproducing complicated flashing when measured from the edge of the board. Clamp flashing, such as saddle flashing for chimneys and dormers. the bending jig to a work surface. Lay a piece of flashing flat on the board and bend it over the edge.

I How to Install valley Flashing

Starting at the eaves, set a piece of valley flashing into the Let the top edge of the flashing extend a few Inches valley so the bottom of the V rests In the crease of the valley. beyond the ridge. Bend the flashing over the ridge so it lies flat Nail the flashing at 12” intervals along each side. Trim the end on the opposite side of the roof If you’re installing preformed of the flashing at the eaves so It’S flush with the drip edge at flashing, make a small cut in the spine for easier bending. each side. Working toward the top of the valley, add flashing Cover nail heads with roofing cement (unless you’re using pieces so they overlap by at least 8” until you reach the ridge. rubber gasket nails). Apply roofing cement along the side edges of the flashing.

                                                                                                              IllS/aI/jug Roofillg •   75

I Asphalt Shingles I f you want to insta ll asp halt shi ngles on you r roof, then you’ re in goo d compa ny. As phalt shing les, also knovvn as composit io n sh ing les, a re the roofing aspha lt s hin gle is still the most com mon , whi ch is th e project \ve”re featu rin g here. The tabs provide an easy refe re nce for alignin g sh ingles for insta llatio n . of c h oice for nearly four out of five homeowners To hel p th e job ge t done fa ster, rent a n ai r in Amer ica . They perform we ll in all types of com pressor a nd pneumatic roofing gun . This wi ll climate , are ava ilab le in a mu ltit ude of colors, grea tl y reduc e th e tim e you spe nd nai ling. s hape s, and textures to co mpl emen t every hou si ng design, and arc less expen sive than most other roofing products. Asphalt shingles are ava ilable as ei th er fiberg lass Tools & Materials ~ shingles or organic shi ngles. Both types are made with asp ha lt, the difference being th at one uses a fib e rglass Av iat io n snips Chalk gun reinfo rc ing mat, ,v hi ie t he other uses a cellulose-fi be r Carpen te r’s sq uare Flashing m at. Fibe rglass sh ingles are ligh te r, thinner, an d have C halk line Shi ngles a better fire rat ing. Organ ic shi ngles have a higher tear Flat bar Na iling ca rtridges strength, a rc more fle xible in co ld c limates, a nd arc Roofer’s hatchet or Roofing cement used more often in northern regions . pne um atic na ile r Roo fing nai ls Al though the roofing market has exp loded with Uti lity kni fe (Al!!, I ~!!) innovative new as phalt s hin gle design s, suc h as Straightedge Rubb er gas ke t nails the a rch itectural o r laminated s hin gle th a t offers Tape measure a three-dimensional look, the standard three-ta b

Stagger shingles for effective protection against leaks. If the tab slots are aligned in successive rows, water forms channels,
increasing erosion of the mineral surface of the shingles. Creating a 6" offset between rows of shingles- with the three-tab
shingles shown above- ensures that the tab slots do not align.

76 • T H E C O~!IP LETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SID I NG & TBIM

I How to Install Three-tab Shingles

Cover the roof w ith felt paper (pages 70 to 71) and Install Trim off one-half (6”) of an end tab on a shingle. Position the drip edge (pages 72 to 73). Snap a chalk line onto the felt shingle upside down, so the tabs are aligned with the chalk line paper or ice guard 11%” up from the eaves edge, to mark the and the half-tab is flush against the rake edge. Drive ‘1.” roofing alignment of the starter course. This Will result in a Vi’ shingle nails near each end, 1” down from each slot between tabs. overhang for standard 12” shingles. Tip: use blue chalk rather Bult a full upside-down shingle next to the trimmed shingle, than red. Red chalk will stain roofing materials. and nail I!. Fill out the row, trimming the last shingle flush with the oppOSite rake edge.

Apply the first full course of shingles over the starter Snap a chalk line from the eaves edge to the ridge to create course with the tabs pointing down. Begin at the rake edge a vertical line to align the shingles. Choose an area with no where you began the starter row. Place the first shingle so obstructions, as close as possible to the center of the roof. The it overhangs the rake edge by ‘1(’ and the eaves edge by Vi’ . chalk line should pass through a slot or a shingle edge on the Make sure the top of each shingle IS flush with the top of the first full shingle course. use a carpenter’s square to establish a starter course, following the chalk line. line perpendicular to the eaves edge.

                                                                                                                          (continued)

                                                                                                                 IllS/aI/jug Roofillg •   77

 use the vertical reference line to establish a shingle               Fill in shingles In the second through fifth courses, working
 pattern with slots that are offset by 6" In succeeding courses.      upward from the second course and maintaining a conSistent
 Tack down a shingle 6" to one side of the vertical line, 5"          5" reveal. Slide lower-course shingles under any upper-course
 above the bottom edge of the first-course shingles to start          shingles left partially nailed, and then nail them down. Tip:
 the second row Tack down shingles for the th ird and fourth          Install roof jacks, if needed, after filling out the fifth course.
 courses, 12" and 18" from the vertical line. Butt the fifth course
 against the line.

 Check the alignment of the shingles after each four-course           When you reach obstructions, such as dormers, insta ll
 cycle. In several spots on the last installed course, measure        a full course of shingles above them so you can retain
 from the bottom edge of a shingle to the nearest felt                your shingle offset pattern. On the unshingled Side of the
 paper line. If you discover any misalignment, make minor             obstruction, snap another vertical reference line using the
 adjustments over the next few rows until it's corrected.             shingles above the obstruction as a guide.

78 • T H E C O~!IP LETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SIDING & TB1M

Shingle upward from the eaves on the unshlngled side Trim off excess shingle material at the v in the valley of the obstruction using the vertical line as a reference for flashing uSing a utility knife and straightedge. Do not cut into re-establlshing your shingle slot offset pattern. Fill out the the flashing. The edges will be trimmed back farther at a slight shingle courses past the rake edges of the roof, then trim taper after both roof decks are completely shingled . off the excess.

Install shingles on adjoining roof decks, starting at the Install shingles up to the vent pipe so the flashing rests bottom edge using the same offset alignment pattern shown on at least one row of shingles. Apply a heavy double bead of in steps 1 to 6. Install shingles until courses overlap the center roofing cement along the bottom edge of the flange. of the valley flashing. Trim shingles at both sides of the valley when finished.

                                                                                                                        (continued)

                                                                                                               IllS/aI/jug Roofillg •   79

Place the flashing over the vent pipe. Position the                cut shingles to fit around the neck of the flashing so they lie
flashing collar so the longer portion of the tapered neck slopes   flat against the flange. DO not drive roofing nails through the
down the roof and the flange lies over the shingles. Nail the      flashing. Instead, apply roofing cement to the back of shingles
perimeter of the flange using rubber gasket nails.                 where they lie over the flashing.

Shingle up to an element that requires flashing so the             Pry out the lowest courses of siding and any trim at the
top of the reveal areas are within 5" of the element. Install      base of the element. Insert spacers to prop the trim or Siding
base flashing uSing the old base flashing as a template.           away from the work area. Apply roofing cement to the base
Bend a piece of step flashing in half and set it next to           flashing in the area where the overlap with the step flashing
the lowest corner of the element. Mark a trim line on              will be formed. Tuck the trimmed piece of step flashing under
the flashing, following the vertical edge of the element.          the propped area, and secure the flashing. Fasten the flashing
Cut the flashing to fit.                                           with one rubber gasket nail driven near the top and Into the
                                                                   roof deck.

80 • T H E C O~!I PL ETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SIDI NG & TB1M

Apply roofing cement to th e top side of the first piece of Tuck another piece of flashing under the trim or siding, step flashing where It will be covered by the next shingle overlapping the first piece of flashing at least 2”. Set the course. Install the shingle by pressing it firmly Into th e roofing flashing into roofing cement applied on the top of the shingle. cement. Do not nail through the flashing underneath. Nail the shingle in place without driving nails through the flashing. Install flashing up to the top of the element the same way. Trim the last piece of flashing to fit the top corner of the element. Reattach the siding and trim.

shingle up to the chimney base. use the old base flashing Install step flashing and shingles, working up to the high as a template to cut new flashing. Bend up the counter side of the chimney. Fasten flashing to the chimney with flashing. Apply roofing cement to the base of the chimney and roofing cement. Fold down the counter flashing as you go. the shingles just below the base. Press the base flashing into the roofing cement and bend the flashing around the edges of the chimney. Drive rubber gasket nails through the flashing flange into the roof deck.

                                                                                                                          (continued)

                                                                                                                 IllS/aI/jug Roofillg •   81

cut and install top flashing (also called a saddle) around          When you reach a hip or ridge, shingle up the first side
the high side of the chimney. Overlap the final piece of flashing   until the top of the uppermost reveal area is within 5" of the
along each side. Attach the flashing with roofing cement            hip or ridge. Trim the shingles along the peak. Install shingles
applied to the deck and chimney and with rubber gasket nails        on the opposite side of the hip or ridge. Overlap the peak no
driven through the flashing base into the roof deck. Shingle        more than 5".
past the chimney using roofing cement (not nails) to attach
shingles over the flashing.

Cut three 12"-sq. cap shingles from each three-tab shingle.         Snap a chalk line 6" down from the ridge, parallel to the
With the back surface facing up, cut the shingles at the tab        peak. Attach cap shingles, starting at one end of the ridge,
lines. Trim the top corners of each square with an angled           aligned with the chalk line. Drive two 1'/,' roofing nails per
cut, starting just below the seal strip to aVOid overlaps in the    cap about 1" from each edge, just below the seal strip.
reveal area.

82 • T H E CO~!I PL ETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SID I NG & TB1M

                                                                 26

Following the chalk line, Install cap shingles halfway along Shingle the hips in the same manner using a chalk the ridge, creating a 5” reveal for each cap. Then, starting at reference line and cap shingles. Start at the bottom of each hip the opposite end, install caps over the other half of the ridge and work to the peak. Where hips Join with roof ridges, Install to meet the first run In the center. Cut a 5”-wide section from a custom shingle cut from the center of a cap shingle. Set the the reveal area of a shingle tab, and use It as a “closure cap” cap at the end of the ridge and bend the corners so they fit to cover the joint where the caps meet over the hips. Secure each corner with a roofing nail, and cover the nail heads with roofing cement

After all shingles are installed, trim them at the valleys Mark and trim the shingles at the rake edges of the roof. to create a gap that’s 3” wide at the top and widens at a Snap a chalk line ’/,” from the edge to make an overhang, then rate of Va” per foot as it moves downward . Use a utility knife trim the shingles. and straightedge to cut the shingles, making sure not to cut through the valley flashing. At the valleys, seal the undersides and edges of shingles with roofing cement Also cover exposed nail heads with roofing cement

                                                                                                            IllS/aI/jug Roofillg •   83

I Installing Laminated Shingles: pyramid Variation Some manufact urers of laminated shingles do not shingl es just as you \vou ld for a staggere d in sta llation recomme nd us in g the stagge red ins ta llation met hod along th e full length of th e bottom eave. Next, nail shO\vn on pages 76 to 83. It requ ires that sh ingles in t he full -le ngth s hin gle of th e first sta rte r set over th e every other cou rse be lifted up to slide the adjacent starte r cou rse shingles, a t t he roof dec k corn e r w he re shingle into plctce. Lifting or bending laminctted tvvo eaves mee t. Pos itio n and nctil t he othe r shl rte r set shin gles, wh ic h <:Ire less fl exible, can damage the m . shingl es above th e first so th e edges overhang th e rake Instead of lIsing this method of working off of vert ical by % to 1Y/, . This w ill create a dictgo na l patte rn alo ng reference lines (see photo 5, page 78), you can install t he exposed e nd s of th e starte r se t. NO,v, abut a nd na il lam ina ted shingles in a diagona l, pyra mid~s tyl e pattern. two full s hin gles beside eac h of th e starter se t shingles It’s an efficie nt a lternative tha t doesn’t requ ire snapping to extend the diagonal pattern farther. Na il a secon d ve rt ica l control lines or lifting pa rt ia ll y insta ll ed shingles . starter se t a bove th e first a long th e rake edge, a nd T he diagonal pyramid effect is c rea ted by start i ng add a full shi ngle next to eac h of the secon d starter success ive fmvs with in c reme ntall y s mall e r starter se t shingles. shingles. For the shingles shown here (3 9 Y/ long) a Once two starter sets an d their a butting shingles set of fi ve starter shin gles ‘vas cut , each 7” shorter a re in p lace, co ntinue to nail t he fi rst ni ne co urses of than th e previo us. Thus, starter sh ingle length s were sh in gles across the roof to th e ot he r e nd . V\fork from 39 W’, 32Yi” , 25 V2”, 18 W’, a nd II W’. Fo r shi ngles t he bottom up to lay an d na il th e shi ngles as you go. styles w he re you mu st ma inta in a regu lar ta b offse t W hen the se cou rses arc completed, add third and pa ttern, usc starte r s hin gles that inc re ase in le ngth by fourt h starter sets a bove t he complete d courses an d o ne- ha lf tab pe r row. re pea t th e s hin gli ng process to insta ll th e nex t nine Begin t he installation process by sn appin g a chalk co urs es of s hin gles . Work you r way up th e roof in this line for you r sta rte r co urse a nd nailing th e starter fas hi on until you reac h t he ridge, and then in sta ll ridge course sh ingles in place. Trim an d nai l th e sta rter cap shin gles ctS us ua l.

I How to Install Shingles with the pyramid Method

Cut starter strips roughly 6" wide and nail them in a row at                Cut a set of starter shingles that decrease In size
the eave, overhang the drip edge very slightly.                             incrementally from the full length (see diSCUSSion above). For
                                                                            this 39%" long architectural shingle, additional start shingles
                                                                            were created in the following lengths: 32W', 25W', 18'//'.
                                                                            and 11 ,//'. Be sure to place a hard backerboard underneath
                                                                            shingles before cutting.

84 • T H E C O~!IP LETE GUID E TO BOOFI NG, SIDI NG & TBIM

Nail the full-length shingle of the starter set in place, Position and nail two full-length shingles next to each of overlapping the starter course shingles at the roof deck corner. the starter set shingles to begin the first five shingle courses. Then position and nail the remaining four starter set shingles Keep the reveals even as you go along. above th e first in decreasing sizes to create a diagonal pattern on the open ends.

Add the second starter set above the first one, Just as Working from the bottom up and horizontally, position you did in step 3. Position and nail a single full shingle next to and nail additional shingles to complete the first nine each of these starter set shingles. This Initiates the next four courses to the opposite roof eave. Tnm off the ends so they courses of shingles. overhang the far eave by ‘I. to 1Vi’ (if you have a metal edge, shingles may remain flush, but check with the manufacturer recommendations). Repeat the process of cutting and adding starter sets, and the shingle courses they establish, until you reach the ndge. Once the opposite roof deck is shingled, install ndge cap shingles as usual (see pages 82 to 83).

                                                                                                                IllS/aI/jug Roofillg •   85

I Ridge Vents I f you need attic ven tilation , insta lling a con tinuous ridge ven t will ge t the job done. Since they’re install e d a long th e e ntire ridge of th e roof, th ey provide a n eve n flo w of air a long t he e ntire underside of th e roof dec kin g. Combined .vith co ntinuo Lis soffit ve nts, thi s is th e most e ffective type of ve ntilation syste m. Since th e ve nts arc insta lle d a long th e rid ge, they’re pract ica ll y in vis ib le, e liminating any di srupti o ns to th e roof. Other ve nt types, such as roof louvers a nd turbin es, often di st ract from th e roof’s aes th etics. I nst<:l lling one contin uolls ridge ve nt is quicker and easie r than instcdlin g other types of ve nts that need to be placed in several locations across th e roof. J t a lso saves YO LI from having to make numerous cu ts in your fin ished roof, which ca n di stu rb surround ing shi ngles .

     Tools & Materials ~
     Ham me r                       Flat pry bar
     C ircu la r S3\'V              Rid ge ven ts                      Continuous ridge vents work in conjunction with the soffits
     Ta pe meas u re                I W' roofing na ils                to allow airflow under the roof decking. Installed at the roof
     C halk line                                                       peak and covered with cap shingles, ridge vents are less
                                                                       conspIcuous than other roof vents.

I How to Install a Ridge Vent

Remove the ridge caps using a flat pry bar. Measure down               set the blade depth of a CIrcular saw to cut the sheathing but
from the peak the width of the manufacturer's recommended              not the rafters. Cut along each chalk line, staying 12" from the
opening, and mark each end of the roof. Snap a chalk line              edges of the roof Remove the cut sheathing uSing a pry bar.
between the marks. Repeat for the other side of the peak.
Remove any nails In your path.

86 • T H E CO~!IP LETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SID I NG & TBIM

Measure down from the peak half the width of the ridge Center the ridge vent over the peak, aligning the edges with vent, and make a mark on both ends of the roof. Snap a line the chalk lines. Install using roofing nails that are long enough between the marks. Do this on both sides of the peak. to penetrate the roof sheathing. Tip: If a chimney extends through the peak, leave 12” of sheathing around the chimney.

Butt sections of ridge vents together and nail the ends. Place ridge cap shingles over the ridge vents. Nail them with Install vents across the entire peak, including the 12” sections two 1%” roofing nails per cap. Overlap the caps as you would at each end of the roof that were not cut away. on a normal ridge. If the caps you removed in step 1 are still in good shape, you can reuse them . Otherwise, use new ones.

                                                                                                              IllS/aI/jug Roofillg •   87

I Shingling Over an Old Roof Insta lling sh ingles over you r current sh ingles saves you the time, labor, a nd expense of tearing off the old roof covering. This method certctin ly has its appeal, Tools & Materials ~ but t he re’s sti ll so me pre paration work in volved. i\ llake Aviation snips any necessary repairs to the roof decking befo re Carpente r’s square appl ying new sh ingles. Re place any missing shin gles, C halk l ille and renail any loose ones . Drive dovm protrud ing nails Flat pry bar so the heads wo n’t pierce the new roo fing materia ls. Roofer’s hatc het or pneumat ic nailer In order to sh ingle over o ld roofing, you cannot have U tility knife more than one or two layers of shi ngles al ready on the Straightedge roof, depending on yo ur bu ilding codes. If YOLI <11re<:tdy Tape measure have the maximum number of layers, the old shingles Flashing w ill need to be complete ly removed. To chec k for Shin gles underlying shingles, lift up the sh ingles along the rake or Roofing cement eaves e nd of the roof and co unt the n um ber of layers. Roofin g nail s Before startin g the project, read the section on shingling a roof, pages 76 to 83.

 Installing shingles over an old roof is frowned upon in some quarters, primarily because it does not allow you to Inspect
 the roof deck and underlayment. But if your old roof is In good condition, most municipalities will allow you to add one new layer
 (but not more than that) of shingles over th e old roof.

88 • T H E CO~!IP LETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SIDING & TBIM

I How to Shingle Over an Old Roof

Cut tabs off shingles and install the remaining strips over Trim the top of shingles for the first course. The shingles the reveal area of the old first course, creating a flat surface for should be sized to butt against the bottom edge of the old the starter row of new shingles. Use roofing nails that are long third course, overhanging the roof edge by ‘j,” . Install shingles enough to penetrate the roof decking by at least %”. so the tab slots don’t align with the slots in the old shingles.

using the old shingles to direct your Flashing is installed using the same Tear off old hip and ridge caps layout, begin Installing the new shingles. techniques and materials as shingling before shingling these areas. Replace Maintain a consistent tab/slot offset over felt paper, except that you need to with new ridge caps after all other if you are installing three-tab shingles. trim or fill in shingles around vent pipes shingling has been completed. Shingle up toward the roof ridge, and roof vents to create a flat surface stopping before the final course. Install for the base flange of the flashing flashing as you proceed. pieces. Tip: Valley flashing in good condition does not have to be replaced. Replace any other old flashing as you go.

                                                                                                                   IllS/aI/jug Roofillg •   89

I Cedar Shakes C edar shakes (whic h are thi c k and rough ) and sh ingles (whic h are tapered and smooth) are install e d in much the sa me \·vay, \v ith o ne major Tools & Materials ~ di ffe rence. Shakes have felt paper install ed between Roofer’s hatc het 30 # felt paper each co urse, ,vhil e shingles do not. Sh in gles a re Tape measure Stap ler often applied ove r open s heat hing, whi le shakes a re U tili ty kni fe Mason’s strin g installed over open or so lid shea thin g. Air ci rc u lat io n Stapler Roofing ce ment un der sha kes a nd shi ngles can inc rease their life span . Chalk line C heck yo ur local buildi ng codes to see wha t type of C ircu lar saw shea thin g is re commended for yo ur a rea. Ji gsaw Th e ga ps between shakes and sh ingles, ca lled Cau lk gun jo ints, are spec ified by the manu fac ture r. You can Shakes deter min e hO\’ much of th e materia l to leave ex posed Flashing below th e ove rl ap, as long as it fall s ,v ithi n the Nail s m an ufac ture r’s g uide lines.

                                        IIIIII
                                        I I IIII
                                        IIIIII

A shake roof's irregular pattern and earth tone colors produce a more pleaSing, organic effect than the brick-laid uniformity of
asphalt shingles. These days, shakes can be made of cedar, steel, or various synthetic materials. Installation methods will vary with
each material type.

90 • T H E CO~!IP LETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SID I NG & TBIM

I Cedar Shakes & Shingles

Wood shakes and shingles are available In different grades. Some of the more popular Include resawn shake (AI. No. 1 hand-split medium shake (8), standard-grade shake (e), taper-sawn shake (D), No. 1 heavy shake (E), pressure-treated medium shake (F), No.2 shingle (G), undercoursing shingle (H), No. 1 shingle (I).

I underlayment for Cedar Shakes & Shingles

Spaced sheathing is common , and sometimes required, for To install spacer strips over solid sheathing, place 2 x 4s cedar shakes and shingles. Solid sheathing IS installed along flat over each rafter and nail them to the roof. Nail 1 x 4 or the eaves and rake ends, and open-spaced wood strips are 1 x 6 nailing strips across the 2 x 4s. Keep the strips together installed in the field to allow for air CIrculation. along the eaves, then space them at a distance equal to the exposure rate in the field.

                                                                                                             IllS/aI/jug Roofillg •   91

I How to Install Cedar Shakes

prepare the roof decking by Installing valley flashing at all       Install a starter shake so it overhangs the eaves and
valleys (page 75). Apply felt paper underlayment to the first 36"   rake edge by 1Yi'. Do the same on the opposite side of the
of the roof deck. Note: Depending on your climate and building      roof. Run a taut string between the bottom edges of the
codes, you may want to install ice and water shield for this        two shakes. Install the remaining shakes in the starter row,
step rather than felt paper                                         aligning the bottoms with the string. Keep the manufacturer's
                                                                    recommended distance between shakes, usually % to %".

Set the first course of shakes over the starter row,                Snap a chalk line over the first course of shakes at the
aligning the shakes along the rake ends and bottoms. Joints         exposure line. Snap a second line at a distance that's twice
between shakes must overlap by at least 1Y/. Drive two nails        the exposure rate. Staple an 18"-wide strip of felt paper at the
in each shake, % to 1" from the edges, and 1%to 2" above            second line. Overlap felt paper vertical seams by 4" . Install the
the exposure line. use the hatchet to rip shakes to fit. Tip: Set   second course of shakes at the exposure line, offsetting joints
the gauge on your roofer's hatchet to the exposure rate. You        by 1%" minimum . Install remaining courses the same way.
can then use the hatchet as a quick reference for checking
the exposure.

92 • T H E CO~!I PL ETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SID I NG & TB1M

Set shakes in place along valleys, but don’t nail them. use the 1 x 4 to align the edge of the shakes along the Hold a 1 x 4 against the center of the valley flashing without valley. Keep the 1 x 4 butted against the valley center, and nailing it. Place It over the shakes to use as a guide for marking place the edge of the shake along the edge of the board. Avoid the angle of the valley. Cut the shakes using a CIrcular saw, nailing through the valley flashing when installing the shakes. then install.

Notch shakes to fit around a plumbing stack using a Overlap the exposed flashing with the next row of shakes. jigsaw, then Install a course of shakes below the stack. Apply Cut notches in the shakes to fit around the stack, keeping a 1” roofing cement to the underside of the stack flashing, then gap between the stack and shakes. place It over the stack and over the shakes. Nail the flashing along the edges.

                                                                                                                       (continued)

                                                                                                              IllS/aI/jug Roofillg •   93

Install shakes under the bottom apron flashing beneath                Interweave skylight flashing along the skylight with rows
a skylight Cut the shakes as necessary. Nail the shakes without       of shakes. After each row of shakes, install a piece of flashing
driving nails through the flashing. Apply roofing cement to the       with the vertical plane placed under the edge lip of the skylight
underside of the flashing, then press to the shakes.                  and the honzontal plane flush with the bottom edge of the
                                                                      shake. A row of shakes covers the top apron flashing.

Apply roofing cement along the underside of the roof louver           AS you approach the ridge, measure from the last Installed
flange, then set It over the vent cutout and over the shakes          row to the peak. Do thiS on each side of the roof. If the
directly below it Nail the louver in place. Install shakes over the   measurements are not equal, slightly adjust the exposure rate
sides and back of the louver, tnmmlng to fit as needed.               in successive rows until the measurements are the same.
                                                                      Make sure you're measuring to paints that are aligned at the
                                                                      peak. The top of the sheathing is probably not level across the
                                                                      roof and cannot be a reference point

94 • T H E CO~!I P LE T E GU ID E TO BOO FI NG, SIDI NG & T B1 M

Run shakes past the roof peak. Snap a chalk line across Cut 8” strips of felt paper and staple them over the hips the shakes at the ridge. set the circular saw blade to the depth and ridge. Set a factory-made hip and ridge cap at one end of of the shakes, then cut along the chalk line. the ridge, aligned with the roof peak. Do the same at the other end of the roof. Snap a chalk line between the outside edges of the caps.

Set a ridge cap along the chalk line flush with the edge of Variation: If the ridge caps are not preassembled by the the roof to serve as the starter. Install with two nails. Place a manufacturer, install the first cap along the chalk line, then cap directly on top of the starter cap, and nail in place. Install place the second cap over the edge of the first. Alternate the caps along the remainder of the ridge, alternating the overlap overlap pattern across the ridge. pattern. The exposure rate should be the same as the roof shakes. Nails should penetrate the roof decking by ‘j,”.

                                                                                                               IllS/aI/jug Roofillg •   95

I Roll Roofing R oll roofing is a quick and easy roofing product to instal l. The material is si m ply ro lled across the roof, na iled alo ng the edges, and sealed -‘l ith roofing roofs. The concea led n ail applica t io n , page 99 , is best for roofs wit h a slig hter p itch al l the way dow n to a l- in- 12 s lope, beca use it prevents ,v ater ce me nt. It’s geared fo r roofs with sl ight slopes, slic h from penet ra ting u n der t he na il hea d s. The doub le as porches an d garages . cove rage me t hod, also o n page 99, is used for Some ma nufac ture rs recommend lIsing a roof roofs t h at a re almos t co m p letely flat. The d ou bl e primer pr io r to ins ta llin g the roofing . Read an d foll ow cove rage, usi ng full y bo nd ed se lvedge roofing, offers manufacturer’s di rect ions . You r roof deck ing must bette r protec tio n aga inst water infiltrat ion . be comp letely c lea n before the ro ll roofi ng can be appl ied. Any debris , eve n a sma ll tw ig or leaf, ca n e nd li p showing th ro ugh the roofing. Store t he roofing in a \va rm , dry locatio n un til Tools & Materials ~ yo u’re ready to start the projec t , an d c hoose a w<:tr m day fo r the insta ll ation. Ro ll roofi ng is bes t insta lled in Ut ility kn ife Ha ll roofing tempe ratu res above 45 ° F. If ap plied in cold ”.Ieat her, Tape meas u re Ga lva ni zed the ma te rial ca n crac k. C ha lk lille roofi ng na il s The fo ll owi ng pages s how th e th ree me th ods Serrate d trowel Asp ha lt- based for instal li ng ro ll roofing. The perimeter bond Straightedge roofi ng cement app li cat ion, pages 97 to 98 , is the fas test Ha mme r installa ti o n me t hod a nd can be used o n s lo ped

Roll roofing is used on roofs that have a slight slope. Installation IS fast and straightforward, with the material rolled over a clean roof decking.

96 • T H E C O~!IP LETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SIDING & TBIM

I How to Install Roll Roofing (Perimeter Bond)

                                                    0:

Nail drip edge along the eaves and rake ends of the roof Snap a chalk line 35%” up from the eaves. Unroll the roofing (pages 72 to 73). Sweep the roof decking clean. Center an along the chalk line, overhanging the eaves and rake edges 18”-wide striP of roll roofing over the valley. Nail one side %” by V;’ . Nail the roofing every 3” along the sides and bottom, from the edge, every 6”. Press the roofing firmly into the valley %” from the edge of the decking. Roofing nails should be long center, then nail the other side. Install a 36” strip over the enough to penetrate the roof decking by at least %”. valley the same way.

Where more than one roll is needed to complete a course, Apply 2” of roofing cement along the top edge of the apply roofing cement along the edge of the Installed piece installed course. Install the second row flush with the line on using a trowel. Place a new roll 6” over the first piece. Press the roofing, overlapping the cement edge. Drive nails every 3” the seam together and drive nails every 3” along the end lap. along the rakes and overlap, %” from the edges. DO the same Tip: Make sure the roofing is straight before nalfing Once it’s for remaining rows, offsetting seams at least 18”. nailed, you can’t adjust it without creating wrinkles and folds. If it’s running crooked, cut it and start with a new strip.

                                                                                                                       (continued)

                                                                                                              IllS/aI/jug Roofillg •   97

 Cut roofing 1" from the valley center using a utility knife and      Install roofing in front of a vent pipe. Cut a square of
 straightedge. Be careful not to cut into the valley roofing. Apply   roofing to fit over the pipe, with a hole in the center. Apply
 a 6"-wide strip of roofing cement on the valley at the overlap.      roofing cement around the edges of the square, then set It
 Place the main roofing over the cement. Nail in place every 3"       in place over the pipe. Overlap with the next row of roofing,
 along the seam.                                                      notching for the pipe as necessary.

 Cut the roofing flush with the roof peak. Snap a line on             Variation: Rather than install a strip over the ridge, extend the
 each side of the roof, 5Yi' from the peak. Apply 2" of cement        roofing on one side of the roof 6" past the peak, overlapping
 above each line. Place a 12"-wide striP of roofing over the          the opposite side. Nail along the edge to secure it to the
 peak, flush with the chalk lines. Drive nails every 3" along the     decking. Do the same on the other side, overlapping the
 seams, %" from the edges. Tip. use modest amounts of roofing         installed roofing at the peak. Apply cement along the seam,
 cement. Excess cement can cause the roofing to blister               and nail in place.

98 • T H E CO~!IP LETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SID I NG & TB 1M

I How to Install Roll Roofing (Concealed Nail Application)

Cut 9”-wide strips of roofing_Nail Nail the roofing along the top edge Set the next course in place so it them in place along the rakes and only, driving nails every 4”, %” from the overlaps the first row by 4” . Nail along eaves. snap a chalk line 35y,” up from top edge. Roll back the side and bottom the top edge. Lift the side and bottom the eaves. Place the first course of edges. Apply cement along the outside edges, apply cement. then press roofing flush with the line. 2” of the strips installed in step 1. Set together to seal. Repeat thiS process the overlapping strip back in place, for the remainder of the roof. pressing firmly to seal.

I How to Install Roll Roofing (Double Coverage Application)

Cut away the granular part of the roofing to create a starter Align the bottom edge of the second course with the top strip. Align the strip with the eaves, and drive nails along the of the granule edge of the first row Nail every 12” along the top and bottom edge at 12” intervals. Place the first full course nongranule edges. Flip the bottom part back, apply cement flush with the eaves. Nai l the nongranule edges every 12”. Roll along the sides and bottom of the nongranule area of the back the bottom of the roofing and apply roofing cement along first course, then set the striP back in place. Install remaining the eaves and rake edges on the starter strips. Set the roofing courses the same way. back in place, pressing It into the cement.

                                                                                                                 IllS/aI/jug Roofillg •   99

I EPDM Rubber Roofing F or roof decks with min ima l pitch , even rolled asp halt roofing may not offer enough protection again st leaks. I n these situatio ns, ethylene propylene Adher ing the membrane to the roof deck invo lves app lying li quid bonding ad hesive onto t he roof deck w ith the mem brane ro lled bac k, allO\ving it to pa rtiedly die ne monomer (EPDM ) ru bber membra ne roofing cure, then pressi ng the memb ra ne in to place over the may be you r best- or only- bet. EPDM roofing is adh esive, and brushi ng it thoroughly to re move any easy to in sta ll w ith minima l too ls hya do-i t-yourselfer. air pockets . Once the memb rane is f ixed in place, you Unl i ke othe r me mbra ne systems that must be app l ied sea l the overlapping seams w ith strips of soft seaming wit h a to rc h, EPDM ad heres wit h liquid adhes ive . It tape and liquid primer, ro lling the seams flat . Finish co mes i n lO X 20- or 20 x I OO-feet rolls so you ean up the roof by tr im mi ng the membrane at the roof plan your in sta llatio n to mi ni m ize seams. edges, installing the appropriate boot flashi ngs, and I ns talli ng the membrane invo lves re moving add ing any term ination bars that ma y be requ ired. the previous roofing material down to bare roof Follow the EPOM ma nufacturer’s instructions declzjng <1nd any flas hings aro Lln d vent pipes Of other ca refully, particu larly i f t hey differ from t he step- protrusions. IVlake sure your roof deck material is clea n, by-s tep process you see here. dry, and in good repa ir. Yo u may be able to overlay the deck with a layer of high-dens ity fi berboa rd or I-inc h isocyanu ratc insulation board to create a fres h, flat Tools & Materials ~ deck surface if the previous surface isn’t sufficiently flat or shows signs of minor deterioration. Avoid using Measuring tape Liq uid adhesive insu lati on products w ith a wate rproofing layer or fi lm. Pa in t ro l ler Seam ing tape Glue wil l not penetrate properly into the insulation. Stiff-bristle Pri mer Once the deck is prepared, layout t he membrane pus h broom Contact cement sheets so t hey overlap t he edges of t he roof and one Utility kn ife Term ination bars another by 3 inc hes. i/lake any necessary cutouts to J-ro ller or ro ller (if app l icab le) allO\v for roof protrusions and to al low the memb rane sea m ing tool Exterior sc re\·vs sheets to lay flat and relax. I f your roof abuts a vert ical EPDM membra ne ”1’£111, the mem bra ne shou ld extend up the \va ll 12 inc hes so it ca n be ad hered to th e wa ll and sealed w ith a metal te rm inat ion bar.

                                                                                     EPDM roofing provides the best
                                                                                     protection against lea ks on low-pitched
                                                                                     roofs. It's an easy-to-Install, DIY proJect.
                                                                                     Most home centers now carry rubber
                                                                                     roofing in standard 10 x 20 ft. sheets for
                                                                                     less than $100. Some also will seIl10-ft.
                                                                                     Wide roofing by the linear foot from a
                                                                                     longer roll. When pOSSible, buy a large
                                                                                     enough sheet to cover the entire roof This
                                                                                     greatly decreases the likelihood of leaks
                                                                                     forming because it eliminates th e need to
                                                                                     seam the roof covering.

100 • T H E CO MPLETE GUIDE TO !lOOFI NG, SIDING & TBIM

                 B
                                                                                H

                                                     c

                                                                         ',,"

Rubber roof coverings require special adhesives and primers, as well as flashing and accessories such as rubber pipe boots. Shown here, from left to right, are pipe boots IA), EPDM adhesive and primer IB, C), hose clamp (D), insulation plates IE), termination bars (F), exterior screws (G), caulk (H), seaming tape (I), EPDM membrane IJ), and Holler (K).

                                                                                                                  High-density
                                                                                                                  fiberboard

                                                                                                     Roof deck

Most rubber roofs are fully bonded to a substrate of insulation board, but they can also be bonded directly to a plywood roof deck or even Installed with a perimeter bond only In some commercial applications they are installed with a layer of river rock on top for ballast

                                                                                                                 IllS/aI/jug Roofillg •   101

 I How to Install an EPDM Rubber Roof

 Prepare the roof deck for membrane roofing by removing              Sweep the roof deck thoroughly, and spread out the
 the old roofing material down to bare decking. Look closely         membrane so It has a chance to relax. Make any cutouts in
 for signs of deterioration. Replace deteriorated decking. For a     the membrane that may be necessary to allow for vent pipes
 smooth surface, cover the roof with a new layer of high-density     or other protrusions. Overlap the sheets by 3" and wipe them
 fiberboard (sold at roofi ng materials suppliers). Secure           down with the recommended cleaner to prepare the surfaces
 with fasteners recommended by the manufacturer for this             for adheSive.
 purpose- usually long screws with large insulation plates.

 Apply the latex adhesive. Fold half of the first membrane           use a stiff-bristle push broom to brush out any air pockets
 sheet over on itself to expose the roof deck, and roll a heavy      that may be eVident under the bonded half of the membrane.
 coat of adhesive onto both the deck and membrane surfaces           Brush from the middle of the roof outward to the edges.
 with a medium-nap paint roller. However, do not apply               Then fold the other un bonded half over, apply adheSive to
 adheSive to the overlapped section of membrane. Once the            the rubber and roof deck again, and adhere this half of the
 adheSive begins to set (about 20 minutes in normal conditions),     membrane to the roof. Apply all sections of membrane to the
 carefully roll the folded rubber down into place. Avoid wrinkling   roof deck in this fashion, but do not apply adhesive within 3"
 the membrane.                                                       of the edges of any overlapping sections of rubber; these must
                                                                     be accessible for applying seaming tape along the seams.

102 • T H E COM PLETE GUID E TO BOO FI NG, SIDI NG & TBI M

Roll the top section of overlapping membrane back along Tape the seams. Use the recommended cleaning solvent to the seam area, and chalk a reference line 3” from the edge clean both halves of the overlapping membrane In the tape of the bottom membrane. This marks the area for applYing areas, then apply seaming tape sticky side down to the bottom seaming tape. membrane within the marked area. Press the tape down firmly to ensure good adhesion to the membrane.

Fold the top membrane overlap back in place on the tape. If the roof meets a vertical wall, you may need to remove Slowly pull off the tape’s paper backing with the membrane siding so you can bond the membrane to wall sheathing. use edges now overlapPing. Press the overlapping edges down to contact adhesive to apply the membrane 12” up the wall. Seal create a tighter, smooth seam. Roll the seamed areas with a the edge with a metal termination bar fastened to the wall J-roller or seam roiling tool to bond the seam. with exterior screws. Trim off overhanging membrane around the roof edges, and flash it according to the manufacturer’s recommendations uSing rubber adhesive flashing and rubber boots.

                                                                                                      IllS/aI/jug Roofillg •   103

I Tile Roofing M odern clay tiles use an S-type des ign rather than th e two-piece sys tem that was once commo n. T h is simp li fi es th e installatio n process a nd saves Tips for Installing a Tile Roof ~ you time. Due to the contour of th e tiles. yo u’ll need plumbing vents and air ve nts that matc h t he sha pe of th e roofing materia ls . Before starting the project, make su re your roof framing can support th e we ight of th e tiles. T he m ate ri a ls are very heavy, an d roofs des igned for asphalt sh ingles may not have th e stru ctu ral support for c1<:1y t ile. C hec k w ith you r building inspector if yo u’re u nsure. TO cut clay tile, use a diamond blade in a circular saw or grinder. Clamp the tile to a work surface, make your cutting line on the tile, then cut along the line. Be sure to wear safety glasses and a respirator Tools & Materials ~ when making the cuts.

     Ham me r                    Sa nd
     Ta pe measure               Port la nd cement
     Chalk line                  Plastic ce m e nt
     C ircu la r saw             Cement mortar
     ] igsavv                        Type M
     Trowe l                     Ti le
     D iamo nd saw b lade        Bird stop s
     Ca ulk gun                  Plumhing vents
     3011 felt paper             Air ve nts
     Icc and wa te r sh ie ld    Boofing sea la nt
                                                               Mortar is available premixed, or you can mix it
     Na il ers (2 x 6, 2 x 3,    Pee l-and-s tick
                                                               yourself This project requires cement mortar Type
        2 x 2)                       flash ing                 M. To mix it, combine 3 parts portland cement, 1 part
     %" roofing nails            Plastic ce me nt              lime, and 12 parts sand. Add water and mix until the
     Roofing nails                                             consistency is like mashed potatoes.

                                                                               Clay tiles give homes a truly impressive
                                                                               roof that can't be imitated by other
                                                                               materials. The S design makes installation
                                                                               easier and less time-consuming. Each tile
                                                                               simply overlaps the preceding tile (below).

104 • T H E CO MPLETE GUID E TO !lOOFI NG. SID I NG & TBIM

I How to Install a Tile Roof

Cover the roof with underlayment {pages 70 to 71}. Install Install 2 x 2 nailers along the rake edges of the roof. Butt 2 x 3 drip edge {pages 72 to 73} and valley flashing {page 75}. Nail nailers against the 2 x 2s and nail them in place. 2 x 6 lumber on the edge over all ridges and hips

Measuring from the outside edge of the 2 x 3 nailer along Place gable tile over the 2 x 2s along the rake ends of the the left rake edge, make marks on the roof every 12”. Center roof, overhanging the front of the roof by 3”. Nail in place, uSing a bird stop over each mark, aligned with the front edge of the two ‘!i” roofing nails per tile. Overlap tiles by 3” . Note: Be sure roof, and nail in place. Note.’ Bird stops are available from the to use left gable tiles for the left side and right gable tiles for tile manufacturer, or you can cut your own from wood. the right side. {continued}

                                                                                                                  IllS/aI/jug Roofillg •   105

 Starting on the left side of the roof, place the first field             Install the next row of tiles on the roof, overlapping the
 tile over the gable ti le and 2 x 3 nailer. Align the end of the         first course by 3" . Install remaining courses the same way.
 field tile with the end of the gable tile. Nail In place with two        Avoid stepping on or walking on tiles as they break easily.
 nails. Install the first course of tiles the same way, placing them      When you can no longer reach new tiles from below, begin to
 over the bird stops. Tip: TO ensure alignment, tie a string across       work from higher up the roof. Work around obstacles as you
 the end of the first gable tiles. Set the tiles flush with the string.   encounter them, as seen in the remaining photos.
 Move the strmg to align subsequent rows.

 At dormers, chimneys, and walls, install pan flashing at                 Install a 2 x 3 nailer along the turned-up edge of the pan
 least 4" up the wall and a minimum of 6" along the roof. Turn            flashing. Set the tile over the nailer and nail it in place.
 up the outside edge of the flashing 1y," . Install counter flashing
 over the pan flashing. Note: The top edge of the counter
 flashing must be installed under the wall siding or placed in the
 mortar between bricks in the chimney. The flashing may still be
 present from the old roof

106 • T H E COM PL ETE GUID E TO !lOOFI NG, SID I NG & TBIM

When the roofing abuts a wall of the house, install tile up Mark roof vent locations between rows of tiles and the roof to the wall. Apply mortar generously between the tops between rafters. Follow manufacturer’s guidelines for the size of the tiles and the wall, filling in any gaps. Place 3 x 4 flashing of the opening. Cut out the opening uSing a jigsaw or CIrcular over the mortar, then place counter flashing over that saw Tip: Periodically look at the roof from the street to make sure the rows are running straight and the tiles look uniform

Apply roofing sealant along the bottom of the primary roof Center ridge tiles over the hips and peak. Apply a small vent, then install it over the opening using roofing nails driven amount of plastic cement on the nose of each ridge tile. every 4” through the flange. Seal the flange with peel-and-stlck Overlap the tiles for a 16” exposure, plaCing the tile over the flashing. Place the secondary vent over the primary vent and plastiC cement on the previous tile. Nail the ridge tiles uSing nail it to the roof. Overlap the lip with the next piece of tile. two nails per tile. Fill the gaps beneath ridge tiles with mortar (inset photol.

                                                                                                                   IllS/aI/jug Roofillg •   107

I

Installing Siding F ew other exterio r improve m ents w ill give yo ur home such a dramatic faccl ift as new siding. Sidin g a llows you to c hange both the color an d (CxtU fC of ou tside wa lls. If you’ re tired of yo ur c urre nt faded alum inu m s iding or yo u ca n’t bem the th oug ht of s pe nding nex t Jul y scrap in g an d pa inting wood cla pboa rd aga in , maybe it’s tim e to switch to I Q\ov~ m a inte n a n ce vin yl or fib er-cem ent lap siding. Siding products have co me a long way in t he past few decades, and yo ur c hoices of colo rs a nd styles have never been grea ter. For a wa rm er, m orc ru sti c look, co nside r siding yo ur ho me with cypress s hakes o r a cedar board an d batte n trea tm e nt, and th e n acce nt yo ur foundation with ve nee red stone or bric k. V/rapp ing a ho me with viny l or wood is we ll w ith in a seasoned do - i t ~you rsel fe r’s ca pabilities. And when you’re th rough, both you and t he ne ighbors ca n appreciate your handi work fo r many decades to come. If you have a basic co llect ion of hand an d powe r tools, yo u’ve got most of the hardware needed for th e job a lready. Be sure to read othe r secti o ns in thi s book th at cove r wo rking sa fel y at heights. Do a ca reful job of sheathing and wrappi ng yo ur home to keep moisture outside ,v here it be lo ngs, T hen ge t read y for u big project th ut w ill puy di vide nd s in th e e nd.

In this chapter: • Siding Tools • Vinyl Siding & Mate rials • Lap Siding • Removing Siding • Wood Shakes • Replacing & Shingles Wall Sheathing • Board & Batten Siding • Housewrap • Log Cabin Siding

                                                             • 109

I Siding Tools & Materials B asic construction a nd re mode ling tools are all yo u need for wood , fiber-cement, an d viny l sidin g projects. If YOLI do n’t have some of these c uttin g, them. They’re not ve ry expe nsive, and you’ ll ge t a lot of use out of t hem for other common home improvement an d repai r projec ts. meas uring, or level ing too ls, it’s wo rtlwvh ile to buy

 Tools for wood and fiber-cement siding include circular saw (AI. miter saw (B), T-bevel (e), jigsaw (D), level (E), coping saw (F),
 handsaw (G), utility knife (HI. hammer (II. caulk gun (J), chalk line (K), folding tape measure (L), tape measure (M), and line level (N).

110 • T H E C O~!IP LETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SID I NG & TBIM

Tools for vinyl siding include circular saw (AI, nail slot punch (BI, caulk gun (CI, framing square (DI, zip tool (EI, utility knife (FI, hammer (GI, aviation SniPS (HI, tape measure (I),level (JI, and chalk line (KI.

Caulks for siding include (from left) concrete and masonry Tools and materials for siding include housewrap (AI, felt silicone caulk, concrete sealant, acrylic latex caulk, acrylic latex paper (B), cap nails (CI, hammer (DI, hammer stapler (EI, and caulk with silicone, and elastomeric latex sealant. staple gun and staples (F).

                                                                                                                       Illstallillg Sidillg •   111

I Removing Siding lthough it’s so me tim es possib le to install new A siding over old if th e old siding is so lid and firm ly attached to the hOllse, in most cases it’s better to re move th e s iding, espec iall y if it’s damaged. Taking oFf th e old sid ing a llO.vs YOLI to s tart w ith a flat , smooth su rfac e. And because th e overall thi ckness of the sid ing w ill remain un c han ged , you won’t have to add exten sio ns to your v./indow an d door jambs. There’s no “rig ht” \vay to remove siding. Eac h type of siding material is install ed diffe ren tly, and conseq uentl y, they have diffe rent removal techniq ues. A couple of uni ve rsal rules do <.Ipply, however. Start by removing trim that’s placed ove r the siding, a nd v,lork from the top down. Sidi ng is lIs ua lly ins talled from the bottom up , a nd workin g in the oppos ite direc tion makes remova l mu c h eas ier. Determine the best remova l method for your project based o n you r type of sid in g. Strip one side of the house at a time, then re-side that wall before ripping the siding off a noth e r section. This m inimi zes the amount of tim e your bare walls are exposed to the clements. Take care not to da mage the s heathing. If you can’t avo id tearing the hou sewrap, it ca n eas il y be replaced , but the shea thing is anothe r sto ry. Pelt paper \ IV hile the goal is to re move th e siding as qUickly as possi ble, it’s al so impo rtant to work safely. Take ca re v,lhen \lorkin g around w indovvs so th e sidin g doe sn’t dam age the g lass. Invest the necessary time to protect the Fl owe rs and s hrubs be fore s tartin g th e tear off (page 59). Re nting a dumpste r will expedite t he c leanu p process . It’s mu c h easie r to dispose of the sidin g as soon as it’s removed rather t ha n stacking it up in an unsightly pile in you r ya rd , th en throwing it away late r. \t\1h e n yo u’re fin is hed w ith yo ur cleanup, use a re lease magnet to coll ect the nail s o n th e gro und.

        Tools & Materials ~
        Ca t's paw                    iVlaso nry-cuttin g
        Flat pry bar                      bl ade
        Z ip tool                     Maso nry bit
        Drill                         Av iatio n sn ips
        C ircu la r smv               Roofin g s hovel
        Maso n ry ch isel             Rel ease m agnet                  The exterior wall is composed of siding, housewrap or
        H a mm e r                                                      felt paper, and sheathing. Try to remove the siding without
                                                                        disturbing or damaging the sheathing.

11 2 • T H E C O~!IP LETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SID I NG & TBIM

I Tips for Removing Siding

                                                     I

Brick molding comes preattached Lap siding IS nailed at the top, then Shakes and shingles are best to most wood-frame window and covered by the next course. Pry off the removed with a roofing shovel. Use the door Units. To remove the molding, pry trim at the top of the wall to expose the shovel to pry the siding away from the along the outside of the frame to avoid nails in the top row Remove the nails wall. Once the siding is removed, use marring the exposed parts of the Jambs using a cat’s paw, and work your way the shovel or a hammer to pull out the and molding. down the wall. remaining nails.

                                       Siding shown cutaway
                                       for clarity                                     ·.'

                                                                                  ..

                                                                                         1_
                                                                                  ,J '         • r ..
                                                                                   .~~~c:3-:,.
                                                                                           f       j         .

                                                                                       ·
                                                                                  I I
                                                                                               '        ";
                                                                                          . ... . ". :J

Board and batten siding IS removed Vinyl siding has a locking channel Stucco siding IS difficult to remove. it’s by prying off the battens from over the that fits over the nailing striP of the usually much easier to apply the new boards. Use a pry bar or cat’s paw to underlying piece. To remove, use a zip siding over the stucco than to remove it. remove the nails from the boards. tool to separate the panels, and use if you’re determined to take it off, use a a flat pry bar or hammer to remove cold chisel and hammer to break it into the nails. pieces, and use aviation snips to cut the lath.

                                                                                                                 Illstallillg Sidillg •   113

I Replacing Wall Sheathing fter removing the old siding, in spect the A s heat hin g to make sure it’s sti ll in good cond it ion. Tools & Materials ~ If water has penetrClted behind the siding, the re’s a good c hance the sheath in g is vvar pe d , rotted, o r H amme r otherwise damaged and will need to be replaced. Circular saw You’ll only need to replace the section of s heathin g Tape measure that’s damaged. Before cutting into the wa ll , make C halk li ne sure there arc no wires, cables, or pipes under Pry bar the sheat hin g. Sheathin g O lder homes typically have planks or plywood 2x4 sheathing, while new homes may have a nonstructufCl I Deck screws sheathing. The replacement mCiteria l doesn’t have to (3”,2Y4”) be the sa me mater ia l as th e origina l sheClt hin g, but it Dril l does have to be th e same t hi ckness .

I How to Replace Damaged Wall Sheathing
                                                                                 Mark the location of walls studs
                                                                                 around the damaged area. With a chalk
                                                                                 line, mark straight cutting lines around the
                                                                                 damage, locating the lines so they fall over
                                                                                 framing members (at least vertically). This
                                                                                 will allow for more secure attachment of
                                                                                 the patch area.

                                                                                 cut out the damaged sheathing,
                                                                                 following your cutting lines with a
                                                                                 CIrcular saw and utility blade. Set the saw
                                                                                 cutting depth about Y,," deeper than the
                                                                                 sheathing thickness and extend the cuts
                                                                                 slightly beyond the corners to ensure a
                                                                                 square cutout.

114 • T H E CO~!IP LETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SIDING & TBIM

Remove the damaged sheathing materials. You may need to Measure the opening, making sure the vertical cuts fall over finish the circular saw cuts with a jigsaw or handsaw Pry the framing members. From exterior-rated sheathing, cut a patch pieces off with a pry bar if necessary. that’s %” smaller than the opening in all directions.

Install 2 x 4 nailers at the top and bottom of the opening to Place the new piece of sheathing in the opening, create nailing surfaces for the patch. If the sides of the opening keeping a Ya” gap on each side to allow for expansion. Attach do no have adequate nailing surface, attach a nailer there the sheathing to the nailing strips and studs using 2v.” deck as well. screws driven every 6 to 12”.

                                                                                                               Illstallillg Sidillg •   115

I Housewrap H o usewra p is a spec ia ll y e ngi nee red fabr ic t hat b loc ks ai r a nd water infil t ra ti on fro m t he outsi de but a ll ows moisture va por to pass t hrough fro m the ins ide. It’s bes t to a pply t he hOllsevlrap before insta lling .v indows a nd doo rs, but since tha t’s not a lways poss ibl e with a re m ode ling o r sidi ng rep laceme nt jo b, yo u ca n c u t th e ho uscwra p to fit a ro und them. Most siding materia ls need to be na iled to studs, a nd the marks on the ho usewrap ide nt ify t he ir locatio ns . Stap les a re pe rmiss ib le fo r faste nin g hOllsevvrap, b ut cap nai ls are reco mm ended a nd have better ho lding pO\ve r. Fe lt pa pe r is not th e sa me as housev,lra p . It’s not necessari ly designed to wo rk as a n a ir barrie r, an d it m ay abs orb wa te r. Do no t substitute fe lt pa pe r w hen housewra p is su pposed to be use d .

        Tools & Materials ~
        Ham me r                       Cap nail s
        Utility knife                  (2" or 3")
        Ta pe d ispe nse r                hou sewrap tape
        Ho usewra p                                                     Make sure the stud marks on the housewrap are aligned
                                                                        with the wall studs.

   I How to Install Housewrap

   Starting 6 to 12" around a corner and 3" over the foundation         Nail the housewrap every 12 to 18" on the vertical stud
   to cover the sill plate, unroll the housewrap along the side of      lines using cap nails. Keep the housewrap pulled snug as It'S
   the house with the printed side facing out. Align the printed        unrolled. Cut holes in the housewrap for extrusions such as
   stud rnarks on the housewrap with the stud rnarks on the             hose spigots and the electric rneter.
   sheathing. Keep the roll straight as you unwrap it.

1 16 • T H E C O~!IP LETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SID I NG & TB IM

Tip ~                                                                                                               ....
                                                               -

Housewrap helps protect the house from its
worst enemies- water, moisture, and cold air drafts.           When starting a new rOll , overlap vertical seams by 6 to
Covering exterior walls with housewrap before                  12", aligning the stud marks. Begin the second course by
installing siding can also reduce your energy bills.           overlapping the bottom course by 6" . Once again, make sure
                                                               stud marks are lined up.

I

                                                                                                              om~
                                                                                                        Revetement

                                                                                                          _... _.- ... .._---
Tyv
Hnr1nAV1
                                                                                                                     ,

                                                                                                                          -"- ..
                                                                                                               Call1-800-44TYVI

At window and door locations, cut the housewrap at the Tape all horizontal and vertical seams, accidental tears, middle of the nailing flanges. At the bottom, cut the housewrap and seams around doors, windows, and plumbing and at the Sill. Pull the sill and Jamb flashing over the housewrap. electrical protrusions using housewrap tape. Tape the bottom Be careful not to slice the nailing flanges and windowsills when of the protrusion first, then the sides, then place a piece of cutting the housewrap. tape over the top.

                                                                                                              Illstallillg Sidillg •   117

I Vinyl Siding V iny l has become one of t he most popular s idings due to its low cost, un iform appearance, a nd rn a intemm ce-free d ura bili ty. Insta ll at ion is fa irl y reduces outs ide noise, protects the siding fro m dents , and adds an insulation va lue. Vertica l viny l sid ing is a lso ava il a b le. It’s spec ifica ll y made for vertical sim ple, with eac h row locking onto the lip of the appl icatio ns. Vinyl shakes are anot her type of vinyl un derlyin g course, the n na iled alo ng t he to p . sid ing, a nd th a t insta llat ion is shown o n pages 126 T here a re a co up le of key factors tha t wi ll make to 127. or brea k you r s id ing project. Fi rst, t he sheathing must be straig ht and sol id befo re t he siding is app lied . T he siding will on ly look as straight and smoot h as the wa ll it’s on. Second , determ ine how the sidi ng Tools & Materials ~ should overlap to hide the sea ms fro m the main traffic patterns. T hi s us uall y 111eans start ing in the bac k and Ha mm e r Zip-lock tool “vorking towa rd the fro nt of t he hOllse. Ci rcu lar saw Snap lock punc h Do not na il the sid ing t igh t to t he ho use. The or radial~a rm saw Ca u lk gun pane ls need to slide back a nd fort h as they expand and Clamps Vin yl sid ing cont rac t with changes in the temperat ure . If the siding Tape measu re J-e hanne l ca n’t move, it w i ll bmv and need to be re insta lled. String Corner posts Keep a YJ/ gap between the head of the nai l Clnd Straightedge Unders ill the sid ing. Utility knife Starter strip Vinyl sid in g is available in a wide va ri ety of colors Aviatio n snips Na ils and styles, a nd -v ith a lot of accesso ri es such as trim, Level C u tting table Fl uted lineals, ve rti cal co lumns, crown molding, C ha lk lille SClfety glasses and band boards. The most common vi nyl sid ing is Fram in g sq ua re Silicone ca ulk horizontal lap siding, whi c h is shown starting on page Na il slot punc h 120. T hi s project shows a foam unde rl ayment, whic h

 Vinyl siding can look very similar to wood lap siding, but it doesn't require regular upkeep. Vinyl can be installed on any type and
 style of house.

118 • T H E CO~!I PL E TE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SIDING & TBIM

I Tips for Cutting vinyl Siding

                                                                                              -

Use a fine-tooth blade Installed backward in the saw to Support the siding on a cutting table when cutting. Vinyl cut vinyl siding. Use a radial-arm saw, power miter saw, or a siding is too flimsy to be placed across sawhorses without circular saw, and move the blade slowly through the siding. support. You can build a cutting table by fastening a long piece Always wear safety glasses when cutting siding. of scrap plywood between two sawhorses.

I Tips for Using Specialty Tools

A snap lock punch IS used to make raised tabs, or dimples, A nail slot punch is used to make horizontal nail slots in in a cut edge of siding where the nailing hem has been the face of panels. It can also be used to add or elongate the removed. This eliminates the need to facenall the panel. opening of an existing nail slot to match irregular stud spacing.

                                                                                                            Ill stallillg Sidillg •   119

 I How to Install vinyl Siding

 Install housewrap following instructions on pages 116 to            Place the top edge of the starter strip along the chalk
 117. Identify the lowest corner of the house that has sheathing,    line and nail every 10" . Nail In the center of the slots and
 and partially drive a na111y," above the bottom edge of the         don't nail light to the house. Keep a y," gap between
 sheathing. Run a level string to the opposite corner of the wall    strips, and leave space at the corners for a W gap
 and partially drive a nail. DO this around the entire house. snap   between starter striPS and corner posts.
 chalk lines between the nails.



 Option: Install foam vinyl siding underlayment on the               Install a corner post, keeping a Yo" gap between the top of
 house uSing cap nails. Align the bottom of the underlayment         the post and the soffit Extend the bottom of the post y," belOW
 with the starting strip. To cut panels to Size, score them          the bottom of the starter strip. Drive a nail at the top end of the
 with a utility knife, then break them over your cutting             uppermost slot on each side of the post (the post hangs from
 table. Some panels need to be taped at the seams. Follow            these nails). Make sure the post is plumb on both sides uSing
 manufacturer's recommendations.                                     a level. Secure the post by driving nails every 8 to 12" In the
                                                                     center of the slots. Do not nail the post tight. Install the other
                                                                     posts the same way.

120 • T H E CO~!I P LE T E GU ID E TO BOO FI NG, SIDI NG & T B1 M

If more than one corner post is needed to span the length Measure and cut two J-channels that are the length of of a corner, the upper post overlaps the lower post. For an a window plus the width of the J-channel. Place one of the outside corner post, cut off 1” from the nailing flanges on the J-channels against the side of the Window, aligning the bottom bottom edge of the top post. For an Inside corner post, cut off edge with the bottom edge of the window. Nail the channel in 1” from the nailing flange on the upper edge of the bottom place. Nail the second J-channel against the opposite side of post. Overlap the posts by %”, leaving y.” for expansion. the window the same way

At the top of the window, measure between the outside Measure, cut, and install J-channel along the gable ends. edges of the side J-channels and cut a piece of J-channel to Nail the channels every 8 to 12”. To overlap J-channels, cut 1” fit. Cut a %” tab at each end. Bend the tabs down to form from the nailing hem . Overlap the channels %”, leaving y.” for a drip edge. Miter cut the face at each end at 45°. Center expansion. At the gable peak, cut one channel at an angle to the J-channel over the Window and nail it in place. The top butt against the peak. Miter the channel on the oPPosite side !-Channel overlaps the side pieces, and the drip edges fit to overlap the first channel. inside the side pieces. Do this for each window and door.

                                                                                                                     (continued)

                                                                                                             Illstallillg Sidillg •   12 1

To install J-channel over a roof line, snap a chalk line along   Measure, cut, and install undersill beneath each window
the roof flashing jI," above the roof. Align the bottom edge     The undersill should be flush with the outside lip of the
of the J-channel along the chalk line, and nail the channel in   side channels.
place. Make sure the channel does not make direct contact
with the shingles.

   10                                                                              •


Measure, cut. and install undersill along the horizontal         Snap the locking leg on the bottom of the first panel onto
eaves on the house. If more than one undersill is needed, cut    the starter strip, making sure it's securely locked In place.
the nailing hem 1%" from the end of one undersil!. Overlap the   Keep a %" gap between the end of the panel and the corner
undersilis by 1".                                                post. Nail the panel a minimum of every 16" on center. Don't
                                                                 drive the nails tight. Note. This installation shows a vinyl siding
                                                                 underlayment in place.

122 • T H E COMPLETE GUID E TO !lOOFI NG, SIDI NG & TBIM

I

12                           •

overlap panels by 1”. Cut panels so the factory cut edge Place the second row over the first. snapping the locking is the one that”s visible. Keep nails at least 6” from the end leg into the lock of the underlying panels. Leave %” gap at of panels to allow for smooth overlap. Do not overlap panels corners and J-channels. Install subsequent rows, staggering directly under a window seams at least 24” unless separated by more than three rows. Check every several rows for level. Make adjustments in slight increments, If necessary.

                                                               15

For hose spigots, pipes, and other protrusions, create a Place mounting blocks around outlets, lights, and doorbells. seam at the obstacle. Begin with a new panel to avoid extra Assemb le the base around the fixture, making sure It’s level, seams. Cut an opening %” larger than the obstacle, planning and nail In place. Install siding panels, cutting them to fit for a 1” overlap of siding. Match the shape and contour around the mounting block with a ‘I.” gap on each Side. as closely as possible. Fit the panels together around the Fasten the cover by snapping it over the block. obstruction and nail in place.

                                                                                                                   (continued)

                                                                                                           Ill stallillg Sidillg •   123

    16

  Where panels must be notched to fit below a window,                Install cut panels between windows and between windows
  position the panel below the window and mark the edges             and corners as you would regular panels. Avoid overlapping
  of the window, allOWing for a %" gap. Place a scrap piece of       panels and creating seams in small spaces. The panels need to
  siding alongside the window and mark the depth of the notch,       align with panels on the opposite side of the window
  keeping a V;' gap. Transfer the measurement to the panel,
  mark the notch, and cut it out. Create tabs on the outside face
  every 6" using a snap lock punch. Install the panel, locking the
  tabs into the undersill.

                                                                                             o
                                                                       19


  To fit siding over a window, hold the panel in place over          For dormers, measure up from the bottom of the J-channel
  the window and mark it. use a scrap piece of siding to mark        the height of a panel and make a mark. Measure across to the
  the depth of the cut. Transfer the measurement to the full         oppOSite J-channel. Use this measurement to mark and cut the
  panel and cut the opening. Fit the cut edge into the !-Channel     panel to size. Cu t and Install panels for the rest of the dormer
  above the window, lock the panel in place, and nail it.            the same way

124 • T H E CO~!I P LE T E GU ID E TO BOO FI NG, SIDI NG & T B1 M

20 2

Measure the distance between the lock on the last fully Place a scrap panel In the !-Channel along the gable end installed panel and the top of the undersill under the horizontal of the house. Place another scrap over the last row of panels eaves. Subtract %”, then mark and rip a panel to fit. use a snap before the gable starts, slide it under the first scrap, and mark lock punch to punch tabs on the outside face every 6” . Install the angle where they intersect. Transfer this angle to full panels. the panel, locking the tabs into the undersill. Make a similar template for the other side. Cut the panels and set the cut edge into the J-channel, leaving a %” gap.

Cut the last piece of siding to fit the gable peak. Drive a Apply caulk between all windows and J-channel, single aluminum or stainless steel fi nish nail through the top and between doors and J-channel. of the panel to hold it in place. This is the only place where you will facenail the siding.

                                                                                                                Illstallillg Sidillg •   125

 I Variation: How to Install vinyl Shakes
    1                                                                        2
                                         Re

 Follow steps 1 to 7 on pages 120 to 121 to prepare the                   Cut a straight line along the nonflanged (right) edge of the
 walls, install starter stnp and corner posts, tnm the doors and          first panel using a CIrcular saw with a carbide-tipped blade. Do
 windows, and fasten J-channel along the gable end of the                 not reverse the blade. If the panel has a manufacturer's mark
 house. Install }channel under the honzontal eaves, and use               for the cut follow the mark. Lock the bottom of the panel over
 channel rather than undersill under windows.                             the starter strip and slide it Into the corner post, keeping a y."
                                                                          gap between the panel and post

                                                  4
                                                                              • 1

                                                                   ....   _--..

                                     J l                             ------~

 Follow the exact nailing sequence             Fit the next panel into position over              Install remaining panels In the row For
 prescribed by the manufacturer. For this      the starter strip. The nailing hem and             the last panel, measure from the correct
 siding, It starts with the nail slot at the   bottom half of the panel fit over the              temperature line on the last installed
 top right then the top left, then the left    first panel; the top shakes fit under the          panel to the corner post, and subtract y." .
 side flange, followed by the center of        first panel. Overlap the panels following          Cut the panel to size along the left side
 the panel. Nails are then dnven every 8" .    temperature guidelines. Nail in place              and install. Tip: Vinyl shake panels must
                                               using the nailing sequence.                        be acclimated to the outside temperature
                                                                                                  for at least an hour before installation

126 • T H E CO~!I P LE T E GU ID E TO BOO FI NG, SIDI NG & T B1 M

Measure from the left alignment line on the first panel For the third course, measure from the right alignment line of the first course to the corner post, and subtract %”. Cut a of the second panel in the second row to the corner post, and panel to this size, removing the nonflanged edge. Place the subtract %”. Cut a panel to this size, removing the right edge. panel over the first row, snapping the lock together and pulling Install the panel, aligning the left side flange with the right up so the panel IS light. Align the left side flange with the left alignment line. Install remaining rows, following step 6 for even alignment line of the underlYing panel, and nail In place. rows and step 7 for odd rows. Cut panels to fit the opposite corner and abut doors, leaving a %” gap .

Cut panels to fit around windows, following steps 16 to Measure the height for the last row of panels under the 18 on page 124. Make a nail slot every 8” along the cut edge of eaves, keeping a %” gap for movement. Rip the panels to size. the panels, using a nail slot punch. set the panel in place. Drive Create nail slots every 8” along the cut edge. Install the panels, nails through the slots at an angle. The J-channel should hide and nail through the slots. the nail heads.

                                                                                                                  Ill stallillg Sidillg •   127

I Lap Siding T he re are several types of ho ri zo ntal board siding app li cations, such as clapboard , to ngue a nd groove, beve l, and shipl<J p, but the most pop ula r is lap fiber-cement siding need to be pa inted after t hey’ re instal led . Alt hough you’ ll have a paint job o n your ha nd s v,rhen the project is fi n is he d , the ups ide is you’ll sidi ng, w hi c h is the projec t \ve’re showing he re. The have t he oppo rt unity to cha nge the color of yo ur sid ing install ati on is fai rl y straightforwa rd , with each cou rse \v heneve r you want by app lyin g a new coat of pain t . ove rlapp in g t he un de rl yin g row an d cove ring up the O th er sidings are ava ilable in colors tha t don’t req u ire nai ling . \A/c’ rc us ing a measur ing gauge th at’s p rese t pain ting, and t he sea ms arc caulked w ith a ma tc hi ng to give each cou rse of siding t he exac t same amou nt co lored cau lk. of over lap. Before insta lli ng \vood s iding, make sure it’s acclimated to you r e nvi ro nm e n t so it ca n expa nd Of shrin k prior to bei ng nailed in place. For OU f project, vve’re lIs ing f iber-cemen t siding, \vhi ch offers the look a nd text ure of \voad but does n’t rot or crac k. T he a ppl icatio n is basica ll y t he same, alt hough fi be r ceme nt ca n be mo re d ifficul t to na il (you may wa nt to pred ril l ho les) an d requi res a carbide-tipped blade for cutting. ''''ea r a resp irator when c utting fiber ce men t since it con ta in s silica, wh ic h ca n cause lung d isease. Store siding in a fla t posit ion, a nd keep it off th e ground and covered unti l ready fo r use. ’ ''' he n ca rrying the sidi ng, ma ke sure it does n’t be nd and crac k. Having a helper makes t his job much eas ier. The siding panels need to be nai led to studs, so it’s c ri tical for the mar ks on t he housewTap to be al igned with the ,vall stud s. Cu t the pa ne ls face dO\vn to avoid marrin g or da magi ng the faces. If t he siding is not yet pri med, a pply a coat of primer before installing. Also ap pl y primer to c ut e dges du ri ng t he installation p rocess. Some wood and

     Tools & Materials ~
     Ta pe meas u re               Measu ring ga uge
     C i rcu la r S3\'V            T- bevel
     Cau lk gun                    Y4 X I Y2 !1 lat h
     C ha lk line                  S id ing an d trim
     Pa intbrus h                  6d corrosio n-
     Com bi nat ion saw                resistant na ils
         b lade (fo r wood)        211 corrosio n-
     Ca rb ide- ti p ped               resis tant
         saw blade (for                siding na ils
         fibe r ce ment)           Flexi ble ca u lk               Lap siding can be wood, fiber-cement, or one of many
     4-ft . leve l                 Prime r                         manufactured materials. It IS easy to install and has a
                                                                   traditional appearance.

128 • T H E COM PLETE GUIDE TO !lOOFI NG, SID I NG & TB IM

I How to Install Lap Siding

                                                              Int

                                                                                '::-,:
                                                              !Ill '\.8Q0.44TYVEK WYN

Cover the exterior walls with housewrap so the stud Install a corner trim board flush with the outside wall and marks fall on the studs (see pages 116 to 117). Starting at the flush with the chalk line at the bottom. Keep nails 1” from each lowest corner of the house, snap a level line at the bottom of end and 3f,” from the edges. Drive two nails every 16”. Overlap the wall where the siding will begin. The siding should cover a second trim board on the adjacent side, aligning the edge the sill plate but stay above grade and concrete surfaces. with the face of the first board, and nail in place.

3 t

                                  -     /

When two or more corner trim pieces are needed to Place a corner trim board in an inside corner. Drive nails complete a wall, cut a 45 bevel on the end of each board. 0 every 16”. Apply primer to the cut ends. Install the first board so the bevel faces away from the house. Place the top piece over the first board, aligning the bevels. Stagger seams between adjacent Sides.

                                                                                                                     (continued)

                                                                                                             Illstallillg Sidillg •   129

 Measure and cut trim to fit around a window. Install trim            Option: Rather than install the trim first. wait until after the
 along the bottom of the window first. then measure and cut           siding is in place. Then, nail the trim directly over the siding.
 trim to fit along the sides, flush with the bottom edge of the       Make sure the nails are long enough to penetrate through the
 first trim piece and Va" above the top of the drip cap. Measure      siding and sheathing and into the studs by at least 1".
 and cut trim to fit over the window, flush with the outside
 edges of the side trim. Drive two nails In the trim pieces every
 16". Repeat for each window and door.

                                                                        7

 On horizontal eaves, install frieze boards directly under the        Use a T-bevel to determine the angle on the gable end of the
 soffits. Butt the frieze boards against the corner trim, and drive   house. Cut thiS angle on the end of a frieze board, and install
 two nails every 16" into studs.                                      under the soffits.

130 • T H E C O~!IP LETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SID I NG & TB1M

                                          ~t.JI"':;'
  /                   ~
       /'

                                                                        9

                                                     T~
                                                                                                               Re1

                                                                 ~
                                                     Ho
                                                     Revetemenl
                                                                                                                       •      •

                                                       - .. _.- ...
                                                             Call

Install wood lath along the base of the walls, Align the Cut the first siding panel so it ends halfway over a stud bottom edge of the lath with the chalk line and nail in place when the other end is placed %” from a corner trim board. using 6d nails. Keep the lath %” from the corner trim. Tip: Apply primer to the cut end. Align the siding with the bottom Rather than buying lath, rip panels of wood or fiber-cement edge of the lath. Keep a W’ gap between the siding and corner siding to 1’h”-wide strips, and use them as lath. trim. Nai l the panel at each stud location 1” from the top edge uSing siding nalls,

                                  I              I
                                                                                                                                       ...

__— -..- - … -.- .. ._- .. I Stud. I locatIOn I I

Measure and cut the next panel so it reaches the opposite set the measuring gauge (inset photo) to give the panels corner or falls at the midpoint of a stud. Set the panel over the a minimum of 1%” overlap. Place the second row of panels lath, keeping a %” gap between the first panel and the second over the first, using the measuring gauge to set the amount panel. Nail the panel %” from the seam edge and at every stud, of overlap, Offset seams by at least one stud. Repeat this procedure for subsequent rows. Check every five or six rows for level. Make adjustments in small increments, Cut or notch panels as necessary to fit around protrusions in the walls.

                                                                                                                             (continued)

                                                                                                                     Illstallillg Sidillg •   131

----

For windows, slide the siding panel against the bottom window trim. Mark the panel y," from the outside edges of the side trim .
Place a scrap piece of siding next to the window trim at the proper overlap. Mark the depth of the cut y." below the bottom trim.
Transfer the measurement to the siding panel and cut it to fit Install the cutout panel around the window. Do the same at the top of
the window.

                                                                       13

Option: Siding 12" or wider, or siding nailed 24" on center,        When installing the siding over a roof line, keep the
needs to be facenailed. The siding is overlapped a minimum of       panels 1 to 2" above the roofing. use a T,bevel to determine
1'/." and nailed % to 1" from the bottom. Drive the nail through    the angle of the roof line, and transfer the angle to the siding.
both planks of siding into the stud using corrosion'resistant       Cut the panels to fit Place the bottom edge of the siding over
siding nails.                                                       the roof flashing, and nail the panel in place.

132 • T H E COMPLETE GUIDE TO !lOOFI NG, SID I NG & TBIM

14 15 •

                            Frieze                                                   •


                                                                                                                 • •

Rip the last row of panels to fit y.” below the frieze boards use a T-bevel to determine the angle of the roof line on the under the horizontal eaves. Nail the panels In place. gable ends of the house. Transfer the angle to the panels, and cut them to fit.

16 •

Keep the panels y.” from the rake boards, and nail them Fill all gaps between panels and trim with flexible, in place along the gable end. paintable caulk. Paint the Siding as desired (see Painting & Staining Siding, beginning on page 2111.

                                                                                                            Illstallillg Sidillg •   133

I Wood Shakes & Shingles T he sid ing app licati on for s hakes a nd fo r s hin gles is bas ica ll y th e sam e, bu t th e re is a d iffere nce bet”ee n t he tv,fO mate ri a ls. Shakes a re hand split t he n sh ingles will ex pan d afte r ins ta llati on, a lth ough so me th a t are gree n or fres h Iy cu t may ac tua ll y shri n k. The siding must be install e d ove r shea thin g that sawn in hal f, giving th e m a ro ugh surface a nd a flat , has a solid nailing surfa ce, suc h as pl ywood . If th e re sm ooth back. Shingles a re mac hin e sawn on both isn’t a sui ta hle na ili ng surface, insta ll I X 3 or I x 4 sides and sa nded to c rea te smooth , ta pered boa rd s fu rring strip s ac ross th e house for na iling. Fel t pape r is t ha t a rc thi nne r th a n sha kes . Both s hakes an d shingles co mm on ly used as an un de rl ayme nt, but c hec k build ing arc typ icall y made from cedar. codes for u nde rl ayme nt req uire me nts in you r a rea. S ha kes an d s hi ng les a re usua ll y ins ta ll ed in a patte rn ca ll e d single cou rsing, whi c h is w ha t’s used fo r Ollf projec t. Eac h piece of siding ove rla ps th e one be low. Fo r a grea te r loo k of dept h, co ns ider th e doub le Tools & Materials ~ course O f stagge re d butt course show n o n t he opposite page. Likewise , th e re is more th an o ne way to trea t Hamme r C halk gun co rn e rs, w ith alte rnati ves fea tured o n th e oppos ite Handsaw Sha kes or shingles page. T he more ove rl ap you have betwee n rows, th e or c oping saw Cedar trim boards more protec t io n th e siding provides, a lthough it a lso Ta pe meas ure (2 x 2, I x 3, c on su mes more sid ing mate rial s. Utili ty knife I x 4) Eac h s hake or shi ngle is install e d with two Staple r Na il s co rros ion-res ista nt nails, mos t commo nl y 4d to 7d C ha lk line 30 11 felt pa pe r na ils . T he na il size is de te rm ined by the size an d Line leve l Stap les type of sha ke or shin gle. C heck man ufac t u re r’s Pa intbrush Sea ler recom me nda ti o ns. The man ufactu re r will al so spec ify T-bevel Flexi ble ca ulk t he spac ing be twee n s idi ng pieces. Mos t s ha kes a nd

  Wood shakes and shingles are commonly used as siding for Victorian and Cape Cod-style houses, although they can be used
  on any type of house to create a rustic look.

134 • T H E C O~!IP LETE GUID E TO BOO FI NG, SIDI NG & T BI M

I Variations for Coursing

Double-course installation offers a greater look of depth Staggered butt-course installation features a random, between rows. Each course of shingles is installed y,” lower three-dimensional look. The application starts with a double than an undercourse that’s placed beneath it. A lower-grade, starter row, and shingles in overlapping courses are staggered less-expensive shingle is typically used for the undercourse. by up to 1”.

I Variations for Corner Installations

Woven corners have shingles that overlap at the corners Mitered corners are made by cutting corner shingles at for a weave effect. This overlap alternates between walls With a 45 angle and butting them together. This method is very 0

each successive course. time-consuming.

                                                                                                           Illstallillg Sidillg •   135

 I How to Install Single-course Wood Shakes & Shingles

 Cover the exterior sheathing with felt paper. Starting              Starting at the lowest corner of the house, snap a level
 at the bottom of a wall. install the paper horizontally using       chalk line at the bottom of each wall where the siding will start.
 staples. Wrap corners a minimum of 4". Overlap vertical seams       Measure the height of the wall from the chalk line to the soffits.
 6" and horizontal seams 2" . Cut out openings around doors
 and windows.

 TO determine the exposure of the shingles-the amount of wood revealed                      Place the story pole at a corner,
 beneath the overlap-divide the wall height by the number of proposed rows. The             aligning the bottom with the chalk
 goal is to find an exposure measurement that can be multiplied by a whole number           line. Transfer the marks onto the wall.
 to equal the wall height- a 120" wall can have twelve rows with a 10" exposure, for        Do this at each corner, door, and
 example. Create a story pole on a straight 1 x 3 by making a series of marks equal         Window location.
 to the exposure. Tip: It's best for rows to align with the tops and bottoms of doors
 and windows.

136 • T H E C O~!I PL ETE GU ID E TO BOOFI NG, SIDI NG & TB1M

Place a 1 x 3 board at an outside corner, aligning it with Fasten a 2 x 2 in an inside corner flush with the chalk line the chalk line at the bottom. Keep the outside edge flush with at the bottom. If more than one board is needed to span the the adjacent wall. Nail it in place. Overlap the edge of the board height of the wall, miter the adjoining ends at 45 and butt 0

with a 1 x 4, align it with the chalk line, and nail In place. If them together more than one trim board is needed to span the length of the wall, miter the ends at 45 and place them together. Do this for 0

all outside corners. Tip: As soon as you cut a shingle or piece of trim, apply sealer to the cut edge.

If the chalk line is hard to see, run a string from the Place the first course of shingles over the starter row bottom of the corner trim pieces. Starting at a corner, insta ll flush with the chalk line at the bottom. Overlap the seams in the starter row of shingles ‘j,” above the chalk line. Keep the the starter course by at least 1%”. manufacturer’s recommended distance between shingles and between shingles and trim, usually a V. to y.” gap. Keep nails %” from edges and 1” above the line of exposure.

                                                                                                                       (continuedl

                                                                                                               Illstallillg Sidillg •   137

 Snap a chalk line across the shingles to mark the             Option: To ensure straight lines, tack a 1 x 4 flush with your
 exposure uSing the reference lines from step 4. Install a     reference lines. Nail the board through gaps between shingles.
 course of shingles at the chalk line, offsetting the seams.   Use the board as a guide for Installing the shingles.
 Install remai ning rows the same way.

   10

Cut shingles to fit around doors, windows, and protrusions     Cut and install the tops of shingles over windows and doors.
in the walls uSing a coping saw or handsaw Make sure gaps      Align the tops with adjacent shingles on either side of the door
between shingles aren't aligned with the edges of doors and    or window.
windows. Tip: Whenever possible, plan your layout so you can
install full shingles next to doors and windows rather than
cutting shingles to fit.

138 • T H E COM PLETE GUIDE TO !lOOFI NG, SID I NG & TBIM

12

When applying shingles on a dormer or above a roof line, Measure and cut the last row of shingles to fit under the keep the bottom edge of the shingles Vi’ above the roof horizontal eaves. Leave the recommended gap between shingles. Cut shingles wi th a handsaw or circular saw shingles and soffits. Nail the shingles in place.

14

use a T-bevel to determine the roof angle on the gable end caulk around all doors, windows, protrusions, and corner of the house. Cut shingles at this angle for each row at the trim. Apply your choice of stain or primer and paint (see gable end uSing a handsaw or CIrcular saw Install shingles Painting & Staining Siding, starting on page 211). up to the peak. Tip: AS you near the top of a wall, measure from the soffits to the shingles on each side of the wall. If the measurements aren’t equal, make small adjustments in successive rows until the distance is the same.

                                                                                                         Illstallillg Sidillg •   139

I Board & Batten Siding B oard a nd batte n is a vertica ll y installed s idin g t hat offers a rustic look an d makes hou ses appea r talle r. The app li ca tion co nsists of installing w ide Ano th e r way to ach ieve th e boa rd -on-board look is to use board and batten pa ne ls ( page 145 ). Th ese pa ne ls feature a reve rse batten s tyle, in boards vert ica ll y on th e \val ls, then plac ing narrow w hi c h th e batte n is pla ced be hin d the s imu lated boards ca lled batte ns over th e sea ms. boards. The pa ne ls a re ty pica ll y avai lab le in 4 X 8 - Although there are no set board and batt en or 4 X 9-foo t s hee ts to spa n th e leng th o f th e wi dth s, a popular combination is I X 10” boards w ith wa ll. Be sure to p u rc hase pa nel s th a t a re rated for I X 3” battens, whi ch is .v ha t we’re usin g for this exte rior u sc. project. Our lumbe r is knotty cedar, w hi c h is often used for boa rd an d batten applications. Hega rdl ess of the type and size of lumber you choose, the battens need to overlap the boards by at Tools & Materials ~ lea st W’ . To mainta in a un iform look, meas ure the le ngth of the wa ll , and the width of th e boa rds , a nd determin e Ta pe measure 4-ft. leve l the appropriate spac ing betv,leen boards so YOLI can C irc ular saw Paintbrus h install a fu ll boa rd at the e nd of th e wa ll. Ripping the last Hammer Cedar lumber ( I X 10, I X 3) board to fit \vill ruin the symm e try yo u’ve estab lished. C halk lin e 1 X 3 nailing strips Before in stallin g t he sid in g, yo u’ll need to install Line level 2x4 horizonta l bloc kin g lin es or furrin g strips o n th e wa ll s. Pry bar 8d a nd 10d co rros ion - Thi s g ives yo u a firm na ili ng base for t he sidin g. Tin s ni ps resistant box nai ls Na il s mu st be driven 1 WI into so lid wood . Na iling Level Drip ca ps direct ly to yo ur shea thin g, even if it’s ply\vood, w ill Ji gsmv 6 d ga lvanized box nai ls not provide su ffici en t hold . Because the nai li ng strips T-bcvcl Sca le r add thi ck ness to yo ur wa ll s, you’ ll need to exte nd the Cau lk gun Ca ulk jambs an d s ills around yo ur doors and \·v indows.

 The board and batten siding on the second level offers vertical, parallel lines that are juxtaposed against the horizontal siding
 on the lower level. The effect is a contrasting exterior that uses multiple colors.

140 • T H E CO~!IP LETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SID I NG & TBIM

I How to Install Board & Batten Siding 1 - u

Cover the walls with housewrap (pages 116 to 117). Starting Carefully remove the exterior trim around windows and at the bottom of the wall, fasten horizontal nailing striPS every doors using a pry bar. Rip jamb extenders to the same Width as 16 to 24”. Nail the strIPs to studs using 3d nails. Install nailing the jambs. Tip: Jamb extenders should be thick enough to be strips around all doors and windows. Do this for each wall. flush with the outside of the board siding when installed.

                                                    -

Cut an extender to fit over a window, Nail it In place using Cut a piece of drip cap to size to fit over the window using nails that penetrate the jamb by at least 1”. Cut and Install tin Snips. Set the drip cap in place so the bottom lip is over the jambs along the Sides of the window, then do the same for the jamb extension. Nail the drip cap In the upper corners using 6d sill. Apply sealer to all cut edges. galvanized nails. Repeat steps 2 to 4 for each window and door.

                                                                                                                          (continued)

                                                                                                                  Ill stallillg Sidillg •   14 1

            · _..              ~

                                                                                                                                       '~

 Starting at a corner, snap a level chalk line at the bottom           Measure from the ledger to the soffits, then subtract y," .
 of the wall where you want to start the siding. Make sure it's        Cut a siding board to this length. Set the bottom of the board
 below the nailing strips. Install a straight 2 x 4 flush with the     on the ledger and align the side with the edge of the wall. For
 chalk line to use as a temporary ledger. Tip: Don't cut a/l boards    boards 6" and narrower, drive one 3d nail in the center at each
 to size at the start of a wall. The distance from the ledger to the   nailing strip. For boards wider than 6", drive two nails 3" apart
 soffits can change, which can impact the length of the boards.

                                                 Wood spacer

                                                ~
                                                    Nail "handle"
                                                    for spacer
                                                    removal

                                        .

 Cut the next board to size and set In place on the ledger.            At window locations, set a board next to the window,
 Keep your predetermined gap between boards, but make                  keeping the bottom on the ledger. Mark the board y." above
 sure the batten will overlap each board by at least Vi' . Nail In     and below the outside of the top and bottom Jambs.
 place at each nailing strip. Install remai ning boards the same
 way Check every few boards with a level to make sure they're
 plumb. If they're not, adjust slightly until plumb. To maintain
 even spacing between boards, cut wood spacers the size of
 your gaps and use them when installing each board.

142 • T H E C O~!IP LETE GU ID E TO BOOFI NG, SIDI NG & TB1M

                                                               10 .......---,
                                                                  ~
                                                                                                          i



                                                           ,

Position a scrap board under the window, keeping the Set the board in place, keeping a y,” gap around the proper gap from the last Installed board . Mark the scrap window Jamb. When installing, drive only one nail per nailing board y,” past the outside edge of the side Jamb. Use this strip in the area next to the Window Repeat steps 8 to 10 for measurement to mark the cutout on the board you marked each window and door. in step 8. Cut out the window opening uSing a jigsaw

11 I 12

If more than one board is needed to span the height of a When starting a new wall, place the first board over the wall, cut a 45 bevel in the ends of the adjoining boards and 0 edge of the last installed board on the adjacent wall. Nail the butt them together. Make sure the seam falls over a nailing board In place. strip. Offset seams by at least one nailing strip.

                                                                                                                      (continued)

                                                                                                              Illstallillg Sidillg •   143

                                                                     14

 At the gable end of the house, use a T·bevel to determine         Fill gaps between the boards and soffits, and between
 the pitch of the roof. Transfer the angle to the boards, cut      the boards and jambs with flexible, palntable caulk.
 to Size, and install. The length of each board needs to be
 measured Individually since the distance changes along the
 gable end.

    15



 Measure and cut battens to size. Center a batten over             Variation: To create a deep channel look, install the battens
 each gap between boards. Drive one 10d nail in the battens at     first, then place the boards over the battens.
 each nailing strip. Once the battens are installed, remove the
 ledger board. Paint the siding (see Painting & Staining Siding,
 starting on page 211).

144 • T H E CO~!I P LE T E GU ID E TO BOO FI NG, SIDI NG & T B1 M

I How to Install Board & Batten paneling

                                  ,
         •               me
                          nf"IG~"i!i1:1Pr

Cover the walls with housewrap Starting at a corner, measure If the panels have built-in shiplaps, (pages 116 to 117). Snap a level line at from the ledger to the soffits, overlap the panels as specified by the the base of the wall where the siding subtract %”, and cut the panel to manufacturer If the panels don ‘t have will start Install a straight ledger board size. Place the panel on the ledger laps, leave Y8’ gaps between panels. flush with the line, following step 5 on flush with the corner and Install using page 142. corrosion-resistant nails that penetrate studs by 1y,”.

4

Place a panel next to a window and make a mark Yo” Follow steps 13 and 14 on page 144 to cut panels to fit above and below the outside of the jambs. Set a scrap piece the gable end of the house and to caulk between panels and in place under the window and make a mark y.” past the side soffits. To create a more finished look, install 1 x 3 or 1 x 4 trim jambs. Transfer the measurements to the panel, then cut out around doors, windows, corners, and under soffits. Paint the the window opening using a jigsaw Do the same for each door, siding (see Painting & Staining Siding, starting on page 211). window, and protrusion.

                                                                                                                     Illstallillg Sidillg •   145

I Log Cabin Siding L th e rusti c look of log ho mes. Since the siding not g ca bi siding is an in expe n si~‘e way to c.hiee IS Tools & Materials ~ composed of full logs, it lIses less v,rood, mal.Ung it less expe ns ive than traditi ona l log ca bin s. But from t he Hamme r Cap nails olltside, it’s a lmos t imposs ible to tell that th e hou se is Level Left- and right- not an act ual log ca bin. The l og~ ta il corners com plete C halk line side co rn e rs the authentic ap pearance. Where the log tails wou ld C hi sel Hot-dipped restrict a path way or en tran ce, or create a design Tape measure ga lva ni ze d siding problem, ve rti ca l log co rn e rs ca n be used. Drill nails ( 12d or 16d) Log cabin siding is gene ra lly available in cedar or 4-ft. level Polyureth ane cau lk pine. For our project, we’re llsing 2 x 8 pine siding, which Cau lk gun Sca ler is co nsiderably less expensive than cedar. The siding is Ji gsaw facenailed, but the nails are hardly visible. To speed up M ite r saw or s liding insta llation , rent an air compressor a nd nai l gun. If YOLI com pou nd sa\v choose to hand na il, be Sllre to lise a ha mme r with a T-heve l smooth face . A corrugated face could mar the siding. Paintbrush You can cu t the siding wi th a ci rcu lar saw, but a Log cabin sid ing co mpound sa\v or mite r saw works be tte r. It’s crit ica l Cedar or pine for the cu ts to be square si nce the siding pieces butt (2 x 2s, 2 x 4s, again st each oth e r. The siding m ust be nai led to 2 x 6s) studs, so be sure the stud marks on th e housevvrap a re House\vrap properly al igned wit h the stud s in the walls .

 This house isn't really a log cabin, but you'd never know It from the outside. The log cabin siding provides the charm and
 realism of an actual log home.

146 • T H E CO~!IP LETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SID I NG & TBIM

I How to Install Log Cabin Siding Revetement 2 -.- …’,…, ”’_·IOU.~ 2 x 4 casmo·. - 1fa” gap Call1·800-44lYVEK

cover the walls with housewrap (pages 116 to 117) and use 2 x 2S or 2 x 4S to trim doors and windows. snap a level line around the base of the walls for the first row Measure the toP. bottom. and sides of doors and windows, add of siding following step 1 on page 129. Place a 2 x 2 In each Yo” to each piece, and cut to size. Install the trim, ke eping a Yo” inside corner flush with the chalk line at the bottom. and nail In gap between the window and door frames and the trim. place. If more than one 2 x 2 is needed to span the wall. cut a 45’ bevel at the Joining ends.

3

Apply 2 x 2 trim around electrical outlets. the electric Option : If using vertical corners, place the corner on the wall meter. and vents. flush with the chalk line at the bottom, and nail in place. Install vertical corners before applying any siding. Keep siding %” from these corners.

                                                                                                                               (continued)

                                                                                                                       Illstallillg Sidillg •   147

   4                                                                    5

 Hold a piece of siding in place with the bottom (groove)             Set the siding back in place along the chalk line flush
 edge aligned with the chalk line (step 1) and the end flush with     wi th the corner. Fasten it to the wall with two siding nails at
 an outside corner. Mark the opposite end at the midpoint of          each stud location. Drive the first nail 1y/ from the bottom
 the last stud it crosses. Cut the siding at the mark. Apply sealer   edge, and the second nail3 to 4" above that Cut the next
 to the cut end. Tip: Apply sealer to the cut ends of siding, trim,   piece to reach the opposite corner, butt it against the first
 and corners before installing                                        piece, and install.

                                                                                                            Pass corner

                                                                                          Butt corner

                                                                              Left side                    Right side

 On the adjacent wall, start with a corner piece. Hold it in          Alternate between the butt and the pass at the corners
 place so th e log ta ll overlaps the adjacent siding. Mark the       for each row of siding. The corners at both ends of a wall must
 opposite end at the last stud. Cut it to length, set it along the    be the same, either both butts or both passes, for each course.
 chalk line so the corner overlaps the adjacent wall, and nail in     You cannot have a butt at one end of the wall and a pass at
 place. Install the remaining first course the same way.              the opposite corner.

148 • T H E CO~!IP LETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SID I NG & TB1M

                                             y .•• 'Ii TYY£l   co....
                                                                                                                             C;dl 1·8004·"

                                                                                                                        o

Place the second row of siding over the first, setting the groove over the lip of the siding below Offset Joints between rows by at least two studs. Keep a %” gap between the siding and Inside corners. Install remaining courses the same way. Tip: There are left-side and right-side corner pieces. Be sure to use the correct piece for each corner Start the siding on a wall that has a “butt” corner, then overlap it with a “pass” on the adjacent side. For a butt corner, the end of the siding is flush with the corner A pass corner extends past the corner to overlap siding on the adjacent wall.

                                                                                  Call1800 44TY t.K   WWW .TYVEK .COM
                                                                          10
                                                                           ,.

For hose spigots and other small wall protrusions that you Check every few rows of siding with a level. If necessary, don’t frame around, drill a hole in the siding at the proper leave a small gap between the grooves and lips in the siding location, then place the siding over the object. To keep the hole until the rows are level. Make the changes subtly over several as small as possible, you may need to remove the protrusion, courses. Tip. Start with 8-ft. sections of log· tail corner pieces then reinsert it after the siding IS in place. for the first row. With each successive course, move the joints over two studs until you can use 4·ft. sections, then start again with 8-ft. pieces.

                                                                                                                                (continued)

                                                                                                                        Ill stallillg Sidillg •   149

    11



 Install siding up to the bottom of windows. Hold a piece of        Transfer the measurements from the last step to a piece of
 siding in place below the window framing. Make a mark on the       siding. Cut out the opening uSing a Ilgsaw
 siding %" past the outside edge of the side window trim. Place
 a scrap of siding next to the window over the last installed row
 Mark the siding piece %" below the edge of the window

    13



 Install the siding, keeping a %" gap around the window             Follow steps 11 to 12 to mark and cut siding to fit overthe
 frame. AS you continue Installing rows of siding, maintain a %"    top of doors and windows. Center the siding opening over the
 gap between the siding and trim.                                   door and window, and nail in place. Tip: For best appearance,
                                                                    keep joints in the siding from falling directly above or below
                                                                    windows and doors.

150 • T H E CO~!I P LETE GU ID E TO BOO FI NG, SIDI NG & T B1 M

15 16

At light fixture locations, drill a hole in the siding for For the top row, measure the distance from the bottom of electrical wires. To make a flat surface to hold the fixture, start the lip of the last Installed row of siding to the eaves. Subtract at the wire hole and work out 2%” on each Side, making a %” and rip siding to this measurement. Nail the siding in place series of 1” -deep cuts in the siding. Chisel out the wood until under the eaves. the surface is flat, and apply sealer. Install the siding, feeding the wires through the hole. Cut a 2 x 6 the height of the Siding, drill a hole for the wiring, and install In the notch. Mount the fixture on the 2 x 6.

                                                                    18

On the gable ends of the house, use a T-bevel to determine the roof angle. Cut the ends of the siding at this angle, then - Caulk between the siding and inside corners. Also caulk between Siding and vertical corners, siding and window and install along the gable. door framing, and around wall protrusions. Do not apply caulk to the joints between siding. Stain the Siding following the instructions that start on page 230.

                                                                                                                   Illstallillg Sidillg •   15 1

I

Finishing Walls with Masonry T a heav he t hO lluo h t of heft in o u J ro ck or m ix in 0o batch after batc h of st ucco mix may sound like m iserabl e work for tho se w ho have neve r tri e d a masonry project , but in real ity masonry is n’t as difficult as it may seem . In fact, all it may take is a das h of bric k Of veneered s ton e he re <:I nd th ere to give you r hom e the cha rm that maso nry ca n bring, without m uc h ,vu rk a t a ll. Granted, coa ting every ,va ll with stu cco is a big job that’s better Icft to tho se who ma ke a li ving doin g it, but don’t be afra id to try your hand at it. With a sm a ll collec t ion of maso nlY tools a nd maybe a re nted mixe r, you’ ll have what you need to tac kl e the job yo urself. T hi s c hap ter will wa lk you t hrough th e process of co mpl e ting fi ve differe nt masollIY projects . One of th em req uires no mortm at a ll. As \vith any roofin g or siding project, make Slife to co rrec tl y pre pa re “rail s before yo u begin t he job. Prope r wra pping, flas hi ng, an d st ructu ra l re info rce me nt will im pact how long and well you r maso nry project stands t he test of time.

In this chapter: • Masonry Tools & Materials • Brick • Veneer Stone • Mortarless Brick Veneer • Stucco • Cement

                                                          • 153

  I Masonry Tools & Materials

  Layout and measuring tools for preparing Job sites and                Other useful tools are a chalk line (A), a carpenter's square
  installing and levelling concrete forms include a 2-ft level (A), a   (8), a stud finder IC), a laser level (D).
  4-ft level (8), and a tape measure IC).

  Safety tools and equipment include particle masks,                    Mixing and pouring tools include masonry hoe and mortar
  gloves, safety glasses, and tall rubber boots. wear protective        box for mixing small amounts of concrete; garden hose and
  gear when handling dry or mixed concrete. These mixes are             bucket for delivering and measuring water; and power mixer
  very alkaline and can burn eyes and skin.                             for mixing medium-sized loads of concrete.

154 • T H E CO~!I P LE T E GU ID E TO BOO FI NG, SIDI NG & T B1 M

         A

                                                              E
                                                                                                        o

              ____        ~   B

                                                            F

                                                                                              L

                                                                                                                        o

                                                                         J

                                                                                          N

                                                      J

              D

                                                                                                  M

Using the right tools for your masonry projects make the job much easier and will save a lot of time. The most common tools for masonry siding projects such as brick, stone, and stucco are as follows: mortar bag (A) for applying clean lines of mortar and grout; inside corner tool (8) for shaping and siding inside corners of concrete; outside corner tool (e) for shaping and forming outside corners of concrete; whisk broom (D) for applying different finishes and textures to concrete; mortar hawk (E), also known as mortarboard, for holding mortar while laying brick, block, or stone; wood flat (F) for flat application of latex or stucco; jointing tools (G, H, I, J)’ also known as jointers, for forming joints in brick, block, or stone are available in different sizes and shapes to match your speCific joint width; wide-mouth nippers (K) for cutting stone; aviation snips (L) for cutting stucco lath; groover (M) for forming joints in concrete slabs or treads in steps; edger (N) for shaping and forming concrete edges; mason’s hammer (0) for setting or cutting brick, block, or stone; mason’s trowel (P) for mixing and moving mortar; hand maul (0) for breaking up concrete and tapping bricks or stone into place In mortar; square-end trowel (R) for pressing mortar into lath .

                                                                                                          FillishiHg Walls witiz MaSOHI}' •   155

I Brick B ri c k ve nee r is essen tiall y a brick “,1all b u ilt arou nd th e exterior walls of a house. Jt’s attached to t he house wi th me tal wa ll ties a nd su pporte d by a meta l shelf ha nge r un th e fou ndation. J t’s best to lise quee n-s ized bri cks fo r venee r projects beca use th ey’ re thinn e r th a n sta nd a rd co nstru ction bricks. T hi s mea ns less we ight for the house wa ll s to support. Even so, bri ck veneer is qu ite heavy. As k your loca l b uildi ng inspector a bout buildi ng code ru les that app ly to yo ur project. In th e proj ect s hown he re, bri c k ve neer is in stall e d ove r t he fo undat ion wa ll s and s ide wa ll s up to t he botto m of th e vv indows ill s on the first floor of the hOLl se. Th e siding material s in th ese areas are removed before in stalling th e hr ick. Construc t a story pole before yo u sta rt laying th e bri c k so yo u can c heck you r work as you go a long to be sure yo ur morta r jo in ts are of a co nsiste nt thickness. A sta ndard %” ga p is Ll sed in th e projec t shovm he re.

      Tools & Materials ~
      Ham mer                         30 m il PVC
      C ircu lar saw                     roll fl as hin g
                                                                                Rim joist
      Com bin at ion sq ua re        Corrugated meta l
      Leve l                             wa ll ties
      Drill with masonry bit         Brickmold for
      Socket vvren c h se t              sill extens ions
      Staple gun                     S ill-nos ing trim
      Maso n's trO\.vel              Type N mortar
      Mason lY hoe                   Bricks
      Niortar box                    %-di a. co tton rope
      Maso n's c hi sel
      Niau l
      Press ure~ trea te d
         2 X 4s
      % X 4 lag sc rews
                II

         and washe rs
       2x2
      Lead sleeve a ncho rs
                                                                         Anatomy of a brick veneer facade: Queen-sized bricks are
      A ngle iron for metal                                              stacked onto a metal or concrete shelf and connected to the
         s he lf su pports                                               foundation and walls with metal ties. Rowlock bricks are cut to
                                                                         follow the slope of the windowsills, then laid on edge over the
                                                                         top course of bricks.

156 • T H E CO~!IP LETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SID I NG & TBIM

I How to Install Brick Veneer

Remove all siding materials in the precut the bricks to follow the Make a story pole long enough to area you plan to finish with brick veneer. slope of the Sill and overhang the field span the project area. Mark the pole Before laying out the project, cut the brick by 2”. Position this rowlock brick with %” Joints between bricks. Dig a sill extension from a pressure-treated directly under the sill extension . Use a 12”-wide, 12”-deep trench next to the 2 x 4. Tack the extension to the combination square or level to transfer wall. Position the pole so the top-course sill temporarily. the lowest point on the brick onto the line on the sheathing aligns with a top sheathing (marking the height for the mark for a brick on the pole. Mark a line top course of brick in the field). use a for the first course on the wall below level to extend the line. Remove the ground level. sill extensions.

Extend the mark for the first-course height across the Set the metal shelf onto the temporary supports. Mark the foundation wall using a level as a guide. Measure the thickness location of the center web of each block onto the vertical of the metal shelf (usually V/) and drill pilot holes for 10d nails face of the shelf Remove the shelf and drill %” -dia. holes into the foundation at 16” Intervals along the first-course line, for lag screws at the web marks. Set the shelf back onto the fa r enough below the line to allow for the thickness of the temporary supports and outline the predrilled holes on the shelf Slip nails Into the pilot holes to create temporary support blocks. Remove the shelf and drill holes for the masonry for the she If. anchors Into the foundation uSing a masonry bit. Drive masonry anchors into the holes.

                                                                                                                          (continued)

                                                                                                     FillishiHg Walls witiz MaSOHI}' •   157

  Reposition the shelf on the supports        After all sections of the metal shelf       Test·fit the first course on the shelf.
  so the predrilled holes align with the      are attached, staple 30 mil PVC flashing    Work in from the ends using spacers
  masonry anchors. Attach the shelf to        above the foundation wall so it overlaps    to set the gaps between bricks. You
  the foundation wall with % x 4" lag         the metal shelf.                            may need to cut the final brick for the
  screws and washers. Allow Y16" for an                                                   course (see page 160). Or, choose a
  expansion joint between shelf sections.                                                 pattern such as running bond that uses
  Remove the temporary support nails.                                                     cut bricks.

                                                                                            11

  Build up the corners two courses            Attach another course of PVC                use the story pole to mark layout
  above ground level, then attach line        flashing to the wall so it covers the top   lines for the tops of every fifth course of
  blocks and mason's string to the end        course of bricks, then staple bUilding      bricks. Attach corrugated metal wall ties
  bricks. Fill in the field bricks so they    paper to the wall so it overlaps the top    to the sheathing where the brick lines
  align with the strings. Every 30 minutes,   edge of the PVC flashing by at least        meet the marked wall·stud locations.
  smooth mortar Joints that are firm.         12". Mark wall·stud locations on the
                                              building paper.

158 • T H E COM PLETE GUID E TO !l OO FI NG, SIDI NG & TBI M

                                                                   13

                                                                       ---

Fill in the next course of bricks, applying mortar directly Add courses of bricks, building up corners first, then filling onto the PVC flashing. At every third mortar Joint in this course, in the field . Embed the wall ties into the mortar beds as you tack a 10” piece of %“-dla. cotton rope to the sheathing so it reach them. Use corner blocks and a mason’s string to verify extends all the way through the bottom of the JOint, creating the alignment, and check frequently with a 4-ft. level to make a weep hole for drainage. Embed the metal wall ties in the sure the veneer is plumb. mortar beds applied to this course.

                                                                   15

Apply a Y,“-thick mortar bed to the top course and begin Finish-nail the sill extensions (step 1, page 157) to the laying the rowlock bricks with the cut ends against the wall. windowsills. Nail Sill-nOSing trim to the siding to cover any Apply a layer of mortar to the bottom of each rowlock brick, gaps above the rowlock course. Fill cores of exposed rowlock then press the brick up against the sheathing with the top blocks with mortar, and caulk any gaps around the veneer with edge following the slope of the windowSills. silicone caulk.

                                                                                                    FillishiHg Wall s witiz MaSOHI}' •   159

     Cutting Bricks & Block ~
     HOW TO SCORE & CUT BRICK
                                                           Score all four sides of the brick
                                                           first with a brlckset chisel and maul
                                                           when cuts fall over the web area, and
                                                           not over the core. Tap the chisel to
                                                           leave scored cutting marks % to %"
                                                           deep, then strike a firm final blow to
                                                           the chisel to spilt the brick. Properly
                                                           scored bricks split cleanly with one
                                                           firm blow.

                                                           Option: When you need to spilt a lot
                                                           of bricks uniformly and quickly, use
                                                           a circular saw fitted with a masonry
                                                           blade to score the bricks, then split
                                                           them individually with a chisel. For
                                                           quick scoring, clamp them securely
                                                           at each end with a pipe or bar clamp,
                                                           making sure the ends are aligned.
                                                           Remember: Wear eye protection
                                                           when using striking or cutting tools,
                                                           as well as a respirator to protect your
                                                           lungs from the dust

160 • T H E CO~!I P LETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SID I NG & TB 1M

HOW TO ANGLE-CUT BRICK Mark the final cutting line on the brick. To avoid rUining the brick, you will need to make gradual cuts until you reach this line. Score a straight line for the first cut in the waste area of the brick about %” from the starting point of the final cutting line, perpendicular to the edge of the brick. Make the first cut.

                     Keep the chisel stationary at
                     the point of the first cut, pivot it
                     slightly, then score and cut again. It
                     is important to keep the Pivot point
                     of the chisel at the edge of the brick.
                     Repeat until all of the waste area
                     is removed.

                                     FillishiHg Wall s witiz Ma SOHI}' •   16 1

I Veneer Stone If you, wa nt t he look of stone on yo ur house wi thout the ri gors of cuttin g and movin g heavy materia ls, ve nee r sto ne is ideal. Two types of ve neer a re Tools & Materials ~ ava ilable. O ne is natured sto ne that has bee n CLl t in to Ha mm e r Expanded galva nized thin pi eces designe d for fi ni shing .va lls, hearths, a nd or staple gun me tal lath ot her surfaces. The oth er is made from concrete that’s Drill I Y2” (minimum ) molded and tinted to look like natura l stone, but it’s W hee lbarrow ga lva ni zed even lig hte r a nd eas ier to apply to t hese surfaces. H oe roofi ng na ils or vV het her you use natural or manufa c ture d venee r, Sq u a re~en d trowel h eavy-duty st apl es wet each stone, t he n app ly mortar to the bac k before C ircu lar saw 2 x 4 lum ber pressing it onto the mortared wa ll. \J’c tting a nd Wide-mouth nippers 1511 building paper mortarin g a ston e (ca lled purgin g) res u lts in maximum or mason’s adhes ion betwee n the stone and the ,va ll. The hammer c ha llenge is to arrange th e stones so that large an d Du st ma sk small stones and va rioll s hu es an d s hapes a lte rnate Level across the spa n of the wa ll. Joint ing too l T h is projec t is des igned for insta lling ve nee r stone lv lorta r bag over plyvvood shea thin g) wh ic h ha s the st re ngt h to Spray bottle support layers of building paper, lath, and veneer. If W hi sk broom you r wa lls a re covered with fib erboa rd or a ny oth e r Type iVI ma rt,..Ir m ix type of sheat hin g, ask th e ve nee r manufacture r iVlartar tint for recom mendations . He re, we used mate ri a ls from (op ti ona l) Cu ltured Stone Corporation (see Hesourcces).

                                                                                      Find the square footage of veneer
                                                                                      stone required for your project by
                                                                                      multiplying the length by the height of
                                                                                      the area. Subtract the square footage of
                                                                                      Window and door openings and corner
                                                                                      pieces. One lin. ft. of corner pieces covers
                                                                                      approximately three-quarters of a sq. ft.
                                                                                      of flat area, so you can reduce the square
                                                                                      footage of flat stone required by % sq . ft.
                                                                                      for each lin. ft. of inSide or outside corner.
                                                                                      It's best to increase your estimate by 5 to
                                                                                      10 percent to allow for trimming.

162 • T H E COM PL ETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SID I NG & TBIM

I How to Finish Walls with Stone Veneer

Cover the wall with building paper, overlapping seams by Stake a level 2 x 4 against the foundation as a temporary 4”. Nailor staple lath every 6” Into the wall studs and midway ledger to keep the bottom edge of the veneer 4” above grade. between studs. Nalls or staples should penetrate 1” into the The gap between the bottom course and the ground will studs. paper and lath must extend at least 16” around corners reduce staining of the veneer by plants and soil. where veneer is installed.

Spread out the materials on the ground so you can select Mix a batch of Type M mortar that’s firm but still moist. pieces of varying size, shape, and color, and create contrast in Mortar that’s too dry or too wet IS hard to work with and may the overall appearance. Alternate the use of large and small, fail to bond properly. heavily textured and smooth, and thick and thin pieces.

                                                                                                                      (continued)

                                                                                                 FillishiHg Walls witiz MaSOHI}' •   163

 use a square-end trowel to press a Y, to %" layer of mortar        Install corner pieces first, alternating long and short legs.
 into the lath. To ensure that mortar doesn't set up too quickly,   Wet and parge each piece, then press it firmly against the
 start with a 5-sq.-ft. area. Once you determine your pace, you     freshly mortared wall so some mortar squeezes out. Joints
 can mortar larger areas. Tip: Mix in small amounts of water to     between stones should be no wider than W' and should
 retemper mortar that has begun to thicken                          remain as consistent as pOSSible across the wall.

 Once the corner pieces are in place, install flat pieces           If mortar becomes smeared on a stone, remove it with a
 working from the corner toward the center of the wall.             whisk broom or soft -bristle brush after the mortar has begun
                                                                    to dry Never use a wire brush or a wet brush of any kind.

164 • T H E CO~!IP LETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SID I NG & TB1M

Use wide-mouth nippers or a mason’s hammer to trim You can hide cut edges that are well above or below eye and shape pieces to fit. DO your best to limit trimming so each level simply by rotating a stone. If an edge remains visible, use piece retains its natural look. mortar to cover. Let the mortar cure for 24 hours, then remove the 2 x 4 and stakes, taking care not to dislodge any stones.

Once the wall is covered in veneer, fill in the joints using a Smooth the joints with a jointing tool once the mortar mortar bag and tuck-pOinting mortar. Take extra care to avoid is firm . Once the mortar IS dry to the touch, use a dry whisk smearing the mortar. You can tint the tuck-pOinting mortar to broom to remove loose mortar- water or chemicals can leave complement the veneer. permanent stains.

                                                                                                  FillishiHg Walls with MaSOHI}'   •   165

I Mortarless Brick Veneer n inte resting new sidin g product is now avai la ble of th e opening a nd the brick insta llation met hod over A that mimi cs th e appearance a nd dura bility t he open ing (soldier co ursing shown he re ). Contact of cla ssic bric k but installs as easil y as any ot he r t he ma nufact urer or produ ct produce r for information sidi ng mate ri a l. Mortarless bric k vencer syste m s lise regarding lintel sizing, as \vell as in stallat ion of ve nee r stac kab le hri c ks to c rea te an appea ling fa<;;ade on brick on othe r framin g styles. woo d , steel, or concre te stru ct ures . The high-strength co nc rete bricks arc long-lasting- ma nufacture rs offe r warrant ies up to 50 yea rs . And beca u se bric k veneer Tools & Materials ~ does not require mortar, insta llation is we ll wit hin th e capab ilities of in terested ho me own e rs . Tape meas ure %11 pl ywood Veneer bric ks are ava ilab le in 3- inc h and C halk line Furrin g strips 4-inch heights and are eit her 8 inches or 9 inches 4-ft. level Flas hin g long, depe nd ing o n the produce r. Bricks vveigh Util ity knife Self-adh es ive a pp roximate ly 5 pounds eac h an d add 3 Y.t inc hes to C ircu lar saw wa te rproof the face of wa lls . \Vhil e venee r bric k syste m s can he iVli ter saw me mbrane (1 x 3, use d in both new constru c tion a nd remodel projects, with di a mond I x 4, I x 6) appl ication is restric ted due to th e added load: up to masonry-cutt ing Sc rap 2 x 4 30 feet h igh o n standard \vood-framed wa ll s. Co ns ult blade or wet Corros ion- res istant wit h a profess io na l builde r or stru ctura l e ngineer for mason ry sa”v \vood screws wa ll s tall er than 30 feet , as ,vell as sec tion s of wa ll Ha mm e r drill wi th (111 0 x 2W’, a bove roofs . masonry b its # IOx4 ”) Prior to insta llation , make sure th e fra min g a nd Co rdl ess drill with Outside corner st rips wa ll subst rate is so und and th e house adeq uate ly va rious dri vers Sta rter strip s insu lated. Exte nd a ll plu m bing a nd e lect ri ca l pipes, Ruhb er ma lle t Venee r bricks boxes, and meters to acco mmoda te the additiona l Cau lk gun Outside corner blocks thickness crea ted by the ve neer bric k a nd fur ring strips. “‘o rk gloves Inside co rn e r blocks The fo ll owing pages di scuss the install ation of Safety glasses Windows ill block brick ve nee r siding on stan dard wood -fra me d wa lls . All Dust mask Co nst ruction adh esive ope nin gs requ ire extra suppo rt in th e form of %-inc h Earp lugs Exterior-grade ca ulk plywood lin tel s. Lintel si ze is dete rmin ed by t he wi dth

                                                                                       Brick veneer siding attaches to your
                                                                                       house with mechan ical fasteners, so you
                                                                                       can aCh ieve the appea l of brick without
                                                                                       the mess of mortar.

166 • T H E C O~!IP LETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SID I NG & TBIM

I Tips for Installing Brick Veneer Siding

Brick veneer IS stacked In courses with staggered joints, Before installing brick veneer siding, make sure much like traditional brick. However, the first course of the all openings are properly sealed. For best results, use a mortarless system is installed on a starter strip and fastened self-adhesive waterproof membrane. Install the bottom striP with corrosion-resistant screws to 1 x 3 furring strips at each first, then the side strips so they overlap the bottom strip. stud location. Bricks are then fastened every fourth course Place the top strip to overlap the sides. Install drip edge thereafter. At outside corners, a specialty strip is fastened to flashing where appropriate. 1 x 4 furring strips. Corner blocks for both outside and inside corners are secured with screws and construction adhesive.

Cut veneer brick using a miter saw with a diamond blade or predrill holes in bricks that require fastening using a a wet masonry saw. When cutting brick, protect yourself with hammer drill with a ‘I,.” masonry bit. Position the brick face-up heavy work gloves, safety glasses, earplugs, and a dust mask. on the ground and secure with your foot. Drill through the See pages 160 to 161 for more brick-cutting tips. notch in the top portion of the brick, holding the drill bit at 90 0

                                                               to the ground.

                                                                                                    FillishiHg Walls witiz MaSOHI}' •   167

 I How to Install Mortarless Brick Veneer Siding


 Snap a level chalk line %" above the foundation on each             For each opening, cut %" plywood lintels to a size of 15"
 wall of the house. Align the bottom end of furring strips above     high x 12" longer than the width of the opening. Center the lintel
 the chalk line. Fasten 1 x 3 fUrring strips at each stud location   above the opening so 6" extends beyond each side of the frame,
 with #10 x 2W' corrosion-resistant wood screws. Install 1 x 4       and fasten to framing with #10 screws. Install an aluminum drip
 furring strips at outside corners and 1 x 6S at Inside corners.     edge above the window frame, then wrap the lintel and flashing
                                                                     with a stri p of self-adhesive waterproof membrane.

                                                                                                        __ I

                                                  rap
                                                  --

 At outside corners, position the first section of corner strip      Position the starter strip at the chalk line with the flange
 2" above the chalk line. Plumb the StllP uSing a 4-ft. level,       beneath the ends of the fUrring strips. Do not overlap corner
 then fasten to the framing with #10 x 4" screws every 10" on        strips. At inside corners, cut back the starter strip to so It falls
 alternate sides.                                                    3%" short of adjacent walls. Level the strip, then secure to the
                                                                     framing with #10 x 4" corrosion-resistant wood screws at each
                                                                     furring location.

168 • T H E COM PL ETE GUID E TO !lOOFI NG, SID I NG & TBIM

At the notch in each corner block, predrill a hole at a Continue to install corner blocks using #10 x 2y,” screws 30 angle uSing a hammer drill and a ’/,,” masonry bit. Place 0 and construction adhesive between courses. For the top of the a veneer brick on the starter striP for reference, then slide corner, measure the remaining length and cut a piece of corner the first corner block down the corner strip and position it so strip to size. Fasten blocks to this loose length, cutting the final the bottom edge falls y,” below the bottom edge of the brick. piece to size If necessary (see page 167). Secure one last block Fasten the brick to the strip with #10 x 2W’ wood screws. to the existing corner using construction adheSive, then fit the new assembly in place and fasten with #10 x 2Yi’ screws.

For inside corners, predrill holes at 30 angles into inside 0 TO create the best overall appearance, place a row of corner blocks. As with outside corners, position the first block bncks on the starter strip so they extend past the width of the so the bottom edge is %” below the bottom edge of the first most prominent opening on each wall. Place a brick on the second course of veneer brick. Fasten the block to the framing with course at each end of the opening, so each sits evenly above #10 x 4” wood screws. Continue installing blocks with #10 the joint of two bricks below. Sight down from the edges of the screws and construction adhesive between each course. opening’s frame and adjust the entire row to find a pattern that yields the least amount of small pieces of brick around the opening.

                                                                                                                         (continued)

                                                                                                    FillishiHg Wall s witiz MaSOHI}' •   169

 Predrill holes through veneer bricks for the first course           At each furring strip, hold bricks flat against the wall and
 (see page 167). Following the established pattern, install          secure to the framing with #10 x 2%" screws. Drive screws
 bricks on starter strip. At corners, cut bricks to size (see page   until the head touches the brick. Do not overtigh ten .
 167) so they fit snugly against the blocks. set bricks using a
 scrap 2 x 4 and rubber mallet to help maintain consistent
 course alignment.

   11                                                                  12
                      .-,i.i ,



 Fill the brick courses using bricks from different pallets to       TO install sill blocks below the widow, fasten a horizontal
 blend slight variance in color. Set bricks uSing a scrap of 2 x 4   1 x 3 furring striP under the window frame extending Va" longer
 and a rubber mallet. Check every fourth course for level before     than the cumulative width of the sill blocks. Install bricks up to
 fastening bricks to the framing at each furring strip.              the top of the fUrring striP, cutting to fit as needed, and fasten
                                                                     each with two #10 x 2%" wood screws. Apply construction
                                                                     adhesive along the top of the furring strip and bricks.

170 • T H E CO~!I PL ETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SID I NG & TB1M

                                                                   14

                                                                       &
                                                                        -

Install the sills, angling them downward slightly, and secure Continue installing brick along the openings to a height with #10 x 4” wood screws, toenailing through the ends or no more than the width of one brick. Cut a piece of starter bottom of the sill into the framing. Cut brick filler pieces to strip to length, align It with the courses on either side of the bridge the gap between the sill and the last full course of brick; opening, and secure to the framing with #10 x 2W’ screws. make sure the pieces align with the rest of the course. Install Install a course of bricks on the starter strip, fastening them the pieces with construction adhesive. Seal the gap between with #10 screws. the window frame and the sill with exterior-grade caulk.

Cut bricks for the soldier course to length, then install At the tops of walls, install 1 x 3 horizontal fUrring strips. vertically with two #10 x 2%” screws each. For the final brick, Secure the second to the last course of bricks to the framing cut off the top portion and secure in place with construction with #10 x 2W’ screws, then install the last course with adhesive. For a more symmetrical look, place cut bricks in the construction adheSive. Notch bricks to fit around joists or center of the course. cut at an angle for gable walls.

                                                                                                     FillishiHg Walls witiz MaSOHI}' •   17 1

I Stucco P rized fo r its weat he r res istance, durability, and tLm e less beauty, stucco has long been one of the most popular exterior wa ll finishes. As a building material , need are ava ilable in prem ixed form , so yo u ca n be sure of getti ng the rig ht ble nd of ingred ie nts for eac h appl icat ion (see page 174 ). During yo ur plan ni ng, stucco is esse ntially an exterior plaster made of Portland cons ult w ith t he local building de pa rtm e nt to learn cement, sand, and water. Other ingredien ts may include about req uire me nts fo r surface prepa ration , fire ra tin gs lime, masonry ceme nt , and va riolls special additives for for wa lls, co ntrol jo ints, a nd o th e r critical fac tors. en ha nc ing prope rties like c rack resistance, workabili ty, and stre ngth. “lith a few excep tions, stucco is applied muc h as it has been for centuries- a wet mix is troweled onto the wall in successive layers , v·,rith th e final coa t providing the Tools & Materials ~ finished color and any decomtive surface text ure desired. The two tradition a l stucco sys tems are the Av iation sni ps Grade D three-coat syste m Ll sed for standard wood-fram ed wa lls, Stapl er building pa pe r and th e two-coat sys tem u sed for masonry ,va lls, like H<:Imme r H eavy-duty staples bric k, po ured concre te, an d co ncre te bloc k. And today, Level I W’ ga lvan ize d there’s a third process- the o ne-coat sys te m- w hich Ce ment m ixer roofing nails a llows you to fini sh standard framed wa lls with a s in gle Wh ee lbarrow Self-furr ing laye r of stucco, saving you mon ey a nd cons ide rab le tim e Mortar hawk galva ni zed me tal and labor over traditional three-coat appl icat ions. Each Sq ua re-end trowe l lath (min. 2.5 lb. ) of these sys te m s is desc ribed in detai l o n th e next page. Raking tool iVlet<:l1 st ucco edgi ng T he foll owin g pages s how you an overview of th e Darby Flas hin g materials a nd basic te c hniques fo r finishing a wa ll wi th o r sc reed boa rd Stu cco mix stucco. \Nhil e cladding an e ntire house or additi on Wood float (s cc page 174) is a job fo r professio na l masons, sma ll e r projec ts and Textu ring tool s N on sag pol yureth a ne repai r wo rk can be mu c h more doable for the less sealant experie nced. Fort un ately, <:Ill the stucco mate ri a ls YO Ll

                                                                                          Stucco IS one of the most durable and
                                                                                          low-maintenance wall fi nishes available,
                                                                                          but it requires getting each stage of the
                                                                                          insta llation right, as well as the mix of the
                                                                                          stucco Itself. For this reason, DIYers may
                                                                                          want to limit their stucco work to small
                                                                                          structures or to repair work only.

172 • T H E COM PLETE GUID E TO !lOOFI NG, SIDI NG & TBIM

Stucco Systems ~ Three-coat stucco is the traditional application for stud-framed walls covered with plywood, oriented Stud Insulation strand board (OS8), or rigid foam insulation sheathing. It starts with two layers of Grade D building paper for a moisture barner. The wall is then covered with self-furring, expanded metal lath fastened to the framing with galvanized nails. The first layer of stucco, called the scratch coat, is pressed into the lath, then smoothed to a flat layer about %” thick. While still wet, the stucco is “scratched” with a raking tool to create keys or “tooth” for the next layer to adhere to. The brown coat is the next layer. It’S about %” thick and brings the wall surface to within ‘Is to %” of the fi nished thickness. Imperfections here can easily telegraph through the thin final coat, so the surface must be smooth and flat. To provide tooth for the final layer, the brown coat is finished with a wood float for a slightly roughened texture. The finish coat completes the treatment, bringing the surface flush with the stucco trim pieces and providing the color and decorative texture, if desired. There are many options for texturing stucco; a few of the classic ones are shown on page 176. Two-coat stucco IS the standard treatment for masonry walls. This system is the same as a three-coat treatment but without a scratch coat. The base coat on a 2-coat system is the same as the brown coat on a three- coat system. For the base coat to bond well, the masonry surface must be clean, unpainted, and sufficiently porous. You can test this by spraying water onto the surface: if the water beads and runs down the wall, you should apply bonding adhesive before applying the base coat or you can fasten self-furring metal lath directly to the wall, then apply a full three-coat stucco treatment. One-coat stucco is a single-layer system for finishing framed walls prepared with a waterproof barrier and metal lath (as with a three-coat system). This treatment calls for one-coat, fiberglass-reinforced stucco, a special formulation that contains 12” alkali-resistant fiberglass fiber, and other additives to combine high-performance characteristics with greatly simplified application. ThiS stucco is applied in a ‘I. - to %“-thick layer using standard techniques. QUIKRETE one Coat Fiberglass Reinforced Stucco meets code requirements for a one hour firewall over wood and form systems.

                                                                                FillishiHg Walls witiz MaSOHI}' •   173

      Premixed Stucco Products ~
      Finding the right blend of ingredients and mixing to the                            SCr.f e il & B rown
      proper consistency are critical to the success of any                            BA5ECOAT
      stucco project. Premixed stucco eliminates the guesswork
      by giving you the perfect blend in each bag, along with
      mixing and curing instructions for a professional-quality
      job. All of the stucco products shown here are sold in
      complete form , meaning all you do is add water before
      application. Be sure to follow the mixing and curing
      instructions carefully for each product.
            Scratch & Brown, Base Coat stucco: Use this
                                                                                                                lET Wi • Li t_ ..1
      premixed stucco for both the scratch and brown coats of
      a three-coat application or for the base coat of a two-coa t
      system. You can apply the mixed stucco with a trowel or
      an approved sprayer. Available in 80 lb. bags in gray color.
      Each bag yields approximately 0.83 cu . ft. or an applied
                                                                                      FINI5HCOAT
                                                                                                                      t.
      coverage of approximately 27 sq. ft. at %" thickness.
            Finish Coat stucco: Use this stucco for the finish coat
      on both three-coat and two-coat systems. You can also
      use it to create a decorative textured finish over one-coat
      stucco. Apply Finish Coat stucco to a minimum thickness
      of y.", then texture the surface as desired. Available in
      gray and white for achieving a full range of colors (see
      below). Coverage of 80-lb. bag is approximately 70 sq. ft.
      at y." thickness.
            One Coat Fiberglass Reinforced Stucco: Complete

                                                                           ~ ONECOAT            -~
      your stucco application In one step with this convenient
      all-In-one stucco mix. It'S available in gray and white for
      creating a wide range of colors (see below). You can                     Reinforced Stucco
                                                                               Fiberglass
      texture the surface of the single layer or add a top coat of          Eftvco MOlHKillp" de Flbr. de VhlrftJ R.torz.d.

      Finish Coat stucco for special decorative effects. Available
      in 80-lb. bags. An 80-lb. bag covers approximately 25 sq . ft.
      of wall at %" thickness.
            Stucco & Mortar Color: Available in 20 standard
      colors, Stucco & Mortar Color is a permanent liquid                                                         _--_-- ...
                                                                                                                   111_ .. ''''. ..
                                                                                                                  .--'-""-   ~.--
      colorant that you blend with the stucco mix before                                                          ~..:!=:,!=.~.-.-
      application. some colors are for use with gray
      stucco mix, while many others are compatible
      with white mix. For best results, combine
      the liquid colorant with the mixing water
                                                             STUCCO .
      before adding the dry stucco mix, then blend           MORTAl!
      thoroughly until the color is uniform.                   COLOR
                                                        ....c-:-;.c::. .
                                                             .-

174 • T H E CO~!I P LETE GU ID E TO BOO FI NG, SIDI NG & T B1 M

I How to Prepare Framed Walls for Stucco

Attach building paper over exterior wall sheathing Install self-furring expanded metal lath over the building using heavy-duty staples or roofing nails. Overlap sheets by paper with Wi’ galvanized roofing nails (don’t use aluminum 4”. Often, two layers of paper are required or recommended; nails) driven into the wall studs every 6”. Overlap sheets of lath consult your local bUilding department for code requirements by 1” on horizontal seams and 2” on vertical seams. Install the in your area. lath with the rougher side facing out.

Install metal edging for clean, finished lines at vertical Use aviation snips to trim sheets of lath or cut edging edges of walls. Install casing bead along the top of stuccoed materials to length. Cut lath and edging can be very sharp, areas and weep screed (or drip screedl along the bottom so always wear gloves when working with these materials. edges, as applicable. Make sure all edging is level and plumb, and fasten it with galvanized roofing nails. Add flashing as needed over windows and doors.

                                                                                                 FillishiHg Walls witiz MaSOHI}' •   175

 I How to Finish Walls with Stucco

 For a three-coat system, mix the stucco to a trowel-able             After moist-curing the scratch coat for 48 hours, mix
 consistency and apply it with a square trowel, working from          stucco for the brown coat (or base coat for two-coat system)
 the bottom up. Press the stucco Into the lath, then screed and       and apply it in a 3/8" -thick layer. use a straight board or a darby
 smooth the surface for a uniform thickness. When the coat            to screed the surface so it's flat and even . When the stucco
 hardens enough to hold a finger Impression, scratch %"-deep          has lost its sheen, float it with a wood trowel to roughen the
 horizontal grooves Into the surface with a raking tool.              surface. Moist-cure the coat for 48 hours as directed.

 Variation: For a one-coat application, mix the stucco and apply      Mix the finish coat and apply it in a %"-thick (minimum)
 it In a %"-thick layer, working from the bottom up and forcing it    layer, working from the bottom up. Complete large sections
 in to completely embed the lath. Screed the surface flat with a      or entire walls at one time for color consistency. Texture the
 darby or board. When the surface loses its sheen, finish-trowel      surface as desired. Cure the coat as directed . Seal all joints
 or texture the surface as desired. Cure the coat as directed. Seal   around building elements with polyurethane sealant.
 all jOints around bUilding elements with polyurethane sealant.

176 • T H E CO~!IP LETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SID I NG & TB1M

I How to Finish Stucco

Test the coloring of finish stucco by adding different Mix the finish batch so it contains slightly more water than proportions of colorant and mix. Let the samples dry to see the scratch and brown coats. The mix should still stay on the their true finished color. For th e application batches, be sure to mortar hawk without running. use the same proportions when mixing each batch.

Finish Option : Cover a float with Finish Option : Achieve a wet-dash Finish Option : For a dash-trowel carpet to make an Ideal tool for finish by flinging, or dashing, stucco texture, dash the surface with stucco achieving a float-finish texture. onto the surface. Let the stucco using a whisk broom (left). then flatten Experiment on a small area. cure undisturbed. the stucco by troweling over it

                                                                                                      FillishiHg Walls witiz MaSOHI}' •   177

I Surface-bonding Cement S urface bon d ing ceme n t is a stucco- li ke compou nd that you can use to dress up your conc rete a nd c i nder block wa ll s. It also adds stre ngth, du rabi lity, The bonding cement can be used on both mortared and mortarless walls, and on both load- bearing a nd non-load-bear ing wa lls. Hovvever, it is and water res ista nce to the \va ll s. not reco m men ded fo r \va ll s hi gher tha n 15 cou rses \t\1hat d istin guis hes su rface hon din g ceme nt of hloc k. fro m stucco is the ad d itio n of fiberglass to t he b le nd of Portland ccmcn t and sand. T he dry m ixtu re is co mb ined wit h wate r a nd acry lic fort ifie r to form a cement p laster t hat can bon d \vi th co nc rete, brick, or Tools & Materials ~ bloc k for an attract ive, water-res ista nt coating. Before app lying the bonding cement, make Sli re G<:trden hose \v it h Ca ulk gun YO Ll have a very clean su rface “v ith no cfum bl ing sp ray attac h men t Surface masonry, so the coating can form a du rab le bo nd . Bucket bonding cement Because surface bonding ce me n t d ri es q u ic kly, it’s W hee l barrow Co ncrete im porta nt to mist t he brick or block with wate r befo re Iv l ortar hawk acrylic fortifie r applying the cement so the cement d ries slowly. As Square-end trowe l T in t (optiona l) wit h mos t masonry projects, t he nee d to dampe n th e Groover Silicone ca ul k wall increases in very dry weat he r.

                                                                                                                     r

Mix small batches of dry surface bonding cement, water, and concrete acryliC fortifier according to the manufacturer's
instructions until you get a feel for how much coating you can apply before it hardens. An accelerant in the cement causes the mix
to harden quickly- within 30 to 90 minutes, depending on weather conditions. The cement can be tinted before application.

178 • T H E COM PLETE GUIDE TO !lOOFI NG, SIDING & TBIM

I How to Finish Walls with Surface Bonding Cement

Starting near the top of the wall, mist a 2 x 5-ft section Mix the cement in small batches according to the on one side of the wall with water to prevent the blocks manufacturer’s Instructions, and apply a Y,.-to %“-thick layer from absorbing mOisture from the cement once the coating to the damp blocks using a square-end trowel. Spread the is applied . cement evenly by angling the trowel slightly and making broad upward strokes.

                                                            4

Use a wet trowel to smooth the surface and create the TO prevent random cracking, use a groover to cut control texture of your choice. Rinse the trowel frequently to keep JOints from the top to the bottom of the wall every 4 ft. for it clean and wet. a 2-ft. -high wall, and every 8 ft. for a 4-ft. -high wall. Seal hardened JOints with silicone caulk.

                                                                                              FillishiHg Walls witiz MaSOHI}' •   179

I

Installing Exterior Trim Details S iding or roofing projec ts usuall y invo lve in sta lling other ve ntilation, drainage, or tri m deta il s. A reroof is the perfec t time to add morc heat ven ts to improve your attic ve nti la tion . New sid ing looks tidier if you fo ll ow it wi th fresh aluminum fascia coverings that com pl ement the siding co lor. Before YO LI embark on th at new siding, consider framing yo ur caves with so ffits. Or, maybe it’s time to switch to sea ml ess gutters, finish th ose cornices an d gcable s “rith wooel trim, or add some deco rati ve shutters. The se sorts of trim a nd detailing projects a re th e foc us of this c hapter. T hey may seem like a bit of a de pa rture from oth e r sections of this book, but these deta il s IV ill give yo ur major roo fing or siding projec t th e fin ishing to uch it deserves.

In this chapter: • Soffits & Vents • Aluminum Soffits • Aluminum Fascia • Wood Soffits • New Vents • Vinyl Gutters • Seamless Gutters • Wrapping Posts & Beams • Finishing Cornice & Gable • Brickmold • Decorative Trim • Custom Shutters

                                                             • 181

I Soffits & Vents A n effec ti ve ve ntilation syste m equali zes te mpe ratures on both sides of the roo f, which I Determining helps keep your hOllse cooler in th e summer Ventilation Requirements and prevents ice d clnl S alo ng the roof eaves in cold cl imates. One strategy fo r in c reasing roof ve nt ilation is to add more of the exist ing types of ven ts . Or, if yo u’re reroofing, co ns ide r re p laci ng a ll of your roof ve nts wit h a co ntinuous ridge ve nt (pages 86 to 87 ). You can increase intake ventilation by adding more soffit ve nts. If you’re repbc ing your soffits with alu minum soffits, insta ll ve nted soffit panels that allow air intake (pages j 84 to 186).

                                                                     Measure attic floor space to determine how much ventilation
                                                                     you need. You should have 1 sq. ft. each of Intake and outtake
                                                                     ventilation for every 300 sq. ft. of unheated attic floor space.

                                                                             Heated room space

                                                Shown cutaway for clarity

sufficient airflow prevents heat buildup in your attic, and it helps protect your roof from damage caused by condensation
or Ice. A typical ventilation system has vents in the soffits to admit fresh air, which flows upward beneath the roof sheathing and
exits through the roof vents.

182 • T H E COMPLETE GUID E TO !lOOFI NG. SIDI NG & TBIM

I Types of vents

Soffit vents can be added to increase airflow into attics on Continuous soffit vents provide even airflow into attics. houses with a closed soffit system. They are usually installed dUring new construction, but they can be added as retrofits to unvented soffit panels.

Roof vents can be added near the ridge line when you need Vented soffit panels are used with aluminum soffits to allow to increase outtake ventilation. Fixed roof vents are easy to airflow along the eaves. install and have no mechanical parts that can break down.

Gable and dormer vents generally are installed to increase Continuous ridge vents create an even outtake airflow ventilation. The vents come in a variety of styles and colors to because they span the entire ridge. Barely noticeable from the match the siding. ground, ridge vents can be added at any time.

                                                                                                IlZSfllliillg Exterior Trim Details •   183

I Aluminum Soffits O lder soffits may be weathered or rotted a nd may not a llow adequate airflO\v. If more than 15 percent of your soffits need to be repai re d, yo ur best o pt io n is Use vented soffit pane ls to work in conjunctio n wit h roof or attic vents. T h is improves airflow u nderneath the roof, vvh ich p revents mo ist u re to rep lace them. This project ShO”5 how to completely damage a nd ice da ms. P rovi de I sq uare foot of remove the o ld soffits a nd fasc ia, a nd install a lum inum soffit ven ts fo r every 150 sqa re feet of u n hea ted soffits, whi ch a re ma in tenance free. If you r o ld su bfascia attic space. Fo r a co ns isten t appea ra nce, ma ke s ure is in good co nd ition, it \vi ll not need to be rep laced . al l of t he fins o n t he soffit vents are poi nted in t he T he p roject starting on the opposite page deta il s same direc t ion . the insta ll atio n of soffi ts on a n eaves system t hat has rafter lookouts. The soffits are insta ll ed di rectly beneat h these lookouts. If you r eaves do not have mfter lookouts, fo llow the in structio ns starting on puge J 86. T his Tools & Materials ~ project a lso Sho’V5 hovv to insta ll soffits aroLln d corners. Fo r both eaves sys tems, an F¥chan nel serves as F lat pry ba r F-cha nncl a mount ing c han nel to ho ld the soffits in place alo ng Ha m me r (mou nt ing chan nel ) the house. You can a lso insta ll the c han nel a long the C ircu lar saw w it h I W’ a luminum subfasc ia, as shown in s tep 4 on page 185, o r you ca n f ine-toot h metal trim nai ls nail the soffits direc tl y to t he subfasc ia, as s hown in step bla de (insta ll ed 16d co m mo n nCl ils 4 on page J 87. Drive na il heads n us h with the su rface. bac kward) Na ilin g st ri ps Driving th e na ils too deep can knock the soffits ou t of D ril l Drip edge s hape a nd preve nt movemen t. S ince the soffi ts wil l Tape meas ure 2!;4” deck scrc\vs receive add itio n na ili ng w hen the fascia is insta ll ed, you Aviat io n sni ps 8d box nails don’t need to d ri ve a nai l in every V-groove in the soffits. Leve l S u bfascia, if nec ded To cut soffits, use a c ircular sa\v with a fine-toot h Fram in g sq ua re (2 X 4, I X 8, blade installed bac kward. Don’t cut a ll of your pane ls Soffit pa ne ls or 2 X 8) a t the s tart of t he job si nce t he width w ill p roba bl y T-c han ne l c ha nge slig htl y as YOll move across the hO llse.

                                                     SUI~PO'" ledge for s offit panels



Install a new soffit system if your old system has failed, or if pests have infested the open eaves areas of your roof
overhang. A complete soffit system consists of fabricated fascia covers, soffit panels (nonventilated or ventilated), and support
channels that hold the panels at the sides of your house. Most soffit systems sold at building centers are made of aluminum.

184 • T H E CO~!IP LETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SIDING & TBIM

I How to Install Aluminum Soffits (with Rafter Lookouts)

Remove trim, soffits, and fascia along the eaves uSing Check the rafters and rafter lookouts for decay or a flat pry bar. If the eaves contain debris, such as bird nests or damage. Repair or replace them as needed. rotted wood, clean them out.

Install new 1 x 8 or 2 x 8 subfascia over the rafters and Install F-channels for the soffit panels along the bottom rafter lookouts uSing 16d nails. Butt subfascla boards together inside edge of the subfascia and along the outSide wall of at rafter or rafter lookout locations. Install drip edge at the top the house directly below the rafter lookouts. If more than one of the subfascia. Leave a y,,” gap between the drip edge and piece of channel is needed, butt pieces together. the subfascia for the fascia to fit.

                                                                                                                            (continued)

                                                                                                    IlZSfllliillg Ex terior Trim Details •   185

   5

 If the soffit panels will span more           Measure the distance between the                 Install soffit panels in the remaining
 than 16", or if your house IS subjected to    mounting channels, subtract %", and              spaces, cutting them to fit as needed.
 high winds, add nailing strips to provide     cut soffits to size. Slide the soffit panels     When finished, install the fascia (pages
 additional support.                           In place, fitting the ends inside the            188 to 189).
                                               mounting channels. Nail the panels to
                                               the nailing strips, if you've installed them .

 I How to Install Aluminum Soffits (without Rafter Lookouts)





    '<mil

-- 1 _.
 Remove the old soffits and fascia, following step 1 on                 Start the F-channel at a corner and align the bottom
 page 185. Place a level at the bottom of the subfascia board           edge with the chalk line. Nail the channel to the wall at stud
 level across to the house, and make a mark. Measure down               locations uSing 8d box nails. If more than one F-channel is
 from the mark a distance equal to the thickness of the soffits         needed, butt the pieces together.
 (usually about %"). Do this on each end of the wall. Snap a
 chalk line between the lower marks.

186 • T H E CO~!I P LETE GU ID E TO BOOFI NG, SIDI NG & TB 1M

                                                                 4
                      T-channel

                                                                                                 •                            •

                                                                                           Du Pol

At corners, cut a 2 x 4 to fit between the house and the Measure between the F-channel and the outside edge inside corner of the subfascla to provide support for the of the subfascia. Subtract %” and cut the soffits to size. For T-channel. Notch the 2 x 4 as needed, then nail In place so corners, miter the panels to fit the T-channel. Install the first when the T-channel is installed, it will be aligned with the panel Inside the channel. Make sure the panel IS square to F-channel. Cut the T-channel to fit. Place it against the 2 x 4, the subfasCia using a framing square. Nail the panel to the setting the back edge inside the F-channel, and nail In place. subfascia at the V-grooves. Slide the next panel against the first, locking them together Nail the panel in place. Install remaining panels the same way.

I Variations for Installing Aluminum Soffits

Straight corners are made by installing the T-channel parallel Inclined overhangs allow soffits to run the same angle as with one of the F-channels. Align the outside edge of the the rafters. At the end of the rafter overhangs, measure from T-channel with the outside edge of the installed F-channel. the bottom of the rafter to the bottom of the subfascia . Add Keep the T-channel back %” from the outside of the subfascia, the thickness of the soffits, then measure down from the and nail it in place. Install the soffits in the channels. rafters along the wall and make a mark at this distance. Do this on each end of the wall. Snap a chalk line between the marks. Align the bottom of the F-channel with the chalk line, nail the channel to the wall, then install the soffits.

                                                                                                     IlZStaliillg Exterior Trim Details •   187

I Aluminum Fascia F asda fits under t he drip edge and against th e subfascia to provide a smooth transition fro m t he roof to t he eaves. You may need to temporaril y remove an y nai ls in the face of the drip edge so the fasc ia ca n slide in behind it. If yo ur roof does not have d rip edge, install a fini sh trim, sllch as u nde rsill , at t he top of t he subfascia to re ceive th e fascia . If you’re a lso re placing you r gu tte rs, take dmvn th e gutters first, t hen in sta ll t he fasc ia . If yo u don’t wa nt to remove th e gutters, you can s li p the fascia behind them ,v hi le th ey’re in place. Fasc ia is I1 ct iled alo ng th e li p cove rin g th e soffits, and the top is held in place by th e drip edge, so it does n’t req uire any face nai ling.

      Tools & Materials ~
      Ham m er                       Chalk line
                                                                        The fascia is installed over the subfascla to cover the
      Av iatio n s ni ps             Fascia                             exposed edges of the soffits and enhance the appearance of
      Tape meas ure                  A luminu m trim nail s             your home. The fascia is usually the same color and material
                                                                        as your soffits.

I How to Install
    Aluminum Fascia

                                                                          2

                                                                                                                                       a

Remove the old fascia, If necessary. Measure from the top               Slide the cut edge of the fascia behind the drip edge. Place
of the drip edge to the bottom of the soffits, and subtract y.".        the bottom lip over the soffits. Make sure the fascia IS tight
Cut the fascia to this measurement by snapping a chalk line             against the soffits and against the subfascia, then nail through
across the face and cutting with aviation snips. (This cut edge         the lip into the subfascia. Nail approximately every 16" at a
will be covered by the drip edge.) Tip: If your old fascia is wood      V-groove location in the soffits.
and still in good shape, you can install aluminum fascia over it
without removing it.

188 • T H E COM PLETE GUIDE TO !lOOFI NG, SID I NG & TBIM

TO overlap fascia panels, cut the ridge on the lip of the first At outside corners, cut the lip and top edge of the first panel panel 1” from the end using aviation snips. Place the second 1” from the end . Place a piece of wood 1” from the end, and panel overthe first, overlapping the seam by 1”. Nail the fasc ia bend the panel to form a 900 angle. Install the panel at the in place. corner. Cut a 45 angle in the lip of the second panel. Align the 0

                                                                end of this panel with the corner, overlapping the fllst panel.

For inside corners, cut and bend the first panel back 1” from Install soffit panels to close off the area between the fascia the end to make a tab. Install the panel. On the second panel, cover and the exterior wall (see pages 184 to 185). cut a 45 angle in the lip. Slide the panel over the first panel, 0

butting the end against the adjacent fascia. Nail the panel in place.

                                                                                                  IlZSfllliillg Exterior Trim Details •   189

I Wood Soffits W ood soffits a re typica ll y used on houses with wood or fIber-cement sldl ng, and are painted the same co lor as th e trim. To see hov\1th e soffi ts fit Tools & Materials ~ in rel ation to the fasc ia and rafters, refer to the photo Hamm e r 2 X 2 lum be r on page 256 . You can li se ply\vood or engineered wood C ircu lar saw Acry li c latex cau lk for the soffit s. Engi neered wood has the advantage of Level Vents being treated to resist termites and fungus, and it’s C halk line Prime r morc resistant to wa rping and shrinking. Pl y\vood has Cau lk gun Pa int the advantage of being less expens ive. I f your soffits Pa intbru sh are more tha n 2 4 ” w ide, install a nail ing strip between D ril l pane ls to hold the seams tightly together. Ji gsaw “‘hen repl ac ing soffits, you may need to re move %” ply,v ood the top co urse of siding <:Ind any trim pieces LI nder th e l 6d box na ils ol d soffi ts before startin g the new installation. Remove 6d corrosion ~ resistan t the pieces ca refully, th e n rei nsta ll them o nce the soffit na il s job is fini shed .

                                                                                     wood soffits cover the eaves area
                                                                                     between the fascia and siding. Painted
                                                                                     soffit moldings beneath the soffits give the
                                                                                     house a finished look. Soffit vents installed
                                                                                     at regular intervals playa vital role in the
                                                                                     home's ventilation system .

190 • T H E CO~!IP LETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SID I NG & TBIM

I How to Install Wood Soffits 1 •

Hold a level against the bottom edge Align the bottom edge of 2 x 2 Measure the distance from the wall of the subfascia and level across to lumber with the chalk line. Nail the to the outside of the subfascia, subtract make a mark on the wall. Do this on lumber to wall studs uSing 16d nails. %”, and rip the soffits to this width. both ends of the wall, then snap a chalk Apply primer to the soffits. If using wood line between the marks. that’s already primed, apply primer to the cut edges only.

Place the soffit against the 2 x 2 Mark the vent locations in the soffits Variation : If the soffits have rafter and subfasCla, staying %” from the by holding the vent In place and tracing lookouts, you don’t need to install 2 x edges. Nail in place using 6d nails. around It. Drill starter holes at opposite 2s. Instead, nail the soffits directly to the Install remai ning soffits, keeping a %” corners of the outline, then cut out the rafter headers and lookouts. Make sure gap between panels. Caulk the gaps opening with a jigsaw Install the vent soffit seams fall midway across rafter between soffits and between the soffits using the fasteners that came with it. lookouts. and wall. Paint soffits as desired. Let the Do this at each vent location. paint dry.

                                                                                                   IlZSfllliillg Exterior Trim Details '   19 1

I New Vents I f you need more vent i lat ion for yo ur attic, but you don ‘t want to re place your soffits or e m bark on a roofi ng projec t, yo u ca n ad d ve nt s to yo ur exist ing Tools & Materials ~ v,/ood soffits a nd roof. Hamme r Roo f cement Thi s projec t shows how to add soffit ve nts for Pry bar Stain less stee l a ir intake, an d how to add roof ve nts for a ir o utta ke . C halk lin e sc revvs T hese ad dition a l vents inc rease th e ai rfl ow unde r you r C aulk gun Soffit ve nt cove rs roof, he lp in g to eliminate hea t buildup in you r a tti c . Tape meas ure Roof ve nt s Drill Siliconi zed Jigsaw ac ry lic ca ulk Utility knife Scre wdr iver Rubb er gas ket na il s

I How to Install Soffit vents

 Examine the eaves area from Inside your attic to make                 Draw a cutout for the soffit vent cover on the soffit panel.
 sure there IS nothing obstructing airflow from the soffits. If        Center the vents between the fascia and the side of the house.
 insulation IS blocking the air passage, Install insulation baffles.   The cover outline should be y." smaller on all Sides than the
                                                                       soffit vent cover.

   3

 Drill a starter hole, then cut the vent openings with a jigsaw        Caulk the flanges of the vent cover. Screw the vent cover to
                                                                       the soffit. Tip: For visual effect, install new vent covers with the
                                                                       louvers pointing in the same direction

192 • T H E C O~!IP LETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SIDI NG & TBIM

I How to Install Roof vents • Ridge pole

Mark the location for the roof vent by driving a nail through Center a vent cover over the nail on the outside of the roof. the roof sheathing. Center the nail between rafters 16” to 24” Outline th e base flange of the vent cover on the shingles, then from the ridge pole. remove shingles in an area 2” Inside the outline. Mark the roof vent hole using the marker nail as a centerpoint Cut the hole uSing a reciprocating saw or jigsaw

Apply roof cement to the underside of the base flange. Secure the roof vent to the sheathing with rubber gasket Set the vent cover in position, slipping the flange under the nails on all sides of the flange. Tack down any loose shingles. shingles, centered over the vent-hole cutout Do not nail through the flange when attaching shingles.

                                                                                                IlZSfllliillg Exterior Trim Details •   193

I Vinyl Gutters I nsta ll ing a s na p-toget he r vin yl gutte r sys te m is a ma nageabl e ta sk fo r most dO- it-yo urse lfe rs. S nap-together gutter syste ms are des igned for ease Tools & Materials ~ of in sta ll a tion , req uirin g no fas tene rs othe r th a n th e C halk line Dra in pipes sc rev.ls llsed to attac h th e gutter ha nge rs to th e fascia. Tape meas ure C onnec tors Before YO LI purchase new gutters, crea te a detailed Drill Fittings plan a nd cost es tima te. In c lud e a ll of the necessal)’ Hacksaw Hange rs parts, not just th e gutter and drain pi pe sec ti ons- they I Y4 ‘1 deck sc rews ma ke up on ly pa rt of t he tota l sys te m . Tes t-fit th e p ieces G utters on t he gro und before you beg in t he ac tua l insta ll atio n.

                                                                                               Vinyl snap-together gutter systems
                                                                                               are easy to install and relatively
                                                                                               inexpensive, and they won't rot or
                                                                                               deteriorate. The slip Joints allow for
                                                                                               expansion and contraction, which
                                                                                               contribute to their reliability and longevity.

                                                  Estimating Gutter Parts
                                                  • Gutter sections: Measure total length of run; add 15% for waste .
                                                    Sold in to-ft. lengths.
                                                  • Gutter hangers: One for every 2 ft. of gutter.
                                                  • Inside/outside corners: One per corner with no outlet.
                                                  • Connectors: Two per corner; one per 10 ft. of gutter.
                                                  • End caps (right or left): One per end.
                                                  • Downspout outlets: One for every 35 ft. of gutter.
                                                  • Downspout elbows: Three per downspout.
                                                  • Drainpipe: One pipe per downspout outlet. Measure gutter height
                                                    and add 5 ft. for each pipe (for splash block outlet and waste).
                                                    Sold in to-ft. lengths.
                                                  • Drainpipe hangers: Two per drainpipe.

 I How to Install Vinyl Gutters

 Mark a point at the high end of each gutter run, 1" from                Install downspout outlets near the ends of gutter runs (at
 the top of the fascia . Snap chalk lines that slope 'Ii" per 10 ft .    least one outlet for every 35 ft. of ru n). The tops of the outlets
 toward downspouts. For runs longer than 35 ft., mark a slope            should be flush with the slope line, and they should align with
 from a high point in the center toward downspouts at each end.          end caps on the corners of the house.

194 • T H E CO~!IP LE T E GUID E TO BOO FI NG, SIDI NG & T BI M

Following the slope line, attach hangers or support clips for Following the slope line, attach outside and inside corners hangers for a complete run. Attach them to the fascia at 24” at all corner locations that don’t have end caps. intervals using deck screws.

Use a hacksaw to cut gutter sections to fit between outlets Working on the ground, join the gutter sections together and corners. Attach the end caps and connect the gutter uSing connectors. Attach gutter hangers to the gutter (for sections to the outlets. Cut and test-fit gutter sections to fit models with support clips mounted on the fascia). Hang the between outlets, allOWing for expansion gaps. gutters, connecting them to the outlets.

cut a section of drainpipe to fit between two downspout cut a piece of drainpipe to fit between the elbOW at the top elbows. One elbow should fit over the tail of the downspout of the wall and the end of the drainpipe run, staying at least 12” outlet and the other should fit against the wall. Assemble the above the ground . Attach an elbow, and secure the pipe to the parts, slip the top elbow onto the outlet. and secure the other wall with a drainpipe hanger Add accessories, such as splash to the Siding with a drainpipe hanger. blocks, to help channel water away from the house (inset).

                                                                                                  IlZSfllliillg Exterior Trim Details •   195

I Seamless Gutters S eam less gutters are continuous lengths of gutte rs, rather than two or more sections fastened together. By eliminatin g the sea ms, yo u e liminate th e pote ntial for leaks. Hmveve r, “seamless” is a bit of a m isnomer. T here are still seams at the corners and ends, wh ich need to be sea led. The gu tters shou ld extend slightly past the edge of the fascia, al ign ing with the edges of the roofi ng. T he back edge of t he gutter slides behin d th e drip edge. Vlhen preparing the gutters, zip screws are preferred over ri vets. They don’t req u ire predrilling, and they can be unscrewed later.

     Tools & Materials ~
     Tape meas u re                Gutter sealant or
     D ri ll wi th Yt"               silico ne ca ulk
       hex-drive bit               Hange rs
     Ca ulk gu n                   Gutter outlets
     Chalk line                    Downspouts
      Ham me r                     End caps
     T in snips                    Elbows
      Hacksaw                      Hange rs
     Gutters                       Dovmspout brackets
     Zip screws                    End box                           seamless gutters are fabricated on-site, or they can be
                                                                     delivered to your home at the speCified length.

I How to Install Seamless Gutters

 At the fascia's midpoint. measure            Mark the downspout locations on            Apply a bead of sealant under the
 down from the drip edge and make a           the gutter. Set a gutter outlet at each    lip of the outlet. Place the outlet In the
 mark for the bottom of the gutter. Mark      mark, centered from front to back, and     hole In the gutter. Press firmly in place,
 both ends of the fascia, adding a Y,'        trace around it. Cut out the holes using   then attach from the bottom side of the
 slope for every 10ft. of gutter. Snap        aviation snips or a rotary saw.            gutter using zip screws.
 chalk lines between the marks.

196 • T H E CO~!IP LETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SID I NG & TBIM

Place an end cap over the end of Apply a small bead of sealant on the Clip gutter hangers to the gutter the gutter. Drive ZiP screws through bottom and sides inside a corner box. every 24”. Lift the gutter into place. the flange into the gutter. Apply ample Slide the end of the gutter inside the sliding the back Side under the drip sealant along the Inside edges of box. Fasten the gutter and box together edge and aligning the bottom with the cap. using zip screws. Apply ample sealant the chalk line. Drive the nail or screw along the inside seam. in each hanger through the fascia to Install.

Fasten an elbow to the gutter outlet, driving a zip screw Fasten downspout brackets to the wall for the top and through each side. Hold another elbow in place against the bottom of the downspout and every 8 ft. in between. Cut a house. Measure the distance between the elbows. adding 2” downspout that spans the length of the wall. and attach it to at each end for overlap. Cut a downspout to thiS length using the elbow at the top. Install another elbow at the end of the a hacksaw Crimp the corners of the downspout for easy downspout. Fasten the brackets to the downspout. insertion and fasten together. Tip: Assemble the elbows and downspout so the top pieces always fit inside bottom pieces.

                                                                                                IlZSfllliillg Exterior Trim Details •   197

I Wrapping Posts & Beams W hether th ey support a porc h roof or a deck, posts and beams ca n look sp indl y a nd p lain. Hather than spen d the money fo r large timbers, it is Tools & Materials ~ a co mmon prac ti ce among bui lders to vvra p the posts Bas ic ha nd tools an d beams wi th fini sh ~grade lum ber to give th e m a Finis h lumber more proportio nal look. The fini sh-grade pine clad ding Siding nail s shown here gives 4 X 4 posts and dou ble d 2 X 8 beams Pl ywood strip s the loo k of ma rc su bstan t ial stock.

 I How to Wrap Posts & Beams
                                                                                     Cut cladding boards for the inner sides
                                                                                     of the beams to the same length as the
                                                                                     beams using finish lumber wide enough
                                                                                     to cover the beams and any metal saddles
                                                                                     or jOiners. we used 1 x 10, but sanded 'I;'
                                                                                     plywood can be used Instead. Attach the
                                                                                     inner-side boards to the beams with 8d
                                                                                     Siding nails- in the project shown here,
                                     Inner beam                                      we added y," plywood striPS at the top and
                                     wrap board                                      bottom of the beam to compensate for the
                                                                                     Yi' spacers in the metal post saddles.

      Side board

     / _
        /
            ~
             ~
             ------'----'                 Bottom

 cut strips of wood to cover the bottoms of the beams.          cut boards to create an end cap for each beam- we cut a
 Position each strip next to a board cut the same size as the   piece of 1 x 10 to fit over the ends of the beam and the beam
 inner beam wrap. The difference in length between the side     wrap, and attached it to a piece of 1 x 4 cut to cover the gap
 board and the bottom board should equal the distance of the    beneath the beam overhang. Nail end caps over the end of
 beam overhang at the post. Preassemble the bottom board        each beam .
 and side board by driving 8d finish nails at the butt JOint,
 making sure to keep the jOint square. Attach the assembly to
 the beam so the free end of the bottom board forms a butt
 jOint with the Inner beam wrap board.

198 • T H E CO~!IP LETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SID I NG & TBIM

cut boards for wrapping the posts so they span from the post Preassemble the other two wrap boards, nailing through bottoms to the beam bottoms. For a 4 x 4 post, two 1 x 4s and the face of the 1 x 6 and into the edge of the 1 x 4. Set the two 1 x 6S per post can be used. Nail a 1 x 6 to the front of the assembly around the post, nailing the 1 x 6 to the post and post overhanging %” on the outside edge. Nail a 1 x 4 to the nailing through the other 1 x 6 and Into the edge of the 1 x 4 outer face of the post butted against the 1 x 6. (there Will be a slight gap between the second 1 x 4 and the post).

cut pieces of finish lumber to fit around the bases of the Roof ledgers often are visible after the porch ceiling IS posts {calied post co liars;’ we used 1 x 6 to create the bottom instalied, so cover the ledger with finish lumber. If the ledger post coliars and 1 x 4 to create the top coliars, where the posts protrudes past the siding, cut a fUrring strip to cover the gap meet the beams. Nail the coliars together with 4d finish nails. between the Inside face of the ledger cover and the siding. Cut pieces so the front coliar board covers the end grain of the Cut the ledger cover and furring strips to fit, and instali with 3d side boards. Cove molding around the tops of the coliars gives nails. If the ledger extends past the outer face of the beam, the a more finished look and sheds water. easiest solution is to paint it to match the siding.

                                                                                                   IlZSfllliillg Exterior Trim Details •   199

I Cornices & Gables T he gab le a nd t he co rni ce are prom ine n t features on many houses. T he ga bl e is t he area just below the peak, w hic h is Llsually cove red w ith t ri m and sid ing mate ri al. T he corni ce, someti mes ca lled th e corn ice retu rn or t he fasc ia re turn , is lIsua ll y fitted with t rim that squa res off the corn er \vhe re it meets th e soffit. T he project show n he re invo lves putting t he fi nishing touc hes o n a new porc h, but t hese areas com monly req u ire repa ir as \vell.

      Tools & Materials ~
      Basic ha nd tools             Fi ni sh-gra de lum be r
      M iter box                    Cove mo ldi ng
                                                                     The cornice and gable are finished to match the Siding and
      Stra ightedge guid e          Nails
                                                                     trim on your house. use plywood or finish-grade lumber to
      Plyvvood                      Cau lk                           make the cornice, and use siding that matches your house
      Fra ming lumber                                                for the gable trim . Caulk seams at the peak of the gable, and
                                                                     between the fascia boards and the cornice (inset).

 I How to Install a Cornice

 At each end of the front porch, measure the area from               Test-fit the cornice pieces over the ends of the porch gable,
 the end of the gable fascia to a spot about 6" inside the porch     then install with 3d finish nails driven Into the ends of the
 beam. Layout a triangular piece of plywood or fi nish-grade         beams, and 4d nails driven up through the ends of the cornice
 lumber to fit the area uSing a carpenter's square to create         pieces and Into the underside of the gable fascia. Use a nail
 right angles. Cut out the cornice pieces using a circular saw       set to embed the heads of the nails below the surface of the
 and straightedge.                                                   wood, being careful not to split the cornice pieces.

200 • T H E CO~!IP LETE GUID E TO BOOFI NG, SIDI NG & TBIM

I How to Install Gable Trim

Measure the dimensions of the area covered by the gable sheathing on the house. If you have installed fascia and frieze boards, measure from the bottom of the frieze boards. Add 2” of depth to the area to make sure that siding will cover the edge of the ceiling once the ceiling and soffits are installed. Snap a horizontal chalk line near the bottom of the gable sheathing to use as a reference line for installing the siding.

Mark a cutting line that matches the slope of the roof onto Use 4d siding nails to Insta ll the bottom siding board so It IS the end of one piece of siding. Use a framing square or a flush with the bottom edges of the frieze boards- the bottom speed square to mark the slope line. Option: Position a scrap edge of the siding board should be 2” lower than the bottom board on the horizontal chalk line on the gable sheathing and of the gable sheathing. Cut the next siding board so it overlaps mark the points where the edges of the board intersect with the first board from above, creating the same amount of the frieze board. connect the points to establish the slope line. exposed siding as in the rest of the house. Be careful to keep Cut the siding or scrap board on the slope line and use it as the siding level. Continue cutting and Installing siding pieces a template to mark siding for cutting. Cut the bottom siding until you reach the peak of the gable. board to length.

                                                                                                     IlZSfllliillg Exterior Trim Details '   20 1

I Brickmold B ri c km old is deco rative t rim t hat for ms a t ransition be tween sid in g a nd \vindmvs or doors. It’s us ua ll y I How to Replace made of pine or fir. Unless th ese moldi ngs a re Damaged Brickmold maintaine d regularly vv ith fresh coats of pa in t, they a re prone to rotting. Brickmold th a t isn’t prime d o n both the front an d bac k surfaces is particularly vuln era ble to rot. If you arc replac ing yo ur home’s siding, have a c lose look at your current bri ckmold . Soft spots in the wood are te ll ta le signs of rotti ng be hind t he pa in t. Ro ttin g a lso occu rs w he re th e mite re d moldin g meets in the corne rs. If YO LI find rotted areas, replace th e affected mold ing. You G ill re move and rep lace brickmold f(:li rl y eaS il y a nd at any t ime, v,ritho ut removing sidin g.

      Tools & Materials ~
      Pry bar                         Caul k gun
      Measur in g tape                Brickmold
      Penc il                         Drip edge
      Com bination sq uare            j Od exterior
      M ite r smv                        cas ing Il<:l il s            Remove old sections of brickmold with a pry bar. You may
      Ha mmer and nail set            Caulk                            find it helpful to first insert a stiff-bladed paint scraper between
                                                                       the bnckmold and underlying Jamb to break the paint seal.

 The best time to paint your new brick mold IS before                  Install drip edge. If no metal drip edge was in place above
 installing it. Prime all surfaces of the molding if It doesn't come   the old bnckmold, cut a strip to length and slip it up into
 preprimed, and paint the outer surfaces your trim color. Paint        place behind the Siding. Drip edge Will extend the life of wood
 all your brickmold stock now in long stnps.                           brickmold by keeping water from seeping behind it or soaking
                                                                       the ends.

202 • T H E COM PLETE GUID E TO !lOOFI NG, SIDI NG & TBIM

Measure and cut strips of new brickmold to fit around Install the brickmold strips with 10d extenor casing nails the window or door Miter-cut the top ends of the side pieces driven every 12” into framing members. Use a nail set to dnve and both ends of the top piece at 45 uSing a miter saw Note: 0 the nail heads below the surface of the wood. Some carpenters cut, fit, and nail one strip of brickmold at a time before miter-cutting the next piece. This way, you can adjust the miter angle slightly, if necessary, to improve the fit.

                                                                     Synthetic Brickmold ~

                                                                                      -        --~-                 .-

                                                                            '~=============:::J

                                                                     These days, pine and fir aren't the only matenal
                                                                     options for brick mold and other exterior trim. You can
                                                                     also buy bnckmold made of PVC or composites of
                                                                     resin, fiberglass, and wood pulp. Synthetic brickmold
                                                                     is about twice the price of wood brickmold, but it
                                                                     will last Indefinitely, it IS paintable, and it will not wick

Seal the brickmold_ Make sure the drip edge is tight against or hold water, which could rot surrounding framing. the top brick mold, then apply clear paintable silicone caulk If you’re Willing to pay more for synthetics, the along the top of the dnp edge and along the outside edge of tradeoffs are worth the extra cost: you’ll never have the side brickmold where it meets the siding. Fill the nail holes to maintain or replace your brickmold again. with caulk, and touch up these spots with paint.

                                                                                                     IlZSfllliillg Exterior Trim Details •   203

I Decorative Trim f you are fortunate e nough to live in a ninetee nth - Ice ntul), Vic torian home, you know how cha rming exteri or trim can be. W het her theirs \vas a Stic k, Quee n millv·,ro rk co mpani es s till spec iali ze in manufacturing t hese arc hitec tura l e lements new. You can buy th em made of wood or PVC pl as ti c in a wide va ri ety of Anne, Gothi c, or Roman esq ue, our fore bea rs measured styles a nd s hapes. th e ir statu s, in part, by ado rn ing th e ir homes \vi th a ll You don’t necessari ly need to live in a Pai nte d sorts of fi nery: fan cy ga ble ends, bracke ts and corbels, Lady in orde r to add a few of th ose deco rative t ri m fretwo rk, keystoncd door and window su rrounds , accents to yo ur home. Co nsider in sta ll ing fancy ga ble cornices, su nbu rsts, a nd miles of run ni ng mo ldi ng. decoration s an d may bc some corbel s unde r th e soffits. Most of these trim deta il s we re made of wood , I nject so me life into a drab porch rai lin g with turned \vhic h mea ns eve ntually you’ ll need to re pa ir or ba luste rs . -’ ho knows? A sp lash of ginge rbread t rim rep lace t he m . Fortu nate ly, th ere a re num e rous co uld help you r hom e beco me a more playful and preservation so urces fo r histor ic trim wo rk, and so me eye-catching me m ber of t he bloc k.

  This Painted Lady's entryway is more than just a front door- it's a work of art. thanks to decorative trim details.

204 • T H E C O~!IP LETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SID I NG & TBIM

Trim Materials ~

Gingerbread trim IS manufactured in dozens of
shapes and styles. The sampling shown here Includes
scrolled headers, a gable drop, niche surround, turned   One option for dressing up a gable is to make your
baluster, corbels, corner bracket, fretwork, gable       own decorative headers. Draw your scrolled pattern onto a
decoration, and several samples of running molding.      weather-resistant wood, such as cedar, redwood, or cypress.
                                                         Cut out the header pieces with a Jigsaw

Screw your headers to flat strips of lumber for base YoU could also use a prefabricated gable decoration pieces. Attach one header to each side of the gable with instead of scrolled headers and a drop. Gable decorations can be countersunk 3” deck screws. Leave room at the peak for ordered to SUit different roof pitches. Fasten them to the bottom inserting a gable drop with a turned finial on the tip. edges of the fascia boards with countersunk 3” deck screws.

                                                                                           IlZSfllliillg Exterior Trim Details •   205

I Custom Shutters T hese customized shutters are des igned to protect yo ur wi ndows from the high winds an d fl ying debri s of severe storms. \ IVo rlzjng exterior shutters are a Tip ~ perma nent alternative to th e frenzied rush of install ing ply\voo d over yo ur windm·vs in th e hours before an approac hing storm , onl y to have to remove it aga in on ce th e danger has passed . For th ose of you far from the threat of coastal storms, working shu tters provide a qu ick and easy way to protect the windows on sum me r ca bin s or cottages w hile yo u are away. T hese easy-ta-construct shu tters are built from exte ri or-grade tongue and groove boards. Th ei r sim ple, rLl stic design is offset w ith stylish beveled cleat-an d-Fan battens. A customi zed decorati ve trim, visihle w hen open, ca n turn th ese utilitarian shutters into a fas hionab le comp leme nt to your home’s ex terior.

                                                                                        Strap hinge
                                                                                        and pintle

                                                                  Before you begin building your shutters, It
                                                                  is important to locate the proper hinges. Shutter
                                                                  hardware may not be readily available in all regions
                                                                  of the country and may have to be ordered from
                                                                  shutter manufacturers. Shutter hinges are available
                                                                  in a wide range of styles, and installation Will
                                                                  vary depending upon the hinge and your window
                                                                  design . Always consult with the manufacturer to
                                                                  determine the hardware that will work best for
                                                                  your needs.

                                                                  Tools & Materials ~
                                                                  Tape measure                   Ga lvanized
                                                                  Pipe clam ps                        deck sc rews
                                                                  Straightedge                        (I Y.!", 3 ")
                                                                  C ircular saw                  Pai nt
                                                                  Router with chamfer bit        Shu tter hardv,'are
                                                                  Paintbru sh
                                                                  Dri ll
                                                                  Wood glue
                                                                  J x 8 tongue an d
                                                                     groove lu mber
                                                                  ] x 4 dim ens ional
                                                                     Ium ber
 These customized shutters are designed to protect a window
 from the high winds and flYing debriS of a severe storm.

206 • T H E CO~!IP LETE GUIDE TO BOOFI NG, SID I NG & TB IM

I How to Build Custom Storm Shutters

TO determine dimensions for your shutters, first measure Assemble two to four tongue and groove 1 x 8s so that the height of the window opening. Because windows may each shutter IS slightly larger than its determined width . Hold not be square, it’s best to take both a right- and left-side the 1 x 8s together with pipe clamps, then use a straightedge measurement Subtract y,” from the actual height to allow for to mark the dimensions on the face of each shutter. Cut the clearance. To find the width of each shutter, measure the width shutters to length using a circular saw between the inside edges of the window Jamb, divide by two, and subtract %” to allow for hinge clearance.

Remove the clamps. Use a circular saw to rip the shutters cut four cleats 3” shorter than the shutter Width from 1 x 4 to width, removing the grooved edge from one side of exterior-grade lumber. Also cut four end pieces, mitering the each shutter and the tongue edge from the other. Reattach ends at 45’. Bevel all edges that will not butt another piece the clamps. uSing a router and chamfer bit (continued)

                                                                                                 IlZSfllliillg Exterior Trim Details •   207

  Attach the cleats and end pieces               Variation: To spruce up the simple design and construction of these shutters,
  using waterproof wood glue and                 consider a customized decorative trim design for the side that is visible when open.
  countersunk 1%" galvanized screws.             Ideas for trim include a sawtooth design or a traditional barn door Z- or X-style. Each
  Allow glue to fully dry before installing      design can be cut from 1 x 4 material and attached with wood glue and screws.
  the shutters.

  Paint or stain the shutters as desired and allow to dry               Measure from the top of the shutter to the lower edge of
  Drill pilot holes and attach the shutter hinges to the cleats with    the upper hinge and add %". Measure down this distance from
  included fasteners or 1'(." galvanized screws.                        the edge of the top Jamb and make a mark. Align the bottom of
                                                                        the pintle's pin with the mark. Attach the pintle to the window
                                                                        molding using 3" galvanized screws.

208 • T H E COM PLETE GUID E TO !lOOFI NG, SID I NG & TBIM

                             .-

set the top hinge on the pintle. Support the shutter until Install decorative holdbacks (also called shutter dogs) both hinges are attached. Align the lower pintle with the lower to hold the shutters in the open position. A slide latch can hinge, and attach it with 3” galvanized screws. Repeat steps be Installed inside or outside the shutters. An inexpensive 7 and 8 for the other shutter. Note: Hinge installation may alternative to latches IS to install a pair of bar holders on the vary due to hinge style and window design. Always follow outside of the shutters and secure them with a 2 x 4 during a manufacturer’s directions. storm (inset).

I Variation : Manufactured Storm Shutters

Manufactured storm shutters are Rolling shutters adjust to any position Bahama-style shutters function available In many traditional styles, to provide storm protection or light as sun awnings when open and including louvered, raised panel, and control. They can be controlled manually provide Wind and impact protection board and batten. or automatically. when closed .

                                                                                                   IlZSfllliillg Exterior Trim Details •   209

I

Painting & Staining Siding E xterior pa in t ing and staining projects arc inescapable for do-i t ~yourselfers. If you’ve just completed a \load siding projec t or added some wood trim details, the job isn’t finished unt il you seal the vmod \vit h a protect ive top CQClt of stai n or paint. Pai nti ng and sta ini ng seem like simple projects, bu t un less you prepare t he su rfaces properly by scrapi ng, cleaning, an d prim ing, you’ll co m prom ise th e fi nal top coat and shorten t he life of your pa int or sta in- in some cases, dramatica ll y. IVlaybe you’re simp ly intendi ng to repaint or add a fresh coat of stain, but the current finis h shows signs of prob lems. What do you do to correct the situatio n? T h is chapter \vill help YO Ll identify paint and stain pro b lems , prepare surfaces prope rl y for that first or next coat, a nd g ive YO LI app licatio n optio ns to ma ke the job eas ie r and faster. Pa inting and stain ing are relat ive ly inexpensive ways to keep you r home’s exterior looking its best. These act ivities may not top yo ur list of favorite projects, but when they’re done correct ly the resu lts will last longer t han you may thi nk.

In this chapter: • Tools & Materials • Identifying Exterior Paint Problems • Preparing t o Paint • Applying Primer & Paint • Using Paint-Spraying Equipment • Staining Siding

                                                         • 211

I Tools & Materials H igh-q uality painting tool s, primers, and paints usually produce better results with less work than less-ex pe ns ive products. The re turn on an in ves tm e nt But if th e surface was previously painted and th e old paint is still good , one coat of new paint is eno ugh. Alt hough re movin g layers of o ld pa in t ca n be qu ite in qual ity products is a projec t that goes s moothl y a nd a c hore, the proper materials ca n make the task go res ults in a n a ttractive, durable paint job. faste r. If YO LI don’t ovm a ll of the spec ialty too ls you Plan to prime all unpainted surfaces and any need , sllc h as a siding sa nd er an d heat gun , YOLI ca n surfaces or patches that have been stripped or wo rn re nt th e m a t some home improve me nt stores an d most down to ba re wood. For bare wood, the bes t approac h ren tal centers. As yo u plan you r painting project, make is to app ly o ne prim e r coa t foll owed by two top coats. a li st of the tools and materia ls you’ll need .

   Buy or rent a pressure washer and attachments to clean           Tools for applying paint include roller and sleeve with %"
   siding thoroughly and remove loose, flaky paint Make sure        nap (A), corner roller (B), roller with %" nap (e), 4" paintbrush
   to get the right unit. One with less than 1,200 psi won't do a   (D)' 3" paintbrush (E), 2" sash brush (F), 3"-wide roller (G).
   good Job, and one with more than 2,500 PSI could damage your     Note: All brushes shown have synthetic bristles for use with
   siding.                                                          latex-based paint.


   Materials for painting include painter's caulk (AI. masonry,     Products for surface preparation and maintenance include
   stucco, and brick paint (81. primer (e), house paint (01. drop   (from left) stllpper for removing varnish, epoxy, and synthetic
   cloth (EI, plastic sheeting (FI, epoxy wood filler (G), metal    finishes; paint stllpper for removing thick layers of paint;
   primer (HI. masking tape (I), and 80-, 120-, and 150-grit        detergent; chlollne bleach for cleaning surfaces; mUliatic acid
   sandpaper (J).                                                   for cleaning rust from metal; and trisodium phosphate (TSP).

2 12 • T H E CO MPLETE GUID E TO !lOOFI NG, SID I NG & TBIM

Estimating Paint ~ TO estimate the amount of paint you need for one coat:

• Calculate the square footage of the walls Ilength x height), the square footage of the soffit panels and trim that will be painted, and add 15% waste allowance. • Subtract from this figure the square footage of doors and windows. • Check the paint coverage rate listed on the label 1350 sq . ft. per gallon is average). • Divide the total square footage by the paint coverage rate to Tools for paint removal include V, sheet finish sander (A), drill with wire-wheel determine the number attachments (B), V. sheet palm sander Ie), heat gun (D), caulk gun (E), steel wool IF), wire of gallons you need. brushes IGI, stiff-bristle brush IHI, sanding blocks (I), paint scraper IJ), paint zipper IK), painter’s 5-in-1 tool (L), detail scraper (M), and putty knife (N).

                                                                               Paint-spraying equipment includes
                                                                              spray gun IA), hose (BI, and compressor
                                                                              IC). Proper preparation requires
                                                                              plastic sheeting ID), masking tape (E),
                                                                              and drop cloths IF). Always use the
                                                                              necessary protective devices, including
                                                                              dual-cartridge respirator IG), and safety
                                                                              goggles IH).

                                                                                                 Pail/ling & Slail1illg Sidillg •   213

I Identifying Exterior Paint Problems T wo e nem ies work aga inst pai nted su rfaces- mo isture and age. A sim ple leak or a fa iled va por barri e r inside th e house ca n ru in eve n th e fines t pa int jo b. If YO LI no ti ce sig ns of paint fa ilu re, suc h as bliste ri ng or peeling, take ac ti o n to correct th e pro b le m rig ht away. If t he s urface da mage is discove red in time, yo u may be able to correct it w it h just a little bit of tou c h-up pa intin g. EvaJu3tin g t he painted s urfaces of yo ur house ca n help you identify prob lems with sid ing, trim , roofs, a nd mo istu re barr ie rs. The pictures o n these Evaluate exterior painted surfaces every year, starling two pages sho-’ th e mos t com mo n for ms of p<:I int with areas sheltered from the sun. Paint failure will appear first fa ilure and ho,,’ to fix them. Be Sli fe to fix any in areas that receive little or no direct sunlight and is a warning moistu re pro ble ms before repainting. sign that similar problems are developing in neighboring areas.

   I Common Forms of Paint Failure

   Blistering appears as a bubbled                   Peeling occurs when paint falls away            Alligatoring is widespread flaking and
   surface. It results from poor preparation         in large flakes. It's a sign of persistent      cracking, typically seen on surfaces that
   or hurried application of primer or paint.        moisture problems, generally from               have many bUilt-up paint layers. It can
   The blisters indicate trapped mOisture            a leak or a failed vapor barrier. If the        also be caused by inadequate surface
   is trying to force its way through the            peeling is localized, scrape and sand           preparation or by allowing too little
   surface. To fix Isolated spots, scrape            the damaged areas, then touch up With           drying time between coats of primer
   and touch up. For Widespread damage,              primer and paint. If it's widespread,           and paint. Remove the old paint. then
   remove paint down to bare wood, then              remove the old paint down to bare               prime and repaint.
   apply primer and paint.                           wood, then apply primer and paint.

2 14 • T H E COM PL ETE GUID E TO !l OO FI NG, SIDI NG & TBI M

Localized blistering and peeling indicates that moisture, Clearly defined blistering and peeling occurs when a usually from a leaky roof. gutter system, or interior pipe, is humid room has an insuffiCient vapor barner. If there’s a clear trapped under the paint. Find and eliminate the leak, then line where an Interior wall ends, remove the siding and replace scrape, prime, and repaint the area. the vapor barrier.

Mildew forms in cracks and in humid areas that receive Rust occurs when moisture penetrates paint on iron or steel. little direct sunlight. Wash mildewed areas with a 1:1 solution Remove the rust and loose paint with a drill and wire brush of household chlorine bleach and water or with trisodium attachment, then prime and repaint. phosphate (TSP).

      -.

:

                                   ,-

Bleeding spots occur when nails in siding begin to rust. Efflorescence occurs in masonry when minerals leech Remove the nails, sand out the rust, then drive in galvanized through the surface, forming a crystalline or powdery layer. ring,shank nails. Apply metal primer, then paint to blend in With Use a scrub brush and a mUriatic acid solution to remove the Siding. efflorescence before priming and painting.

                                                                                                     Pail/ling & Slail1illg Sidillg •   215

I Preparing to Paint T he key to an eve n paint job is to work on a smooth, clean, dry surface- so preparing the su rface is essentia l. Generally, the more preparat ion ,,‘ork you do, the smoot her the final fin ish will be and the longer it ,viil last. For the smoo th est finish, sand all t he ,vay dmvn to th e bare wood \vith a power sa nd er. For a less t ime-consum ing (but rou gher) fini s h, scrape off any loose paint, then spot-sa nd roug h areas. You ca n use pressure washing to remove some of the flaking paint, but by itself, pressu re was hi ng won’t create a smooth surface fo r painting.

      Tools & Materials ~
      Pressu re was her               Ca u lk gu n
      Scraper                         Heat gun
      Sander                          Proper respira tory
      Sanding block                      protection
      Putty knife                     Sandpaper (80-,
      Stiff-bristle brush                   120-, I 50-grit)
      Wire brush                      Putty
      Steel woo l                     Paintahle
      Coarse abrasive pad                  siliconized caulk          The amount of surface preparation you do will largely
      Drill                           J\!I uriatk acid                determine the final appearance of your paint Jab. Decide how
      \JVire-\vheel a ttachment       Sea lant                        much sanding and scraping you're willing to do to obtain a
                                                                      finish you'll be happy with.

I How to Remove Paint

 Use a heat gun to loosen thick layers of old paint. Aim the          To remove large areas of paint on wood lap siding, use
 gun at the surface, warm the paint until it starts to bubble, then   a siding sander with a disk that's as wide as the reveal on
 scrape the paint as soon as it releases.                             your siding.

216 • T H E COMPLETE GUIDE TO !lOOFI NG, SID I NG & TBIM

I How to Prepare Surfaces for Paint

Clean the surtace and remove loose paint by pressure Scrape off loose paint uSing a paint scraper. Be careful not washing the house. As you work, direct the water stream to damage the surface by scraping too hard. downward, and don’t get too close to the surface with the sprayer head. Allow all surfaces to dry thoroughly before continuing.

smooth out rough paint with a finishing sander and 80-grit use detail scrapers to remove loose paint in hard-to-reach sandpaper. Use sanding blocks and 80- to 120-grit sandpaper areas. Some of these scrapers have interchangeable heads to sand hard-to-reach areas of trim. Tip: You can make sanding that match common trrm profiles. blocks from dowels, wood scraps, or garden hoses.

Inspect all surtaces for cracks, rot, and other damage. Mark Use a finishing sander with 120-grit sandpaper to sand affected areas with colored pushpins or tape. Fill the holes and down repaired areas, ridges, and hard edges left from the cracks with epoxy wood filler. scraping process, creating a smooth surface.

                                                                                                   Pail/ling & Slail1illg Sidillg •   217

   I How to Prepare Window & Door Trim for Paint

   Scuff-sand glossy surfaces on doors, window casings, and        Fill cracks in siding and gaps around window and door trim
   all surfaces painted with enamel paint. Use a coarse abrasive   with paintable siliconized acrylic caulk.
   pad or l S0-grit sandpaper.

   I How to Remove Clear Finishes

   Pressure wash stained or unpainted surfaces that have           Use a stiff-bristle brush to dislodge any flakes of loosened
   been treated with a wood preservative or protectant before      surface coating that weren 't removed by pressure washing.
   recoatlng them with fresh sealant.                              Don't use a wire brush on wood surfaces.

2 18 • T H E COM PLETE GUID E TO !l Oa FI NG, SIDI NG & TBI M

I How to Prepare Metal & Masonry for Paint

Remove rust and loose paint from metal hardware, Scuff-sand metal siding and trim With medium-coarse such as railings and ornate trim, uSing a wire brush. Cover steel wool or a coarse abrasive pad. wash the surface and let the surface with metal primer immediately after brushing to dry before priming and painting. prevent the formation of new rust.

Remove loose mortar, mineral deposits, or paint from Dissolve rust on metal hardware with diluted muriatic mortar lines in masonry surfaces with a drill and wire-wheel aCid solution . When working with mUriatic aCid, it’s important attachment. Clean broad, flat masonry surfaces with a wire to wear safety equipment, work In a well-ventilated area, and brush. Correct any minor damage before repainting. follow all manufacturer’s directions and precautions.

                                                                                                 Pail/ling & Slail1illg Sidillg •   219

I Applying Paint & Primer S c hed ul e priming and painting tasks so that you can paint \vithin two weeks of pri ming s urfaces. If more t han t \VO “reeks pass, was h the su rfac e w it h soap and water before app lying th e next coa t. - C heck th e weat he r forecast and keep an eye on th e sky whi le YO LI work. Damp wea th e r or rain wit hin two hours of app lication \vil l ruin a paint job . Don’t pa int when the temperatu re is below 50° or above 90° F. Avo id pa inting on windy days- it’s dan gerous to be o n a ladder in high w inds, an d w ind bl ows dirt onto the fresh paint. Pbn each day’s work so YO Ll ca n follow the shade. Pre pa re, pr ime, and pa in t one fClce of the hOllse at a time, an d foll ow a logical painting order. \J’o rk from the top of th e hOllse dovm to th e fou nd a ti on , cove ri ng a n entire section before you move the ladder or scaffolding.

     Tools & Materials ~
      Paintbrush                  Prime r
         (41\, 2 Y21\ , 31\)      Hou se paint
                                                                   Paint in a logical order, starting from the top and working
     Sas h bru sh                 Trim paint                       your way down. Cover as much surface as you can reach
     Scaffo lding                 C leanup mater ials              comfortably without moving your ladder or scaffolding. After
     Ladders                                                       the paint or primer dries, touch up any unpainted areas that
                                                                   were covered by the ladder or ladder stabilizer.

 I Tips for Applying Primer & Paint

 Use the right primer and paint              Plan your painting sequence so you          Apply primer and paint in the shade
 for each job. Always read the               paint the walls, doors, and trim before     or indirect sunlight Direct sun can dry
 manufacturer's recommendations.             painting stairs and porch floors. This      primers and paints too quickly and trap
                                             prevents the need to touch up spills.       moisture below the surface, which leads
                                                                                         to blistering and peeling.

220 • T H E CO MPLETE GUIDE TO !lOOFI NG, SID I NG & TBIM

I Tips for Selecting Brushes & Rollers

wall brushes, which are thick, square brushes 3 to 5” wide, Trim and tapered sash brushes, which are 2 to 3” wide, are are designed to carry a lot of paint and distribute it widely. Tip: good for painting doors and trim, and for cutting in small areas. it’s good to keep a variety of clean brushes on hand, including 2’h”, 3”, and 4” flat brushes, 2” and 3” trim brushes, and tapered sash brushes.

paint rollers work best for quickly painting smooth surfaces. use a 3” roller to paint flat-surfaced trim, such as end caps Use an 8 or 9” roller sleeve for broad surfaces. and corner trim.

I Tips for Loading & Distributing Paint

Load your brush with the right amount of paint for the area Hold the brush at a 45’ angle and apply Just enough you’re covering. Use a full load of paint for broad areas, a downward pressure to flex the bristles and squeeze the paint moderate load for smaller areas and feathering strokes, and a from the brush. light load when painting or working around trim.

                                                                                                        Pail/ling & Slail1illg Sidillg •   221

 I How to Use a Paintbrush

 Load the brush with a full load of             At the end of the stroke, 11ft the        Reload the brush and make a stroke
 paint. Starting at one end of the surface,     brush without leaving a definite ending   from the opposite direction, painting
 make a long, smooth stroke until the           point. If the paint appears uneven or     over the feathered end of the fllst
 paint begins to feather out. Tip · Paint       contains heavy brush marks, smooth        stroke to create a smooth, even surface.
 color can val}' from one can to the next.      it out without overbrushing.              If the junction of the two strokes IS
 TO avoid problems, pour all of your                                                      visible, rebrush with a light coat of paint.
 paint into one large container and mix                                                   Feather out the starting point of the
 it thoroughly Pour the mixed paint back                                                  second stroke.
 into the individual cans and seal them
 carefully Stir each can before use.

 I Tips for using Paint Rollers

 Wet the railer nap, then squeeze               Cone-shaped railers work well             Doughnut-shaped railers work well
 out the excess water. Posi tion a roller       for painting the joints between           for painting the edges of lap Siding
 screen Inside a 5-gal. bucket. Dip the         intersecting surfaces.                    and moldings.
 roller into the paint, then roll it back and
 forth across the roller screen. The roller
 sleeve should be full but not dripping
 when lifted from the bucket.

222 • T H E COM PLETE GUID E TO !l OO FI NG, SIDI NG & TBI M

I How to Paint Fascia, Soffits & Trim 1

Prime all surfaces to be painted, Paint the soffit panels and trim with Paint any decorative trim near the and allow ample drying lime. paint a 4” brush . start by cutting in around the top of the house at the same lime you the face of the fascia first, then cut in edges of the panels uSing the narrow paint the soffits and fascia . Use a 2’/,” paint at the bottom edges of the soffit edge of the brush, then feather in the or 3” paintbrush for broader surfaces, panels. Tip: Fascia and soffits are usually broad surfaces of the soffit panels with and a sash brush for more intricate painted the same color as the trim. full loads of paint. Be sure to get good trim areas. coverage in the grooves.

I How to Paint Siding 1

paint the bottom edges of lap siding by holding the paint the broad faces of the siding boards With a 4” brush paintbrush flat against the wall. Paint the bottom edges of uSing the painting technique shown on page 222. Working several Siding pieces before returning to paint the faces of down from the top of the house, paint as much surface as you the same boards. can reach without leaning beyond the sides of the ladder.

Paint the siding all the way down to the foundation, working On board and batten or vertical panel siding, paint the from top to bottom. Shift the ladder or scaffolding, then paint edges of the battens, or top boards, first. Paint the faces of the the next section . Tip: Paint up to the edges of end caps and battens before the sides dry, then use a roller With a %“-nap window or door trim that will be painted later sleeve to paint the large, broad surfaces between the battens.

                                                                                                         Pail/ling & Slail1illg Sidillg •   223

 I How to Paint Stucco Walls

 Using a large paintbrush, paint the foundation with                Apply concrete paint to board surfaces with a paint roiler
 antichalking masonry primer and let it dry. using concrete paint   and a %"-nap sleeve. use a 3" trim roiler or a 3" paintbrush
 and a 4" brush, cut in the areas around basement windows           for trim .
 and doors.

 I Tips for Cleaning painting Tools

 Scrape paint from roller covers with          use a spinner tool to remove              Comb brushes with the spiked side of
 the curved side of a cleaner tool.            paint and solvent from brushes and        a cleaner tool to properly align bristles
                                               roiler covers.                            for drying.

224 • T H E COM PLETE GUID E TO !lOOFI NG, SIDI NG & TBIM

 Cleaning Wood Siding ~
Wood siding can provide a long and graceful service life,        deteriorated, use a commercial deck cleaner, followed by
but It does require some routine maintenance to keep             thorough washing to restore the original wood color. If there
it looking its best. If your siding has a tinted stain finish,   are signs of mold or algae growth, use a diluted mixture of
the effects of sunlight will slowly cause the color to fade.     trisodium phosphate or a biodegradable cleaning product
Eventually, the stain will lose its protective qualities, and    applied with a pump sprayer to kill the growth. Scrub these
the wood will turn silvery gray. Areas of your siding that       areas thoroughly, then wash off the chemicals.
do not receive direct sunlight are still prone to other                Before you begin, cover shrubbery, electrical outlets,
problems. Shady areas can remain damp, which invites             and leaky doors or windows with plastic sheeting to
mold or algae growth and eventually rot.                         protect them. Dampen plants under the sheeting to keep
      The best way to combat fading and deterioration            them from overheating in the sun . When using chemicals
is to thoroughly clean your wood siding every couple of          or pressure washing, be sure to wear safety glasses and
years and apply a fresh coat of stain. If your siding is faded   protective clothing if required. Pressure wash judiciously
but not discolored, you may be able to simply wash it            using the proper wand tip. A pressure washer is an
down with soapy water to remove dirt and other debris,           excellent cleaning tool, but it has the power to damage
then stain It again. If the wood has turned gray but isn't       your siding If you're not careful.

Tools & Materials ~
 Garden hose and spra y           Stiff-bristle push broom       Plas tic sheeting         Trisodium phosphate granules
    app licator or nozzle         Pressure was her               Deck clean e r                or biodegradab le clea ner
 Hand pu mp sprayer                  (optional)

I Cleaning Tips

For routine cleaning: If your stain color has faded butthe To revitalize weathered wood: You can usually restore siding is in good condition, use a garden hose to wash off dirt the natural wood color of sun-faded cedar or redwood siding or other debris. You can use a spray applicator and diluted uSing a commercial deck cleaner form ulated with a brightening mixture of mild detergent to clean off minor staining. Allow the agent. Apply it with a hand pump sprayer and let it soak in siding to dry thoroughly for a day or two before restainlng. according to the manufacturer’s Instructions. You may need to follow the application by scrubbing the siding with a stiff-bristle push broom to work the chemicals into the wood.

                                                                                                        Pail/ling & Slail1illg Sidillg •   225

I Using Paint-Spraying Equipment S pray equ ipmen t can make quick work of painting, but it still requi res th e same ca reful preparation ,,‘ork as trad itiona l brush a nd roller me th od s. Part of it can inject tox ins into t he b loodst rea m if used inco rrectly. V\lear the pro pe r safety protection, suc h as safety glasses and a respirator, whe n spray pai ntin g that prep wo rk involves Llsing plastic to co mpletely t he house. cove r doors, .vindows, and oth er areas th at yo u don’t As \vith oth e r paint ap pli cati ons, pay close wa nt painted , rath e r than just tap ing th e m off. atten ti on to th e wea th e r. Don’t spray if rain is like ly, Spray equ ip ment can be purc hased or rented at an d don ‘t sp ray on windy days, since th e wind can hardware an d home improveme nt stores. T he re a rc ca rry th e paint particles away from th e siding. seve ral types an d sizes of spray equipme nt, including hi gh-volume low- pressu re ( HVL P), a irless, a ir-assisted airless, and elec trostati c e nh anced. They all vvork th e same w<:Iy- by ato m izing pa int an d directing it to a Tools & Materials ~ vvorks urface in a spray or fa n pattern . For Oll f project, we lIsed an HVLP sp rayer, whi c h we reco mme nd Utili ty knife Mas kin g tape beca use it produces less overs pray a nd more effic ie nt Spray equipment Plas ti c paint ap plica tion than other spraye rs . Pa int Ca rdboard Be sure to read a nd fo llow all safety precautions Safety glasses Cheesec lot h for t he spray eq uipme nt. Since th e paint is under Respirator 5-gal. bucket a lot of press ure, it ca n not only tear the ski n, but

 paint sprayers allow you to cover large areas of siding and trim ,n a short amount of time. They also make it easier to paint areas
 that are hard to reach with a brush or roller

226 • T H E COMPLETE GUID E TO !lOOFI NG. SID I NG & TBIM

I How to Paint Using a Paint Sprayer 2

Remove outside light fixtures, window and door screens, cover doors, windows, and any other areas you don’t and other detachable Items that you don’t want painted. Turn want painted uSing plastic and masking tape. off power before disconnecting power to fixture.

                                                                4

Strain the paint through cheesecloth to remove particles Spray a test pattern of paint on a scrap piece of cardboard. and debris. MIX the paint together in a 5-gal. bucket. Fill the Adjust the pressure until you reach an even “fan” without any sprayer container thick lines along the edge of the spray pattern .

                                                                                                                     (continuedl

                                                                                                  Pail/ling & Slail1illg Sidillg •   227

                                                                         6

  cut in around doors and windows with the paint. Spray                If you happen to spray an excessive amount of paint in
  the paint along each side of the doors and windows, applying         an area and It starts to run, stop the sprayer. Use a paintbrush
  the paint evenly.                                                    to spread out the paint and eliminate the runs.

  Hold the spray gun perpendicular to the house, approximately 12" from the wall. Start painting near the top of the wall, close
  to a corner. Move your entire arm, rather than just the wrist, In a steady side-to-side motion. Do not wave your arm in an arc. Start
  your arm movement. then start the gun .

228 • T H E COMPLETE GUID E TO !lOOFI NG, SID I NG & TBIM

Spray the paint in an even motion, being careful not to tilt the gun. As you sweep your arm back and forth, overlap each coat of paint by 20 to 30 percent, working your way down the wall. When stopping, release the trigger before discontinuing your motion.

I How to Paint Doors Using a Paint Sprayer 2

Remove the door by taking off the hinges. Remove all Prop up the door so it stands vertically. Starting at the top hardware from the door, such as handles and locks. If the door of the door, spray on the paint. AS you make passes across the contains glass, you can either tape it off, or allow paint to get door, slightly go past the edges before sweeping back in the on the glass and then scrape It off with a razor after it’s dry. opposite direction. Wait until the paint is completely dry, then turn the door around and paint the other side.

                                                                                                     Pail/ling & Slail1illg Sidillg •   229

I Staining Siding S rain lends colo r to wood siding, but beca use it is partia lly transparent, it a lso al lows th e natura l bea uty of th e wood g rain to shO\v th roug h . dry. Avo id wor ldng in direct s unli ght so t he stain does n’t dry too quickly. C heck manufac turer’s recom m e ndat ions befo re staining. Some sta in s C<:In not Wate r-based stains are app li ed with a n acry lic O f be applied in tempe ratures below soar. syntheti c bru sh. Oil -based sta ins are usually ap plied wit h a nat u ral-b ri stl e brush. ,-\lork in sma ll sec ti ons at a tim e. Comp lete a n e ntire le ngth of boa rd without stoppin g in th e midd le . Unlike pa in t, stain ca n darke n or leave streaks if you go Tools & Materials ~ back over an area after it dries. Save the trim until the e nd , th e n stain it separatel y to ge t an eve n cove rage. Pa intbrus h C loth s Sta inin g req uires the sa m e ca reful pre parati on o r foam brus h S tain “vork as pa int ing. T he surface m Llst be deeln a nd

 Exterior wood stain enhances color and protects wood. It requires renewing every 2 to 4 years.

230 • T H E CO MPLETE GUIDE TO !lOOFI NG, SIDI NG & TBIM

                                           Exterior wood stain for siding or decks
                                           is sold in three primary formulations: solid,
                                           semi-transparent, and transparent.

Solid-color Semi-transparent Transparent stain stain wood finish

                                           Use an HVLP sprayer to apply stain to
                                           wood siding. Thin the stain if directed by
                                           the sprayer manufacturer.

                                           Use a paint roller sleeve to apply stain
                                           to rough-textured surfaces, such as T1-11
                                           siding. A long extension pole will let you
                                           reach well up the wall. Use a thick-nap
                                           sleeve (%" IS shown here).

                                                            Pail/lillg & Slail1illg Sidillg •   231

I

Roofing & Siding Repairs M othe r Na ture ca n be c ruel to you r ho me’s roofing and siding. Su n light c url s a nd crac ks shingles a nd heavy w inds co me along an d blow a few off. i\ loistu rc causes roo f leaks in su mme r and add s th ousa nds of pounds of ice a nd snow in the winter. Then, there are those un ex pec ted ca tCistrophes that occasionall y ha ppe n: a sto rm drops a tree limb o n th e gutters, yo ur little M ajor Leaguer hits a fl y ball th at dents the sid ing, or a pe rs iste nt woodpecke r dec ides to take up res idence in yo ur wood fasc ia. One way or the oth e r, roof and s iding re pa irs will eve ntu a ll y e nd up on yo ur project li st. Take heart: this c hapte r will show yo u h O<\1 to evaluate and th e n ca rry O llt a wide variety of roofing an d sid ing re pairs. i,lost of th ese projec ts ca n be co mple ted in a day’s tim e or less, so yo u ca n move o n to more e njoyable pu rsu its, Even if you’re not fa c ing a repair situatio n right now, have a close look a t these projec ts so you ‘re ready when the time cOllles.

In this chapter: • Inspecting & Repairing a Roof • Cleaning Roofs • Evaluating Siding & Trim • Repairing Siding • Repairing Masonry Walls • Repairing Stucco Walls • Repairing Wood Fascia & Soffits • Repairing Gutters • Repairing Trim

                                                            • 233

I Inspecting & Repairing a Roof roof system is com posed of several e le me nts A that work toget he r to provide three bas ic, Tools & Materials ~ essentia l fu nc t ions fo r your ho me: shelter, drainage , and ve nt il atio n. T he roof covering and flashin g a re Tape measure Replacem ent des igned to shed wa ter, directing it to gutters and Wire brush shingles dovmspo uts. Ai r in take and outtake vents keep fres h Av iat io n snips Roofin g ceme nt a ir c ircu lating below the roof sheathing, preventing Trmve! Roo fin g nai ls moisture and hea t buildup . Flat pry bar Plywood Wh en your roof syste m deve lops prob le ms that Ha m me r Double- headed nail s compromi se its ab ility to protect yo ur home- cra cked Utility knife Rubber gasket nails shingles, incomple te venti lat ion, or damaged Cau lk gun fI<:I sh in g- t he damage quickly spre ads to other parts Rep lacem ent of yo ur hOllse. Routine inspe ctions are the best \vay to flashing make SlIre the roof co ntinues to do its job effectively.

 I Tips for Identifying Roofing Problems

 Ice dams occur when melting snow refreezes near the eaves,       Inspect both the interior and the exterior of the roof
 causing Ice to back up under the shingles, where It melts onto   to spot problems. From inSide the attiC, check the rafters and
 the sheathing and seeps into the house.                          sheathing for signs of water damage. Symptoms Will appear in
                                                                  the form of streaking or discoloration. A moist or wet area also
                                                                  signals water damage.

234 • T H E COMPLETE GUID E TO !lOOFI NG, SIDI NG & TBI M

I Common Roofing Problems

Wind, weather, and flying debris can damage shingles. Buckled and cupped shingles are usually caused by The areas along valleys and ridges tend to take the most moisture beneath the shingles. Loosened areas create an weather-related abuse. Torn, loose, or cracked shingles are entry point for moisture and leave shingles vulnerable to common in these areas. wind damage.

A sagging ridge might be caused by the weight of too many Dirt and debris attract moisture and decay, which roofing layers. It might also be the result of a more significant shorten a roof’s life. To protect shingles, carefully wash the roof problem, such as a rotting ridge board or insufficient support once a year using a pressure washer. Pay particular attention for the ridge board. to areas where moss and mildew may accumulate.

In damp climates, It’s a good idea to nail a zinc strip along Overhanging tree limbs drop debris and provide shade that the center ridge of a roof. under the ridge caps. Minute encourages moss and mildew To reduce chances of decay, quantities of zinc wash down the roof each time it rains, killing trim any limbs that overhang the roof. moss and mildew

                                                                                                         Hoofillg & Sidillg Hepairs •   235

 I How to Locate & Evaluate Leaks

 If you have an unfinished attic, examine the underside of                       water that flows toward a wall can be temporarily
 your roof with a flashlight on a rainy day. If you find wetness,                diverted to minimize damage. Nail a small block of wood in
 discoloration, or other signs of moisture, trace the trail up to                the path of the water, and place a bucket underneath to catch
 where the water IS making its entrance.                                         the drip. On a dry day, drive a nail through the underside of the
                                                                                 roof decking to mark the hole.

                                                       .. .... .,        '
                                                                             ~

                                                        "C-A
                                                               '!
                                                                ."   ,(
                                                                    ."
                                                                             .
                                                      .' :..:" 1..,_.

 If the leak is finding its way to a finished ceiling, take                      Once you mark the source of a leak from inside,
 steps to minimize damage until the leak can be repaired. AS                     measure from that spot to a pOint that will be viSible and
 soon as possible, reduce the accumulation of water behind a                     identifiable from outside the house, such as a chimney, vent
 ceiling by poking a small hole In the wallboard or plaster and                  pipe, or the peak of the roof. Get up on the roof and use that
 draining the water.                                                             measurement to locate the leak.

236 • T H E COMPLETE GUID E TO !lOOFI NG, SID I NG & TBIM

I How to Make Emergency Repairs

If your roof is severely damaged, the primary goal is to Cover the damaged area by nailing strips of lath around the prevent additional damage until permanent repairs are made. edges of a plastic sheet or tarp. Nail a sheet of plywood to the roof to serve as emergency cover to keep out the wind and water. Tip: For temporary repairs, use double-headed nails, which can be easily removed. Fill nail holes with roofing cement when the repair is complete.

I How to Make Spot Repairs with Roofing Cement

To reattach a loose shingle, wipe Tack down buckled shingles by Check the joints around flashing, down the felt paper and the underside cleaning below the buckled area, filling which are common places for roof leaks of the shingle. Let each dry, then apply the area with roofing cement, then to occur. Seal any gaps by cleaning out a liberal coat of roofing cement Press pressing the shingle into the cement and replacing any failed roofing cement the shingle down to seat It in the bed Patch cracks and splits in shingles with of cement Tip: Heat softens the roof’s roofing cement surface, and cold makes it brittle. If needed, warm shingles slightly with a hair dryer to make them easier to work with and less likely to crack.

                                                                                                     Hoofillg & Sidillg Hepairs •   237

  I How to Replace Asphalt Shingles

  pull out damaged shingles,                   Remove old nails in and above                  Install the replacement shingles,
  starting with the uppermost shingle In       the repair area using a flat pry bar.          beginning with the lowest shingle in
  the damaged area. Be careful not to          Patch damaged felt paper with                  the repair area. Nail above the tab
  damage surrounding shingles that are         roofing cement.                                slots using % or 1" roofing nails.
  still in good condition .

  Install all but the top shingle with nails, then apply               Slip the last shingle into place, under the overlapping
  roofing cement to the underside of the top shingle, above            shingle. lift the shingles immediately above the repair area,
  the seal line.                                                       and nail the top replacement shingle.

238 • T H E COMPLETE GUID E TO !lOOFI NG, SIDI NG & TBIM

I How to Replace Wood Shakes & Shingles

Split the damaged wood shingles or shakes with a wood Remove the pieces. Slide a hacksaw blade under the chisel and mallet so they can be removed. overlapping shingles and cut the nail heads. Pry out the remaining pieces of the shakes or shingles.

Gently pry up, but don’t remove, the shakes or shingles Cut the shakes or shingles for the top course. Because above the repair area. Cut new pieces for the lowest course, the top course can’t be nailed, use roofing cement to fasten leaving a %” gap between pieces. Nail replacements In place the pieces in place. Apply a coat of roofing cement where with ring-shank Siding nails. Fill in all but the top course In the the shakes or shingles will sit, then slip them beneath repair area. the overlapping pieces. Press down to seat them in the roofing cement.

                                                                                                         Hoofillg & Sidillg Hepairs •   239

I How to Replace valley Flashing
 Asphalt roofing is most pro ne to lea kjng vv here two            ste p e nsu res that roofi ng felt isn't yo u r roof's only line
 roof planes mee t- in t he val leys . Sometimes the me ta l       of d efe nse if the meta l lea ks in t he future. Thi rd , you' ll
 va lley flas hi ng is corroded or poor ly na il ed, produc in g   ins tal l nev'! \IV-s tyle al umin um va ll ey flashing, w hi c h
a leak; or if your sh i ngles are woven over one                   will never co rrode. F in a lly, th e original shin gles a re
ano ther in a va lley, there may not be any unde rl ying           laced back into plaee ove r th e flas hin g and cu t bac k
metal fl as hi ng at al l. As soo n as t he shi ngles sta rt       to leave t he flashing area parti a lly exposed.
to deteriorate, a iC<J k is bo un d to happe n . It co uld
a lso be th at yo ur cu rre nt me ta l fl ashing's design is
re di rect ing water back un der t he shingles d u ring
heavy rains and c reating le aks . vVha tcvc r th e case may            Tools & Materials ~
be, you may need to replace th e flash in g o r improve
how it's in sta lled. If t he current s hin gles are in good            Pry bar                       Metal seamer
condition, you can do t his project wit hou t rep lacing                Pu sh broom                   Chalk line
yo ur e nt i re roof.                                                   H ook- bladed                 Self-ad hesive
      T he process for re plac in g va ll ey flas hi ng involves             ut ili ty kni fe            u nderlayment
fou r ma in stages. First, you'll ca re fu lly remove t he              i'vle<Js u rin g tape            membrane
shingles in the va ll ey a rea so they can be re insta ll e d           Straightedge                  Alumin um W -s tyle
ove r t he new f las hin g later. Second, self-ad hesive                Ha mm e r                       valley Hash ing
under laymc nt mem brane is rolled onto t he roof deck                  Aviat io n snips              Roofin g nai ls
to provide a barrier be neath the meta l f las hing. Th is

 Damaged valley flashing can be patched for temporary leak stoppage, but you should replace it completely as soon as you can.

240 • T H E COM PLETE GUIDE TO !lOOFI NG. SIDING & TBIM

I How to Replace Damaged valley Flashing

Carefully lift shingles in the valley area with a prybar to pry off the old flashing and remove all nails. Sweep the break their self-seal strip, and pry the nails free. Shingles are valley area thoroughly, clearing off all of the debris on the roof generally held in place with eight nalls- four from the shingle deck. Inspect the roofing felt and decking surfaces. If the felt above and four above the tabs. Slide the shingles out and stack is torn or the decking is deteriorated from moisture, replace It them in order so they’ll be easier to replace later. Remove now (For more on replacing sheathing, see pages 68 to 69.) enough shingles to completely expose the valley flashing.

Roll out the self-adhesive underlayment membrane Starting at the ridge, peel off the backing paper to expose from the ridge to the eave with the paper backing facing the adheSive and stick the membrane down on the roofing felt. down . You can use granulated or bare membrane for this You may find it helpful to tack the membrane at the ridge to application . Cut the membrane off the roll so it overlaps the anchor It. Slip the membrane under any overhanging shingles eave and ridge. as you proceed, and keep the membrane as flat and smooth as possible. It must make full contact with the deck and not be gapped at the base of the valley, or it could tear and breach the seal.

                                                                                                                         (continued)

                                                                                                         Hoofillg & Sidillg Hepairs •   24 1

 Set the fi rst piece of valley flashing in place so it             use a metal seamer to bend the flashing overlaps down
 overlaps the eave. Use a straightedge to mark cutting lines        over the dnp edge. Cut tabs in the notched area of the flashing
 on the flashing that match the angles of the roof decks. The       and fold them over the raised ridge to close this gap.
 goal here is to cut the flashing about 1" longer than the end of
 the roof so you can lap the flashing over the drip edge. It will
 prevent ice dams from forming here in the winter.

 Position the eave flashing carefully, and nail It In place         When the first strip of flashing is completely nailed, set
 with 'I," roofing nails spaced every 12" up the flashing. Drive    the second strip in place on the roof deck so it overlaps the first
 the nails within 1" of the edge of the flashing only.              by 1 ft With assistance, stretch a chalk line from the eave to the
                                                                    ndge to make sure both flashings form a straight line along the
                                                                    center ridge. Make any adjustments to the fit, and proceed to
                                                                    nail the second strip to the deck. Continue to install flashing up
                                                                    to the ndge, and cut off the overhang with aviation snips.

242 • T H E COM PLETE GUID E TO !l OO FI NG, SIDI NG & TBI M

Slip the shingles back into position along one edge of the Carefully lift the overlapping shingle edges, and nail the flashing from eave to ridge. Renail the shingles to the roof deck shingles to the valley flashing within 1” of Its edge. using the same nailing pattern as you would when installing them new

With an assistant’s help, snap a chalk line from the ridge Trim off the overhanging portion of each shingle along the to the eave to mark a trim line on the overlapping shingles. chalk line to complete the first Side of the flashing detail. Then Position this line so about 3” of the flashing next to the flashing repeat the process of refitting, nailing, marking, and trimming ridge will be exposed at the roof ridge and about 6” will be shingles on the other side of the flashing to finish the valley. exposed at the eave. The wider exposure of flashing at the Slip a scrap of wood behind the shingles to protect the flashing bottom will help handle the greater volurne of water here when trimming the shingles. without overflowing the flashing.

                                                                                                          Hoofillg & Sidillg Hepairs •   243

 I How to Replace Step Flashing

 Carefully bend up the counter flashing or the siding                Cut the new flashing to fit, and apply roofing cement to all
 covenng the damaged flashing. Cut any roofing cement                unexposed edges. Slip the flashing In place, making sure it's
 seals, and pull back the shingles. Use a flat pry bar to remove     overlapped by the flashing above and overlaps the flashing
 the damaged flashing. Tip: When replacing flashing around           and shingle below.
 masonry; such as a chimney, use copper or galvanized steel.
 Lime from mortar can corrode aluminum.

 Drive one roofing nail through the flashing, at the bottom          Reposition the shingles and counter flashing, and seal all
 corner, and Into the roof deck. Do not fasten the flashing to the   jOints with roofing cement.
 vertical roof element, such as a chimney.

244 • T H E COMPLETE Gu rD E TO !lOOFI NG, SfDl NG & TBIM

I Cleaning Roofs If yo u li ve in a coastal region or on heavil y wooded property, your asphalt roof may have discolored stain ing from mi ldew an d algae growth . Provided these protect yourself fro m the ch lo rine by wea ring a rai n suit and safety glasses. Choose a calm, overcast day for the job. If yo ur roof ha s a steep p itc h , do not attempt thi s are just stains and not fungi o r mold growt h (s igns of proj ect; hire a professional roofcleCl ni ng service to do morc serioll s mo isture problems ), YOLI can re m ove the t he work instead. stain s eas ily an d have yo ur roof looki ng new aga in. The process involves sp raying th e shi ngles with a solut ion of pool ch lorine and li quid de terge nt, then rins in g it off with a garden hose. C hlori ne will begin to kill the algae Tools & Materials ~ im media tely a nd brighte n the shi ngle color, but it wi ll also co nti nue to work for days after treati ng. Spray wa ter Ladder I gal. of liqu id onto shru bbery and the surro unding yard first. especia lly Pum p spraye r poo l chlorine in dovvnspollt areas, to help dj]ute the chemica l fUlloff. Garden hose and Liquid Use extreme caut ion ,vhen walking on a ,vet roof. sp ray nozzle d ish detergent \Vea r softsoled rubbe r sneakers fo r optimal traction, and

I How to Clean an Asphalt Roof

Make the cleaner. Combine 1 gal. of Apply the cleaner. Working from the Spray off the chemicals with a swimming pool chlorine and 1 oz. of ridge to the eaves, apply the bleach garden hose and clean water. Do not liquid dish detergent In a pump-style solution with a garden sprayer in 6- to use a pressure washer for this step- It garden sprayer. wear chemical gloves 10-ft. sections. Work qUickly so the Will blast granules off the shingles and and safety glasses to protect yourself. entire section can be rinsed clean shorten therr life. Watch your step when Tip: Spray your shrubs and yard with while the treatment is still wet. Wear working near the eaves. Follow up the water to dilute any chemical overspray. protective clothing, rubber-soled shoes, first chemical spray and wash with a and safety glasses when working with second application of a 50150 mixture of the chemical spray. chlonne and water. Rinse off the second treatment thoroughly with more fresh water before the chlorine dries.

                                                                                                       Hoofillg & Sidillg Hepairs •   245

I Evaluating Siding & Trim T he first step in inspecting a nd eva luating siding and trim is to identify the type of material used on the house. O nce you determin e th e materi a l, take a c lose look at t he p rob le m a rea and deter min e th e best m et hod to fix it. If yo ur siding is still unde r warran ty, read through t he wa rranty doc ume nt before sta rtin g any repairs. Mak ing repa irs you rself co uld in va lidate the product \varranty. If the siding was profess ionally installed, you may want to ta lk to yo ur contractor about the repairs. In ad dition to looking un Sightly, s mall s idin g pro blems c<:In esca late into la rge r a nd m Ofe costly pro bl ems. As soon as YO LI spot any siding damage, Check window and door trim for rot, especially on take ste ps to fix it immed iately, es pecially if th e re’s horizontal surfaces and at joints. Try to make repairs without a poss ibi lity of wate r infiltrat ion. removing the trim.

 I Tips for Inspecting Trim
                                                                                             I.

                                                                                             j
                                                                                              I

 Inspect decorative trim, like the gingerbread trim shown         Evaluate broad trim pieces, such as the end cap trim
 here. If you suspect damage, remove the trim and make repairs    shown above, and make repairs using the same techniques
 in a workshop.                                                   as for siding.

246 • T H E CO MPLETE GUIDE TO !lOOFI NG, SID I NG & TBIM

I Common Siding Problems

Separated joints can occur In any type of lap siding, but Buckling occurs most frequently in manufactured siding when they’re most common in wood lap. Gaps between V. and %” expansion gaps are too small at the points where the siding fits thick can be filled with caulk. Gaps %” or wider could mean into trim and channels. If possible, move the channels slightly that your house has a serious mOisture or shifting problem. to give the siding more room. If not, remove the siding, trim the Consult a bUilding inspector. length slightly, then reinstall.

Minor surface damage to metal siding is best left alone In Missing siding, such as cedar shakes that have been blown most cases- unless the damage has penetrated the surface. away from the wall, should be replaced immediately. Check the With metal products, cosmetic surface repairs often look surrounding siding to make sure it’s secure. worse than the damage.

                                                                                                 Hoofillg & Sidillg Hepairs •   247

I Repairing Siding a mage to s id ing is fa irl y c ommo n, but fo rtun a te ly, D it’s also easy to f ix. Sm all to medium ho les, Tools & Materials ~ crac ks, a nd ro tte d a reas ca n be re pa ire d -‘l ith fille r or by re plac ing th e da m aged sec ti o ns \l it h Aviatio n snips Pai ntbrush m atch ing sidi ng. C au lk gu n Epoxy wood f il ler If yo u cann ot fi nd ma tc h ing s id ing fo r re pa irs D ril l Epoxy glue a t b u il d ing c ente rs, c hec k \l ith sa lvage ya rd s o r Fla t pry bar G alvani zed ri ng- s id in g co n t rac tors . ”’ he n re pa iring a lum in um Ha mme r shan k sid ing nails o r viny l s idin g, c o nt a c t t he m anufa c turer or t h e Straightedge Siliconi zed co nt ra c tor w ho ins tall e d t he s id in g to he lp you Tape meas u re ac rylic ca ulk locate matc h in g m a te rial s a nd parts . If yo u’ re U t i lity knife Roofing ceme nt u nabl e to fin d a n exac t ma tc h , re move a sec tio n o f Z ip-loc k too l 30 11 felt paper original sidi ng from a less visibl e area of th e house, C hi sel Sheath ing sll c h as th e bac k of t he ga rage, a nd li se it fo r t he Trowel T ri m patc h . Cove r t he ga p in t he less vis ible a rea w ith a Scre\vdri ve rs Repla ce ment s id ing c lose matc hing s id ing, w he re the mi s matc h w ill be Hacksaw End ca ps less no ti cea ble. C ircular saw \J’ood preservati ve ]igs mv Pri me r Key hole saw Pa int o r sta in N ail se t M etal sandpaper Stud fi nder

                                                                              J -channel

        Nailing strip

  Vinyl and metal siding panels have a locking J-channel that fits over the bottom of the nailing strip on the underlying piece.
  use a zip-lock tool (inset) to separate panels. Insert the tool at the seam nearest the repair area. Slide it over the !-Channel, pulling
  outward slightly, to unlock the joint from the siding below

248 • T H E COM PLETE GUID E TO !l OO FI NG, SIDI NG & TBI M

I How to Patch vinyl Siding

Starting at the seam nearest the damaged area, unlock Insert siding nails in the nailing strip, then position the end interlocking jOints using a zip-lock tool. Insert spacers between of a flat pry bar over each nail head. Drive the nails by tapping the panels, then remove the fasteners in the damaged siding on the neck of the pry bar with a hammer. Place a scrap piece using a flat pry bar. Cut out the damaged area using aviation of wood between the pry bar and siding to avoid damaging the snips. Cut a replacement piece 4” longer than the open area, siding. Slip the locking channel on the overlapping piece over and trim 2” off the nailing strip from each end. Slide the piece the nailing striP of the replacement piece. Tip: If the damaged into position. panel is near a corner, door, or window, replace the entire panel This eliminates an extra seam

I How to Patch Aluminum Siding 2

Cut out the damaged area using aviation snips. Leave an Nail the lower patch in place by driving siding nails through exposed area on top of the uppermost piece to act as a bonding the nailing flange. Apply roofing cement to the back of the top surface. Cut a patch 4” larger than the repair area. Remove the piece, then press it Into place, slipping the locking channel over nailing strip. Smooth the edges With metal sandpaper. the nailing strip of the underlying piece. Caulk the seams.

I How to Replace Aluminum End Caps

Remove the damaged end cap. If necessary, pry the bottom Trim the nailing tabs off the top replacement cap. Apply loose, then cut along the top with a hacksaw blade. Starting at roofing cement to ItS back. Slide the cap over the locking the bottom, attach the replacement end caps by driVing siding channels of the Siding panels. Press the top cap securely nails through the nailing tabs and into the framing members. in place.

                                                                                                        Hoofillg & Sidillg Hepairs •   249

 I How to Replace Board & Batten Siding

 Remove the battens over the                  cut replacement boards from the              Nail the new boards in place using
 damaged boards. Pry out the damaged          same type of lumber, allowing a YO'          ring·shank siding nails. Replace the
 boards in their entirety. Inspect the        gap at the side seams. Prrme or seal         battens and any other trim. Prime and
 underlying housewrap, and patch              the edges and the back side of the           paint or stain the new boards to blend
 if necessa IY.                               replacement boards. Let them dly.            with the surrounding siding.

 I How to Replace Wood Shakes & Shingles

 Split damaged shakes or shingles with a hammer and                 Cut replacement shakes or shingles to fit, leaving a y.. to
 chisel, and remove them. Insert wood spacers under the             %"·wide gap at each side. Coat all Sides and edges with wood
 shakes or shingles above the repair area, then slip a hacksaw      preservative. Slip the patch pieces under the Siding above
 blade under the top board to cut off any remaining nail heads.     the repair area . Drive Siding nails near the top of the exposed
                                                                    area on the patches. Cover nail heads with caulk. Remove the
                                                                    spacers.

250 • T H E COMPLETE GUID E TO !lOOFI NG, SID I NG & TBIM

I How to Replace Lap Siding

If the damage is caused by water, locate and repair the Mark the area of siding that needs to be replaced. leak or other source of the water damage. Make the cutout lines over the center of the framing members on each side of the repair area, staggering the cuts to offset the jOints. Tip: use an electronic stud finder to locate framing members, or look for the nail heads.

Insert spacers beneath the board above the repair area. Measure and cut replacement boards to fit, leaving Make entry cuts at the top of the cutting lines with a key hole an expansion gap of %” at each end . use the old boards as saw, then saw through the boards and remove them. Pry out templates to trace cutouts for fixtures and openings. use a any nails or cut off the nail heads using a hacksaw blade. Patch jigsaw to make the cutouts. Apply wood sealer or primer to the or replace the sheathing and building paper, if necessary. ends and backs of the boards. Let them dry.

Nail the new boards in place with siding nails, starting with Fill expansion joints with caulk (use paintable caulk the lowest board in the repair area. At each framing member, for painted wood or tinted caulk for stained wood). Prime drive nails through the bottom of the new board and the top of and paint or stain the replacement boards to match the the board below. Tip: If you removed the bottom row of siding surrounding siding. nail a 1 x 2 starter strip along the bottom of the patch area.

                                                                                                      Hoofillg & Sidillg Hepairs •   251

I Repairing Masonry Walls M aso nry repairs are doomed to fail if th e unde rl yin g ca use s of th e problems aren’t addressed . Fo r exa mp le, masonry bri c ks can sepa rate if the structu re is still being subjected to the stress th at caused the ori ginal damage. P inpoint th e natu re a nd ca use of the proble m s befo re you start re pairs. Look for obviou s c lues, s uc h as overgrown tree roots or da maged gutters that let water drain onto mas onry surfaces. Also c hec k the slope of the surrou ndin g la ndscape to see if it needs to be regraded to direc t Wa t e r 3 \Vay fro m the foundatio n. Afte r you’re SLI re yo u’ve e liminate d th e proble m , you’re ready to re pa ir t he da mage.

      Tools & Materials ~
      Drill wit h a masonry-        Masonry t rmve l
        c uttin g di sc             Jo in t ing too l
      M aso n's chisel              M ortar m ix
                                                                      For walls with internal damaged areas, remove only the
      Ha m me r                     C o nc re te fo rt ifier
                                                                      damaged section, keeping the upper layers intact if they are
      Wi re brush                   M ortm pigme nt                   in good condition. DO not remove more than four adjacent
      Pointing trowe l                                                bricks in one area- if the damaged area is larger, it will require
                                                                      temporary support, which IS a job for a profeSSional mason .

 I Types of Brick Problems

 Deteriorating mortar joints are common and usually more              Spalling occurs when trapped moisture IS exposed to
 widespread than surface deterioration of bricks. If you find         repeated freeze and thaw cycles, exerting enough directional
 damaged mortar, probe surrounding jOints with a screwdriver          pressure to fracture bricks. If the damage is contained to a
 to determine if they're sound . Tuck point deteriorating jOints by   fairly small area, you can replace only the affected bricks
 removing cracked, damaged mortar, then filling the Joints with       (opposite page). If the problem is more widespread, the
 fresh morta r.                                                       structure may have to be replaced.

252 • T H E COM PL ETE GUID E TO !l OO FI NG, SIDI NG & TBI M

I How to Replace Damaged Brick

Use an angle grinder with a masonry-cutting disc to Break the brick apart along the scored lines using score lines on the damaged brick and in the surrounding a masonry chisel and hammer If removing several bricks, mortar jOints. work from the top down, one row at a time. Be careful not to damage surrounding bricks.

Chisel out any mortar remaining in the cavity, then brush Mix the mortar, adding concrete fortifier and, if necessary, away dirt and debris using a wire brush. Rinse the area with pigment to match the old mortar. Use a pointing trowel to water Tip: Save fragments from broken bricks to use as color apply a 1” -thick layer of mortar to the bottom and sides of references when shopping for replacement bricks. the cavity.

Dampen the replacement brick slightly, then apply mortar Scrape away excess mortar with a masonry trowel. Smooth to the ends and top. Fit the brick Into the cavity and tap it the jOints using a Jointing tool that matches the profile of the with the handle of the trowel unti l the face is flush with the surrounding joints. Let the mortar set until crumbly, then brush surrounding bricks. If needed, press more mortar into the joints away any excess. using a pOinted trowel.

                                                                                                      Hoofillg & Sidillg Hepairs •   253

I Repairing Stucco Walls lthough stucco sid ing is vel)’ durabl e, it can be A damaged, and over t ime it ca n c rumb le or crack. The direc tions given belo-v ,,‘o rk we ll fo r patc h ing sma ll areas less t ha n t\V O sq. ft. For mo re exte nsive da mage, the I ,~ j~ , {

 repair is do ne in layers, as shO\,v Tl on the opposite page.                                                                .,
                                                                                                                 !   r . jI
                                                                                          I                          I ,.

      Tools & Materials ~
      Ca ulk gun                     Me ta l prime r
      Dis posabl e                   Stucco patching
         pa intbrush                    compound
      P utty kn ife                  Bondi ng adh esive
      [\IJaso n '$ trO\vel           Den<:ttured alco hol
      Sq ua re-end trO\ve l          Nle ta l prime r
      H a m me r                     Stucco mix
      W hi s k broo m                Maso n ry pa int
      Wi re brus h                   I Y2 1! roofi ng na ils
      iVl ason,), c hi se l          15# bu ilding pa pe r                                             i!
      Aviatio n s n ips              Self- furring me ta l lath
      Pry bar                        Nlasonry caulk
                                                                          Fill thin cracks in stucco walls with masonry caulk. Overfill
      Drill w ith masonry bit        Tint                                 the crack with caulk and feather until it's flush with the stucco.
      Scratc hin g too l             Nle ta l s top bead                  Allow the caulk to set then paint it to match the stucco.
                                                                          Masonry caulk stays semlflexlble, preventing further cracking.

 I How to Patch Small Areas

 Remove loose material from the                   Apply premixed stucco repair                    smooth the repair with a putty knife
 repair area using a wire brush. Use              compound to the repair area, slightly           or trowel, featheri ng the edges to blend
 the brush to clean away rust from any            overfilling the hole using a putty knife or     Into the surrounding surface. Use a
 exposed metal lath, then apply a coat of         trowel. Read manufacturer's directions,         whisk broom or trowel to duplicate
 metal primer to the lath.                        as drying times vary.                           the original texture. Let the patch dry
                                                                                                  for several days, then touch it up with
                                                                                                  masonry paint.

254 • T H E CO MPLETE GUID E TO !l OO FI NG. SIDI NG & TBI M

I How to Repair Large Areas

                                                       ,
                                                        '"
                                                         I

Make a starter hole with a drill and masonry bit, then use TO mix your own stucco, combine three parts sand, a masonry chisel and hammer to chip away stucco In the two parts Portland cement, and one part masonry cement. repair area . Note: Wear safety glasses and a particle mask or Add just enough water so the mixture holds Its shape when respirator when cutting stucco. Cut self-furring metal lath to squeezed (inset). Mix only as much as you can use in 1 hour. size and attach it to the sheathing using roofing nails. Overlap Tip: Premixed stucco works well for small jobs, but for large pieces by 2”. If the patch extends to the base of the wall, ones, it’s more economical to mix your own. attach a metal stop bead at the bottom

Apply a %“-thick layer of stucco Apply a second, smooth layer of Combine finish coat stucco mix directly to the metal lath. Push the stucco. Build up the stucco to within %” With Just enough water for the mixture stucco into the mesh until it fills the gap of the onginal surface. Let the patch dry to hold its shape. Dampen th e patch between the mesh and the sheathing. for two days, misting every 2 to 4 hours. area, then apply the finish coat to match Score horizontal grooves Into the wet the original surface. Dampen the patch surface using a scratching tool. Let the periodically for a week. Let it dry for stucco dry for two days, misting It with several more days before painting. water every 2 to 4 hours.

                                                                                                         Hoofillg & Sidillg Hepairs •   255

I Repairing Wood Fascia & Soffits F asc ia and soffits add a finished look to your roof and promote a hea lt hy roof system. A ,ve ll -ve ntil a te d soffit syste m preven ts mo is ture from bu ildi ng lip under t he roof an d in the attic. Most fasc ia an d soffit problems can be co rrected by cuttin g out sections of damaged materi al and replacing th em. Jo ints between fascia boa rd s arc lock na il e d at rafter locations, so you s ho uld remove whole sections of fasc ia to make accurate beve l cuts for patc hes. Soffits ca n often be left in p lace for repa irs.

      Tools & Materials ~
      C ircu la r sm.v               Re place me nt
      Ji gsaw                             materi als
      Drill                          Na iling strip s
      Putty knife                    Ga lvanized deck
      Ham me r                            screws (2" , 2W')
      F lat pry bar                  4d galva ni zed
      Nai l set                         casi ng nai ls
                                                                        Fascia and soffits close off the eaves area beneath the roof
      C hi sel                       Ac rylic ca ulk
                                                                        overhang. The fascia covers the ends of rafters and rafter
      Ca ulk gun                     Prim er                            lookouts, and provides a surface for attaching gutters. Soffits
      Paintbrus h                    Pa int                             are protective panels that span the area between the fascia
                                                                        and the side of the house.

 I How to Repair Wood Fascia

 Remove gutters, shingle moldings,               set your circular saw for a 45' bevel,        set the patch board in place. Drill
 and any other items mounted on the              and cut off the damaged portion of the        pilot holes through both fascia boards
 fascia . Carefully pry off the damaged          fascia board. Reattach the undamaged          Into the rafter. Drive nails in the holes
 fascia board using a pry bar. Remove            original fascia to the rafters or rafter      to create a locknail Joint (inset). Replace
 the entire board and all old nails.             lookouts using 2" deck screws.                shingle moldings and trim pieces using
                                                 Bevel-cut a patch board to replace            4d casing nails. Set the nail heads.
                                                 the damaged section.                          Prime and paint the new board.

256 • T H E COM PLETE GUIDE TO !lOOFI NG, SID I NG & TBIM

I How to Repair Wood Panel Soffits 1 \

In the area where soffits are damaged, remove the Remove the damaged soffit section using a pry bar. Cut support moldings that hold the soffits in place along the fascia nailing stnps the same length as the exposed area of the and extenor wall. Drill entry holes, then use a jigsaw to cut out rafters, and fasten them to the rafters or rafter lookouts at the damaged soffit area. Tip: Cut soffits as close as possible the edges of the openings using 2’1i’ deck screws. to the rafters or rafter lookouts. Finish cuts with a chisel, if necessary

                                                                  4

using soffit material similar to the original panel. cut Attach the replacement panel to the nailing strips using a replacement piece %” smaller than the opening. If the new 2” deck screws. If you are not going to paint the entire soffit panel will be vented, cut the vent openings. after the repair, pnme and paint the replacement piece before installing it.

5 6

Reattach the soffit molding using 4d casing nails. Set the Using siliconized acrylic caulk, fill all nail holes, screw nail heads. holes, and gaps. Smooth out the caulk with a putty knife until the caulk is even with the surface. Prime and paint the soffit panels.

                                                                                                        Hoofillg & Sidillg Hepairs •   257

I Repairing Gutters G utte rs pe rform the importa nt tas k of c ha n ne ling wa te r 3’vay fro m yo ur house. A good g utte r sys te m preve nt s da mage to your s id in g, fo un datio n , and la ndscaping, a nd it he lps preve nt water fro m lea ki ng into you r base me nt . \t\lhe n gutte rs fa il , eva lua te th e type and exte nt of da mage to se lec t th e best re pa ir m e t hod . C lean your gutte rs a nd down spouts as ofte n as necessary to ke ep th e sys te m wo rking e ffi c ientl y.

       Tools & Materials ~
       Fb t pry ba r                 C h a lk line
       2 hacksa\v                    Wood sc rap s
       Ca ul k gun                   Re plac e me nt
       Pop rive t gun                    gutte r mate ri a ls
       Drill                         Si licon ized
       Ham mer                           acry li c caulk
       Stiff-bri stl e brush         Roofi ng ce ment
       Putty kni fe                  Nleta l fla sh ing
       Steel woo l                   S hee t-me ta l sc rews
       Av iation sni ps                  or pop rive ts
       Leve l                        Gutter ha nge rs
       Painthru sh                   Prime r a nd pa int
      Trowe l                        Gutte r patc hi ng kit
      G arde n hose                  Gutte r gua rds                  Use a trowel to clean leaves, twigs, and other debris
                                                                      out of the gutters before starting the repairs.

                                                                                        Keep gutters and downspouts clean
                                                                                        so rain falling on the roof is directed well
                                                                                        away from the foundation. Nearly all wet
                                                                                        basement problems are caused by water
                                                                                        collecting near the foundation, a situation
                                                                                        that can frequently be traced to clogged
                                                                                        and overflowing gutters and downspouts.

258 • T H E CO MPLETE GUID E TO !l OO FI NG, SIDI NG & TBI M

I How to Unclog Gutters

Flush clogged downspouts with Check the slope of the gutters using Place gutter guards over the gutters water. Wrap a large rag around a garden a level. Gutters should slope slightly to prevent future clogs. hose and insert it in the downspout toward the downspouts. Adjust the opening. Arrange the rag so it fills the hangers, If necessary. opening, then turn on the water full force.

I How to Rehang Sagging Gutters & Patch Leaks

For sagging gutters, snap a chalk line Reattach hangers every 24” and use a gutter patching kit to make on the fascia that follows the correct within 12” of seams. Use new hangers, temporary repairs to a gutter with slope. Remove hangers in and near the if necessary. Avoid using the original nail minor damage. Follow manufacturer’s sag. Lift the gutter until It’S flush with holes. Fill small holes and seal minor directions. For permanent repairs, see the chalk line. Tip: A good slope for leaks using gutter caulk. pages 194 to 197. gutters;s a )” drop every 10 ft. toward the downspouts.

                                                                                                        Hoofillg & Sidillg Hepairs •   259

 I How to Repair Leaky Joints

 Drill out the rivets or unfasten the metal screws to              Apply caulk to the joining parts, then reassemble the jOint.
 disassemble the leaky Joint. Scrub both parts of the jOint with   Secure the connection with pop rivets or sheet-metal screws.
 a stiff-bristle brush. Clean the damaged area with water, and
 allow to dry completely

 I How to Patch Metal Gutters

 Clean the area around the damage              Apply a 'Io"-thick layer of roofing      Cut and bend a piece of flashing to
 with a stiff-bristle brush. Scrub it with     cement evenly over the damage. Spread    fit inside the gutter. Bed the patch in the
 steel wool or an abraSive pad to loosen       the roofing cement a few inches past     roofing cement. Feather out the cement
 residue, then nnse it with water.             the damaged area on all sides.           to reduce ridges so it won't cause
                                                                                        significant damming. Tip: To prevent
                                                                                        corrosion, make sure the patch is the
                                                                                        same type of metal as the gutter

260 • T H E COM PLETE GUID E TO !l OO FI NG, SIDI NG & TBI M

I How to Replace a Section of Metal Gutter

Remove gutter hangers in and near Slip spacers between the gutter and Cut a new gutter section at least 4” the damaged area . Insert wood spacers fascia near each end of the damaged longer than the damaged section. in the gutter near each hanger before area, so you won ‘t damage the roof prying. Tip: If the damaged area is more when cutting the gutter. Cut out the than 2 ft. long replace the entire section damaged seclion uSing a hacksaw with new material.

Clean the cut ends of the old gutter Secure the gutter patch with pop Reinstall gutter hangers. If necessary, using a wire brush. Caulk the ends, then rivets or sheet-metal screws. use at use new hangers but don’t use old center the gutter patch over the cutout least three fasteners at each joint On holes. Prime and paint the patch to area and press Into the caulk. the inside surfaces of the gutter, caulk match the existing gutter. over the heads of the fasteners.

                                                                                                   Hoofillg & Sidillg Hepairs •   261

I Repairing Trim S Dine exteri or trim serves as deco ratio n, like ginge rbread and o rnate co rn ice mo ldings. Other trim , sLlc h as brickmold and end caps, \lu rks ,vith siding to sea l your hOllse from th e e le me nts. Damaged bric kmo ld a nd co rn e r boa rd s sho uld be patc hed .v ith stock material similar to th e original. If you can not find matc hin g replacement parts for decorative trim at ho me improvement stores, chec k sa lvage shops or con tac t a c usto m mi llworker.

      Tools & Materials ~
      Ham me r                      Ca ulk
      Chi sel                       1Od galva nized
      C ircu lar $m'v                 casi ng nai ls
      Na il set                     Ga lva ni zed rin g~
      Putty knife                     sha nk sid ing nails
      Utility knife                 Sa ndpape r
      Paintbrush                     Pai nt
      Flat pry bar                   Building paper
      Ca ulk gun                    Drip edge
      Epoxy wood filIer             Replac em ent t rim               Repair delicate or ornamental trim molding In your
      Epoxy gl ue                                                     workshop whenever possible. you'll get better results than
                                                                      if you try repairing It while it's still attached .

 I Tips for Repairing & Replacing Trim

 Reattach loose trim with new ring-shank siding nails driven          Repair decorative trim molding with epoxy glue or wood
 near old nail locations. Fill old nail holes with palntable caulk,   filler. For major repairs, make your own replacement parts, or
 and touch up caulk and new nail heads with paint to match the        take the trim to a custom millwork shop.
 surrounding surface.

262 • T H E COM PLETE GUIDE TO !lOOFI NG, SID I NG & TBIM

I How to Replace Brickmold

pry off old brickmold around Hold a replacement piece of Cut a 3”-wide piece of flashing to fit windows and doors using a flat pry bar. brick mold, slightly longer than the between the jambs, then bend it in half Remove any old drip edge. Inspect and original piece across the opening. Mark lengthwise to form the new drip edge repair the building paper. cutting lines to fit the opening. Cut the (preformed dnp edge is also available). replacement molding at the marks, Slip it between the siding and building matching any miter cuts. paper, above the door or window. Do not na il the dnp edge in place.

Test-fit the replacement piece of brickmold, then apply Nail the brickmold to the door header using lOd exterior-grade panel adhesive to the back side. Follow the galvanized casing nails. Locknai l the miter joints and set all nail manufacturer’s directions for allowing the adhesive to set. heads. Seal joints and cover nail holes with caulk. Pnme and paint when the caulk dries.

                                                                                                         Hoofillg & Sidillg Hepairs •   263

I Conversion Charts Lumber Dimensions Nomina l - U.S. Actual - U.S. (in inches) Metr ic Nominal - U.S. Actual - U.S. (in inches) Metric Ix2 3f4 X ] 1/1 19x38mm IY, x 4 11/. x 31/] 32x89mm Ix3 %X2Vl 19x64mm V, x 6 IV. X 5’1, 32 x 140 mm Ix4 Jil X 31/1 19 x 89 mm IV, x 8 J1I~ x 71/. 32 x 184 mm r Ix5 %X 41/1 19x114mm : 1’1, x 10 nt. x 91/ . 32 x 235 mm I Ix6 %x 51/1 19x140mm IV, x 12 1V. x 1]111 32x286mm Ix7 3f4 x 6\1. 19x159mm I 2x 4 lV, X 3\12 38x89mm Ix8 %x ?If. 19x184mm 2x 6 ]1/1 X 51/1 38 x 140 mm I x 10 V. X 9V. 19x235mm 2x 8 ]1/, X 7V. 38 x 18 mm I x 12 V. X 11 % 19 x 286 mm 2 x 10 ] 1/1 X 9V. 38x235mm I ’;’ x 4 I X 3V, 25x89mm 2 x 12 I 1/2 X 11 1/. 38 x 286 mm I ’;’ x 6 I X 5V, 25xl40mm 3x 6 21/1 X SVl 64 x 140 mm I ’;’ x 8 I x 7V. 25xl84mm 4x 4 31/2 X 31J1 89 x 89 mm IV. x 10 I x 9V. 25x235mm 4x 6 31/1 X 51/1 89 x 140 mm IV. x 12 I x II ’;’ 25x286mm

 Metric Conversions
 To Convert:             To :                          Multi E l ~ b y :                To Conve rt:            To:                          Multi ~ l y b y:

Inches                   Millimet"s                    25.4                             Millimet",              Inches                       0.039
Inches                   Centimeters                   2.5                              Centimeters             Inches                       0.39
Feet                     Meters                        0.305                            Meters                  Feet                         3.28
Yords                    Meters                        0.914                            Met"s                   Yords                        109
S uare inches            5 uare centimeters            6.45                             5 uare centimeters      5 uore inches                0.155
5 uare lee t             5 uare meters                 0.093                             5 ume meters           S uare feel                  10.8
29uore lords             5 uare meters                 0.836                            .?,guore met"s          Sguore ords                  1.2
 Ounces                  Millilit"s                    30.0                              Millilit"s             Ounces                       .033
 Pints (U.S.)            liters                        0.473 11m .0568)                  liters                 Pints (US)                   2.114 11m .176)
 Quor~ (U.S.)            liters                        0.946 11m . 1 136)                lit"s                  Quorts (U.s.)                1.057 11m .088)
 Gnllnns (U.S.)          Liters                        3.78S lime. 4.S46)               Liters                  Gnllons (U.S.)               0.264 lime. 0.22)
 Ounces                  Grams                         28.4                         l   :GlOms                  Ounces                       0035                     ]
 Pounds                  Kilograms                     0.454                            .lli.glOms              Pounds                       2.2

 Counterbore, Shank & Pilot Hole Diameters
    Screw          Counter bore Diameter for                  Clearance Hole for                                        Pilot Hole Diameter
     Size           Screw Hea d (in inches)                 Screw Sha nk (in inches)                  Ha rd Wood (in inches )           Soft Wood (in inches )
       #1                    .146 ('I.. )                                   %4                                  %4                                  V32
       #2                        V.                                         0/31                                %4                                  V31
       #3                        V.                                         I/O(                                1/16                                3/0(

       #4                        V.                                          V.                                 1/1 6                               l/ 04

       #5                        V.                                          V.                                 %4                                  VI.
       #6                         1/16                                      %.                                  0/32                                %4
       #7                         1/16                                      %1                                  l/ll                                1/..
       #8                         VB                                        IV64                                'I.                                 %1
       #9                         VB                                        IV64                                'I.                                 0/J1
      #10                         %                                         3/11>                               'I,                                 1/6 4

      #11                         V,                                        0/1.                                %,                                  %4
      #12                         V,                                        1/ 31                               %4                                   'I.

264 • T H E COM PLETE GUIDE TO !lOOFt NG. SID I NG & TBIM

Adhesives Type Characteristics Uses White glue Strength: morlerole; ligid bond Porous surfaces: Drying time: severol hours Wood (Indoors) Resistance to heal: poor Poper Resistance 10 moisture: poor Clolh Hazards: none (Ieanu / solvent: soap and woter Yellow glue Strength: moderate 10 good; rigid bond Porous surfaces: (corpenler’s glue) Drying time: severol hours; foster thon white glue Wood (indoors) Resistance to heat: moderate Poper Resistance to moisture: moderole Clolh Hazards: none (Ieonu / solvent: soap and woter Two-part epoxy Strength: excellent; strongest of all adhesives Smooth & porous surfaces: Drying time: vOIies depending on monufDclurer Wood (indoors & outdoors) Resistance to heat: excellent Metel Resistance to moisture: excellent Masonry Hazards: fumes ore toxic and flammable Gloss (Ieanu I solvent: ecetone will dissolve some types Fiberglass Hot glue Strength: depends on type Smaath & porous surfaces: Drying time: less than 60 seconds Gloss Resistance to heat: fair Plastics Resistance to moisture: good Wood Hazards: hot glue can COlJse burns (Ieanu I solvent: heat will loosen bond (yanoacrylate Strength: mellent but with little fleibility Smooth surfaces: (instant glue) Drying time: 0 few seconds Gloss Resistance to heat: ecellent Ceromics Resistance to moisture: ecellen t Plastics Hazards: can bond skin instantly; to ic, flammable Metal (Ieanu I solvent: acetone (onstrudion adhesive Strength: good to ecellent; very durable Porous surfaces: Drying time: 24 hours Framing lumber Resistance to heat: good Plywood and paneling Resistance to moisture: ecellent Wallboard Hazards: may irritate skin and eyes Foam panels (Ieanu I solvent: soop and woter (while still wet) Masonry Water-base contad cement Strength: good Porous surfaces: Drying time: bonds instantly; dries fully in 30 minutes Plastic lominotes Resistance to heat: mellent Plywood Resistance to moisture: good Flooring Hazards: may irritate skin ond eyes CIOIh (Ieanu I solvent: soap ond woter (while still wet) Silicane sealant Strength: fair to good; very fleible bond Smaath & porous surfaces: lcoulkl Drying time: 24 hours Wood Resistance 10 heal: good Ceramics Resistance to malsture: ecellen t Fibergloss Hazards: may irritate skin ond eyes Plastics (Ieanu I solvenl: ocetone Glass

Converting Temperatures Fahrenheit Celsius ss’ 1S’ Convert deg"" Foh”nheit IFI 10 deg"" Celsius (0 by lollowing this simple 100mulo: Sublroct 32 hom the so’ 10’ W IS’ Foh”nheit temperotu” “oding. Then, mulitply that number by 5/,. FOI example, 77°F· 32 = 45. 45 x 5/, = 25’ (, 40’ 10’ 3S’ S’ To convert deg"" Celsius to degrees Foh”nheil, multiply the Celsius temperotu” leading by ‘I,. Then, odd 32. 3D’ Freezing 0’ lS’ _so FOI example, 25°Cx ‘Is = 45. 45 + 32 = 77°F. 10’ _100 IS’ - fSO 10’ - 20 0

                                                                                                              S'                                                _2S0
                                                                                                              0'                                            - 30   0

                                                                                                                                          Cml1'erSiOIl Charts     •    265

I Resources AGI Group, Inc. Midwest Lumber 8008236677 8008626003 wwwdecorativeshutters.com www.midwestlumberinc.com Alcoa Home Exteriors, Inc. Monier Life Tile 8009626973 800571 8453 wwwalcoa homes.com www.monierlifetile.com

Alside                                                National Roofing contractors Association (NRCA)
800 9226009                                           8472999070
wwwals ide.co m                                       www.nrca. net
Alcoa                                                 Novabrik
888 ALC OA 123                                        8666782745
wwwalcoa.com                                          www.novabrik.com

The Brick Industry Association                        Owens Corning, Masonry Products, LLC
703620001 0                                           800255 1727
www. bia.org                                          www.c ulturedstone.com
CertainTeed Corporation                               ProtectoWrap
800 7828777                                           877 271 9661
www.certainteed.com                                   www.protectowrap.com

Clay Tile                                             Roof Depot, Inc.
MCA Superior Clay Roof Tile                           8004588534
800 736622 1                                          www. roofdepot.com
www.mca-tile.com
                                                      Roof Tile Institute
Cultured Stone, Corp.                                 888321 9236
800 2551727                                           www rooftile.org
www.culturedstone.com
                                                      The Tapco Group
 DaVinci                                              Mid·America Siding Components, The Foundry, Inspire
800 3284624                                           Roofing Products, Atlantic Premium Shutters, Welicraft,
www.davinciroofscapes.com                             Builders Edge, Vantage, Stonecraft
                                                      8007714486
Dupont                                                wwwtapco int.co ms
800 44·TYVEK
www.tyvek. com                                        Vande Hey Raleigh
                                                      9207660156
Easy Heat. Inc.                                       www.crmti le.com
800 5374732
www.easyheat.com                                      Vinyl Siding Institute
                                                      8883678741
GAF Materials Corporation                             wwwvinylsiding.org
9736283000
wwwgaf. com                                           wellington polymer Technology, Inc.
                                                      Enviroshake® composite engineered roofing
James Hardie® Siding products                         (maintenance-free al tern at ive to ceda r) is 95% derived
8664-Hardie                                           from recycled ma terials and carries a 50-year,
wwwjameshardie.co m                                   non-prorated wa rranty.
                                                      8664233302
La Habra Stucco                                       wwwenviroshake.com
877 547 8822
www. lahabrastu cco.com                               western Red cedar Lumber Association
                                                      6046840266
MCA Superior Clay RoofTile                            www.wrcla.org
800 7366221
www mca-til e.com                                     western wood products Association
                                                      5032243930
Metal Roofing Alliance                                www.wwpa.org
360 2756 164
www. metalroofing.com                                 Wheatbelt. Inc.
                                                      8002645171
Metalworks                                            www.rollupshutter. com
800 3200 101
www metalworksroof. com

266 • T H E COM PLETE GUIDE TO !lOOFI NG, SIDING & TBIM

I Photography Credits AGI Group James Hardie® p. 209 (lower left & lower right) photos courtesy of AGI p. 140 photo courtesy of James Hardie® Siding Products Group Jessie Walker Alamy p. 7 (top), 90, 134 photos © Jessie Walker p. 35 photo © David Hoffman Photo Library, Alamy / www alamy.com; 42 (left) photo © Alamy / wwwalamy.com Karen Melvin p. 208 photo (top right) © Karen Melvin Alcoa Home Exteriors, Inc. p. 11 (top left), 22- 23 (all), 26, 38, 44 (top), 47, 118, La Habra Stucco 183 (lower left) photos courtesy of Alcoa p. 6 (top), 172 photos courtesy of La Habra Stucco

Alside Monier Life p. 12 (all), 13 (lower), 21 (top), 36, 72,183 (middle right), p. 31, 34 (top) photos courtesy of Monier Life 183 (middle right), 188 (lower left) photos courtesy of Alside Novabrik p. 8 (top), 43 (lower). 166 photos courtesy of Novabrik Andrea Rugg p. 6 (lower), 32 (lower), 37 photos © Andrea Rugg Owens Corning p. 11 (top right & lower). 43 (top), 162 photos courtesy of Beth Singer Owens Corning p. 152 photo © Beth Singer ProtectoWrap CertainTeed, Corp. p. 116 (top) photos courtesy of ProtectoWrap p. 16, 24, 46 (lower left), 74 photos courtesy of Certain Teed, Corp. Mark Samu p. 60, 108 photos © Mark Samu Clay Tile p. 9 (lower). 30, 104 photos courtesy of Clay Tile Scot Zimmerman p. 4, 40 (left), 190 (left) photos © Scot Zimmerman DaVinci p. 10 (lower). 29 photos courtesy of DaVinci The Tapco Group p. 3 Inspire Roofing Products, 7 (lower two) Mid-American FR Midwest Components, 8 (lower) StoneCraft, 21 The Foundary, p. 9 (top right), 146 photos courtesy of FR Midwest 39 The Foundary, 42 (lower right)-all photos courtesy of The Tapco Group Gary Russ p. 9 (top left) photo © Gary Russ wellington Technology p. 10 (top), 34 (lower) photos Wellington Technology GAF Materials, Corp. p. 27, 70, 86, 96 photos courtesy of GAF Materials, Corp. Wheatbelt, Inc. p. 209 (lower middle) photo courtesy of Wheatbelt, Inc. Istock p. 13 photo (top) © Jan Paul Schrage, Istock / www.istock. com; 14 photo © Istock / www.istock.com; 33 photo © Newton Page, Istock / wwwistock.com; 41 photo © Greg Nicholas, Istock / www.istock.com; 180 photo © Istock / www.istock.com; 204 photo © Jyeshern Cheng, Istock / www.istock.com; 210 photo © / Frances Twitty, Istock / www.istock.com

                                                                                                          PllOtograpily Credits •   267

I Index A replacing, 252-253 Drip edges, installing new roofing, Alligatoring paint. 18,214 scoring & cutting bricks, 160-161 72-73 Aluminum end caps, replacing, 249 See a/so Mortarless brick veneer Aluminum fascia Brushes for painting E installing, 188- 189 choosing, 212, 221 Efflorescence on masonry, 215 overview of, 188 cleaning, 224 Electricity and safety, 49 Aluminum roofing, 32-33 using, 222 End caps, replacing aluminum, 249 Aluminum siding Buckling roof shingles, 235 Environmentally friendly roofs ideas for, 10 Buckling siding, 247 described,34-35 overview of, 36, 37 organic shingles, 76 patching, 248, 249 C EPDM roofing Aluminum soffits Cedar shakes & shingles installing, 102- 103 installing, 185-187 alternatives to wood overview of, 28, 100-101 overview of, 184 steel, 12 Architectural shingles, 26 vinyl F Asphalt roofing installing, 126-127 Fall-arresting gear, 50 cleaning, 245 roofing ideas, 10 Fascia durability, 25, 26, 27 siding ideas, 7 about, 256 laminated,26 missing wood siding shakes, 247 aluminum replacing, 238 wood for roofs installing, 188- 189 roll roofing, 27 installing, 92-95 overview of, 188 shingles (three-tab) overview of, 90-91 identifying problems, 19 installing, 77-83 underlayment for, 91 importance of, 12 overview of, 24-25, 76 See a/so Wood siding painting, 223 replacing, 238 Cement, surface-bonding, 178-179 repairing wood, 256 Attics, ventilating Chalk color, 77 Fasteners for roofing, 65 estimating amount needed, 182, Chimneys, installing flashing around, Felt paper, 116 184 82 Fiber cement siding importance of, 182 Clapboard siding, 38 advantages of, 31 installing Clay tile roofing installing flashing around vent pipes on ideas for, 6, 9 new, 128- 133 roof, 79-80 installing, 104- 107 safety considerations when, 128 ridge vents, 86-87 overview of, 30 overview of, 43 See a/so Soffits Clear finishes, painting, 218 tools & materials for, 110, 128 Color products for stucco, 174 Fiberglass shingles, 76 B Color scheme ideas, 7 Flashing Bahama-style shutters, 209 Composite shingles, 34 bending, 74, 75 Basements, wet, 258 Concealed nail roll roofing estimating amount needed, 46 Beams, wrapping, 198- 199 installation, 98 installing Bleeding spots, 215 Concrete siding ideas, 9 asphalt shingles and, 79-82 Blistering paint, 18,214,215 Concrete tile (shakes) roofing, 31 cedar shakes/shingles and, Board & batten wood siding Continuous ridge vents, 183 93-94 ideas for, 40 Continuous soffit vents, 183 drip edge, 72-73 installing, 141- 145 Copper roofing, 32-33 valley, 75 overview of, 38, 40, 140 Cornices, installing, 200 leaks and, 17,237 painting, 223 Cost comparisons, 20, 38 overview of, 74 removing old, 113 Cupping problems, 17, 235 replacing replacing, 250 Cutting bricks, 160- 161 step, 244 Brickmold valley, 240-243 described, 202, 203 D types of roof, 65 replacing damaged, 202-203, Dimensional shingles, 26 262-263 Dormer vents, 183 G Brick veneer Double-course shingle installation, Gables installing, 157-159 135 described,200 overview of, 42, 156 Double coverage roll roofing trim removing old, 113 installation, 98 installing, 201, 205

268 • THE COM PLETE GUID ETO !lOOFI NG, SIDI NG & TBI M

 types of, 205                             installing, 147-151                     blistering, 18,214,215

vents, 183 overview of, 41, 146 peeling, 18, 214, 215 GFCI extension cords, 49 painting Gingerbread trim, 205 M fascia, 223 Green roofs Masonry overview of, 211, 216, 220 described,34- 35 brick veneer preparing surfaces for new paint, organic shingles, 76 installing, 157- 159 217- 219 Gutters overview of, 42, 156 removing old paint, 216 fascia installation and, 188 removing old, 113 siding, 223 installing vinyl replacing, 252- 253 soffits, 223 seamless, 196-197 scoring & cutting bricks, 160-161 stucco, 224 snap-together systems, 194-195 efflorescence problems, 215 tools & materials for overview of, 44-45 mortarless brick veneer brushes problems ideas for, 8 choosing, 212, 221 damage behind, 19 installing, 167-171 cleaning, 224 wet basements and, 258 overview of, 42-43, 166 using, 222 repairing preparing for painting, 219 described, 212-213 leaky joints, 260 repairing, 252-253 rollers patching, 259, 260 stucco siding choosing, 212, 221 rehanging sagging, 259 finishing walls with, 176-177 cleaning, 224 replacing sections of metal, 261 maintenance, 22 using, 222 unclogging, 259 overview of, 42-43, 172 sprayers, using, 226- 229 painting, 224 trim, 223 H premixed products for, 174 peeling paint, 18, 214, 215 Harnesses, 50 preparing walls for, 175 Perimeter bond roll roofing Housewrap, 116- 117 removing old, 113 installation, 97-98 HVLP (high-volume low-pressure) repairing, 254-255 Posts, wrapping, 198- 199 sprayers, 226-229 systems, 173 Prefabricated roofing panels, 32 tools & materials, 154-155 Price considerations, 20, 38 Metal Pump-jack scaffolding, 56- 57 Ice and water shields, 70 gutters Pyramid method of roof shingle Ice dams, 234 patching, 260 installation, 84- 85 Ice guards, 70 replacing, 261 preparing for painting, 219 R J roofing, 32- 33 ROllers for painting Job site, preparing, 58- 59, 64 siding choosing, 212, 221 damage to, 247 cleaning, 224 L overview of, 36-37 using, 222 Ladders painting, 219 Rolling shutters, 209 roofing, 64 problems, 18,247 ROil roofing, installing new using safely, 48, 49, 52- 53 repairing, 248, 249 concealed nail application, 99 Laminated asphalt shingles, 26 Mildew, 215 double coverage application, 99 Lap siding Mitered corner shingle installation, overview of, 96 installing new, 128-133 135 perimeter bond method, 97- 98 removing old, 113 Mortarless brick veneer Roofing replacing, 251 ideas for, 8 cleaning asphalt, 235, 245 separated joints, 247 installing, 167- 171 considerations Leaks overview of, 42-43, 166 cost, 20 interior ceiling stains and, 17, 234, durability, 23, 34 236 o maintenance, 22 locating & evaluating, 237 One-coat stucco, 172, 173 vent replacements, 183 LEED (leadership in energy and Organic shingles, 76 elements of, 62-63, 182, 234 environmental design) credits, 34 environmentally friendly, 34- 35, 76 Living roofs, 35 p fasteners for, 65 Log cabin siding Paint failure flashing, types of, 65 ideas for, 9, 146 alligatoring, 18,214 ideas for, 6, 7, 9-10, 11,90

                                                                                                               Illdex •   269

   installing                                  installing fiber cement, 128             problems
      asphalt shingles (three-tab),            installing roof jacks, 58                   buckling, 18, 247
         77- 83                                ladders and, 48, 49, 52-53                  flashing, 17
      cedar shakes, 92-95                      scaffolding and, 54-55                      masonry efflorescence, 215
      clay tile, 104- 107                      tools and, 49                               metal,18
      drip edges, 72- 73                       using helper, 48                            missing shakes, 247
      EPDM rubber, 102- 103                    using HVLP sprayers, 226                    paint, 18,214-215
      estimating materials needed, 46          working with shingles, 51                   separated joints in lap, 247
      flashing, 74-75                       Scaffolding                                 repairing
      laminated shingles with                  pump-jack type of. 56- 57                   damaged brick, 252-253
         pyramid method, 84-85                 setting up, 54- 55                          patching aluminum, 248, 249
      over old roof, 88- 89                 Scoring bricks, 160- 161                       patching vinyl, 248, 249
      preparing job site for, 58-59, 64     Shakes & shingles                              stucco, 254- 255
      removing old, 66-67                      roofing                                  replacing
      ridge vents, 86-87                          emergency repairs, 237                   board & batten, 250
      roll roofing, 96-99                         fiberglass, 76                           brick veneer, 252-253
      vents, 193                                  identifying problems, 234-236            damaged wall sheathing. 114-115
   problems                                       installing                               lap, 251
      buckling shingles, 235                         cedar shakes, 92-95                   wood,250
      caused by debris, 235                          three-tab asphalt, 77-83              wood shakes & shingles, 250
      cupping, 17, 235                            lifting and staging safely, 51        staining
      ice dams, 234                               organic, 76                              applying stain, 230-231
      interior ceiling stains and, 17,            overview of. 90- 91                      overview of, 211
         234, 236                                 removing old, 66-67                      tools & materials for, 212-213
   repairs, emergency & spot, 237                 replacing                             surface-bonding cement, 178- 179
   replacing                                         asphalt, 238                       tools & materials for, 110-111, 119
      sheathing, 68- 69                              wood,239                           types of
      wood shakes & shingles, 239                 spot repairs, 237                        aluminum, 10, 36, 37
   tools & materials for, 64- 65               siding                                      boa rd & batten, 40
   types of materials                             missing shakes, 247                      log cabin, 41, 146
      asphalt, 24- 27                             removing old, 113                        masonry, stone & stucco, 42- 43
      cedar shakes & shingles, 90-91              replacing, 250                           shingles & shakes, 39
      clay tiles, 30                          See also specific types                      steel, 12, 36, 37
      concrete tiles, 31                    Shiplap siding, 38                             vinyl,36- 37
      metal,32-33                           Shutters, storm                                wood,38
      for roofs with minimal pitch, 96,        building custom, 206-209              Single-course shingle installation,
         100                                   types of manufactured, 209               136-139
      rubber membrane (EPDM), 28,           Siding                                   Skylight flashing, 65
         100-102                              cleaning wood, 225                     Slate roofing
   underlayment                               considerations                            ideas for, 10
      for cedar shakes & shingles, 91             cost, 20                              overview of, 29
      foam, 118                                   durability, 23                     Snap-together vinyl gutter systems,
      installing new roofing and,                 maintenance, 22-23                    194
         70-71                                damaged panels, replacing, 18          Soffits
      materials for, 65                       estimating materials needed, 47           about, 256
   See also Gutters; Soffits; Ventilation      ideas for, 7- 9,11- 13,134,140,146       aluminum
 Roof jacks, installing, 58, 64                installing new                              installing, 185-187
 Roof vents, 183                                  board & batten, 141- 145                 overview of, 184
 Room ceiling stains, 17, 234, 236                brick veneer, 157- 161                damage to, 19
 Rubber membrane roofing (EPDM)                   fiber cement, 128-133                 importance of, 12
   installing, 102-103                            housewrapping for, 116- 117           painting, 223
   overview of, 28, 100- 102                      lap, 128-133                         venting and, 44
 Rust, 29, 215                                    log cabin, 147- 151                  vents
                                                  mortarless brick veneer, 167-171         described, 183
 S                                                removing old, 112-115                    estimating amount needed, 184
 Saddle flashing, 82                              veneer stone, 163- 165                   installing new, 192
 safety                                           vinyl,120-125                        wood
   clothing and, 48, 154                          vinyl cedar shakes, 126- 127             installing, 191
   electricity and, 49                            wood shingles & shakes, 135-139          overview of, 190
   fall-arresting gear, 50                     painting, 223                               repairing, 257

270 • THE COM PLETE GUID ETO !lOO FI NG, SIDI NG & TBI M

Spalling, 252 U installing cedar shakes, 92-95 Sprayers for painting, using, Underlayment replacing wood shakes & shingles, 226- 229 for cedar shakes & shingles, 91 239 Staggered butt-course shingle foam, 118 Wood siding installation, 135 installing new roofing and, 70- 71 board & batten, 40 Staining siding materials for, 65 ideas for, 40 applying, 230- 231 installing, 141-145 overview of, 211 V overview of, 38, 40, 140 tools & materials for, 212-213 Valley flashing painting, 223 Standing seam metal roofing ideas, installing, 75 removing old, 113 6 overview of, 65 replacing, 250 Steel cedar shake siding ideas, 12 replacing, 240- 243 cleaning, 225 Steel roofing, 32-33 veneer brick costs, 38 Steel siding, 36, 37 installing, 157- 159 lap Step flashing overview of, 42, 156 installing new, 128- 133 overview of, 65 removing old, 113 removing old, 113 replacing, 244 replacing, 252- 253 replacing, 251 Stone siding, overview of mortared- scoring & cutting bricks, 160-161 separated joints, 247 in-place, 42- 43 See also Mortarless brick veneer log cabin, 41 Stone veneer siding, overview of, 43 veneer stone siding overview of, 38 Stucco siding estimating amount needed, 162 replacing, 250 finishing walls with, 176- 177 ideas for, 8 shingles & shakes maintenance, 22 installing, 163- 165 ideas for, 39 overview of, 42- 43, 172 overview of, 162 installing new, 135-139 painting, 224 Vented soffit panels, 183 overview of, 39, 134 premixed products for, 174 Ventilation tools & materials for, 110 preparing walls for, 175 estimating amount needed, 182, Wood soffits removing old, 113 184 installing, 191 repairing, 254- 255 importance of, 182 overview of, 190 systems, 173 installing repairing panel, 257 S-type design clay tile roofing, flashing around vent pipes on Woven corner shingle installation, 135 installing, 104-107 roof, 79-80 Surface-bonding cement, 178- 179 ridge vents, 86- 87 Synthetic brickmold, 203 vents types of, 183 T types of flashing for, 65 Tearing off old shingles, 66-67 See also Soffits Three-coat stucco, 172, 173 Vinyl cedar shakes Three-tab asphalt roofing shingles installing, 126- 127 installing, 77- 83 roofing ideas, 10 overview of, 24-25, 76 siding ideas, 7 replacing, 238 Vinyl gutters Ti Ie roofi ng installing seamless, 196-197 clay installing snap-together systems, ideas for, 6, 9 194- 195 installing, 104-107 Vinyl siding overview of, 30 installing, 120-125 concrete, 31 overview of, 36-37,118 T1 -11 paneling, 40 patching, 248, 249 Trim removing old, 113 decorative details, 204-205 tools & materials for, 111 importance of, 7, 11, 13 Vinyl siding panels inspecting for problems, 246 cutting, 119 materials, 44- 45 specialty tools for, 119 painting, 223 preparing surfaces for new paint, W 218,219 Wall sheathing repairing & replacing damaged, importance of, 118 262- 263 replacing damaged, 114-115 Two-coat stucco, 172, 173 Wood roofing

                                                                                                          Illdex •   27 1

Rather have me do it?

Roof work is high-stakes. I work safely at any height.